ML14218A606: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 1 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER
{{#Wiki_filter:ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 1 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet I of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO [I STI Procedure Page 1 of 26TEST #: ECT-44313-05 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: Ol QR 0 NORTEST TITLE: Functional testinq for breaker A-213REVIEW (Print/SignlDate)
Test Engineer (TE): A. S/encerTechnical Reviewer:
P. Riedmueller
: f. .17- .?-UCROSS-DISCIPLINE REV WII III L I IOperations Department:-7 W-2-1Organization Organization
\Organization
:__ _ _ / :__ _ _ /Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached C] Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:
El Not Required El Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:
APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)
.,.TE Supervisor:
111 //&1 CA /114/13TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE/
Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer
/TE Supervisor:
/If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)SO 7 ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 2 of 26Table of Contents1.0 O biectives
..........................................................................................................................................
32.0 References
..........................................................................................................................................
33.0 Test Equipm ent .................
ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage1 2 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.12 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A21 0G to TB pt A21 0-N2 in TB1 11(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.3.13 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.13.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.14 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.14.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminalJ021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB 112 between terminal J021-P1 andterminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-210 trips.
ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage1 2 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.12 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A21 0G to TB pt A21 0-N2 in TB1 11(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.3.13 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.13.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.14 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.14.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminalJ021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB 112 between terminal J021-P1 andterminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-210 trips.
ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 13 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be
ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 13 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.4.5 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.5.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.4.6 Open and remove switchable jumper in TB1 12 between terminal J021-P1and terminal J021 -1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.7 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.7.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.5 Startup #2 Load Shed TripNOTETesting of the Startup #2 Load Shed trip for
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 14 of 307.4.5.2 Scheme Al 10 and Al 09 Test7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.6 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-1 10 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.2.8 Trip Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.2.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.9.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.9.2 Check Breaker A- 110 remains closed.7.4.5.2.10 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.11 Trip Breaker A-110 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.3 Test of A-209 Scheme7.4.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.2 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.3.3 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.4 Close Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 at C12.7.4.5.3.5 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.5.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.6 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.7 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.8 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.5.3.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.9.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.10 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.5.3.11 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.7.4.5.3.12 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STAcontact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12).
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 14 of 307.4.5.2 Scheme Al 10 and Al 09 Test7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.6 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-1 10 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.2.8 Trip Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.2.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.9.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.9.2 Check Breaker A- 110 remains closed.7.4.5.2.10 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.11 Trip Breaker A-110 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.3 Test of A-209 Scheme7.4.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.2 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.3.3 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.4 Close Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 at C12.7.4.5.3.5 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.5.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.6 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.7 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.8 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.5.3.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.9.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.10 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.5.3.11 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.7.4.5.3.12 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STAcontact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12).
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 15 of 307.4.5.3.13 Open Test Switch TS1 -111-G at A-111.7.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 15 of 307.4.5.3.13 Open Test Switch TS1 -111-G at A-111.7.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.6.6 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.6.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.6.7 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.6.8 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.5 Output Interlocks NOTETesting of the output Interlocks for Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge ValveCV-3617 auto open/close circuits is included in previous sections.
7.5.1 P-3D Motor Space Heater (Ref. 2.12)7.5.1.1 Check Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3D spaceheater.7.5.1.2 Close Breaker A-209 and check continuity with an ohmmeter betweenTB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.1.3 Open Breaker A-209 and check no continuity with an ohmmeter betweenTB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.2 Circ Water Pump Trip Alarm -Annunicator Window K05-Al (Ref. 2.13)NOTEAnnunciator K05-A1 will alarm momentarily when Breaker A-209 handswitch is released from the START position but should clear when breaker closes.7.5.2.1 Verify annunciator card for K05-Al is installed.
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 16 of 307.5.2.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.5.2.3 Momentarily place handswitch HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.5.2.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.5.2.3.2 Check K05-A1 is not in alarm.7.5.2.4 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.
7.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.5.2.4.2 Check K05-Al is in alarm.7.5.2.5 Place HS-3617 in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.7.5.2.5.1 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.7.5.3 Sodium Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Injection System Controls (Ref. 2.11)7.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.3.1.1 Check for voltage at points TB6 terminals 69 and 70 (to ground)in panel C165 (Ref. E-582 sh. 1).7.5.3.1.1.1 If voltage is present, then check LED on 1/0 moduleaddress 118 is lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165,otherwise N/A this step (Note: The referenced I/Omodule is the 1't module on 2nd row of the I/O tracks.This is a dual address module for address 117 and118. The LED for address 118 is on the right side ofthe module).7.5.3.1.1.2 If no voltage is present, then check for continuity between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C165,otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2 Trip Breaker A-209.7.5.3.2.1 If voltage was present between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check LED on I/O moduleaddress 118 is NOT lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2.2 If voltage was not present between TB6 terminals 69;and 70 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check no continuity existsbetween TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/Athis step.
ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 17 of 307.5.4 Circ Water Pump Aux Controls (Ref. 2.7)7.5.4.1 Open switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DDpoint 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.5.4.2 If CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.5.4.2.1 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.
7.5.4.2.2 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.4.2.3 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.
7.5.4.3 If CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.5.4.3.1 Lift and tape BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal pointJ021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.2 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E,531 sh.4).7.5.4.3.3 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8 andterminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.4 Check relay CRS-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.
7.5.4.3.5 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.4.3.6 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.
7.5.4.3.7 Open and remove jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.8 Re-terminate BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal pointJ021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.9 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.
7.5.4.3.10 Trip Breaker A-209.7.5.4.4 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DDpoint 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.6 Miscellaneous Items7.6.1 Hour Meter7.6.1.1 Verify Panel P-30 Breaker 29 is closed.7.6.1.2 Verify Breaker BC in A-212 is closed.7.6.1.3 Close Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meterfunctions properly.
Performed Date7.6.1.4 Trip Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meternot changing.
Performed Date ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 18 of 307.6.2 A-209 Space Heater7.6.2.1 Check testing of the A-209 Space Heater has been completed as part ofthe testing for cubicle A-213 per ECT-44313-05.
7.6.3 A-209 Current Transformer Circuits (O/C Relays and Local Ammeter)7.6.3.1 Verify the following relays in A-209 are installed and have theirconnection plugs installed:
* 150/151A* 150/151B* 150/151C* 150GSNOTECT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiringterminals or marks "Hi" for the primary and "X1" for the secondary terminal.
7.6.3.2 A Phase7.6.3.2.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.
NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal
: 3. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 4.7.6.3.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to "A" Phase CT secondary terminal 3.7.6.3.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.2.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.
7.6.3.2.4.1 Check that the A Phase CT produces an Output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.2.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.
7.6.3.2.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.
7.6.3.2.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151A terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.2.8 Remove the lamp test setup
Latta, RobertFrom:Sent:To:
Latta, RobertFrom:Sent:To:


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Attachments:MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSH.R@entergy.com>Tuesday, July 23, 2013 7:26 AMPYLE, STEPHENIE L; JAMES, DALE E; Willoughby, Leonard; SULUNS, GARY V; Melfi, Jim;Latta, RobertAIT Meeting ScheduleAIT.docAttached is the latest. I had to move some meetings around this afternoon to accommodate Dale's calendar. Thanks!13/43 Latta, RobertFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L <SPYLE@entergy.com>Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 1:01 PMTo: Latta, Robert
Attachments:
MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSH.R@entergy.com>
: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 7:26 AMPYLE, STEPHENIE L; JAMES, DALE E; Willoughby, Leonard; SULUNS, GARY V; Melfi, Jim;Latta, RobertAIT Meeting ScheduleAIT.docAttached is the latest. I had to move some meetings around this afternoon to accommodate Dale's calendar.
Thanks!13/43 Latta, RobertFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L <SPYLE@entergy.com>
Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 1:01 PMTo: Latta, Robert


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
RE: Call with Technical ExpertThanks -I will schedule the call.From: Latta, Robert imailto:Robert.Latta(~nrc.gov]Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:50 PMTo: PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Farnholtz, Thomas
 
RE: Call with Technical ExpertThanks -I will schedule the call.From: Latta, Robert imailto:Robert.Latta(~nrc.gov]
Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:50 PMTo: PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Farnholtz, Thomas


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
RE: Call with Technical ExpertStephenie,Yes I am available. My phone number is (817) 200-1532. Thanks for facilitating this discussion.BobFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L fmailto:SPYLE(entergy.com]Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:36 PMTo: Latta, RobertCc: Hall, Michael; MOSHER, NATALIE B
 
RE: Call with Technical ExpertStephenie, Yes I am available.
My phone number is (817) 200-1532.
Thanks for facilitating this discussion.
BobFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L fmailto:SPYLE(entergy.com]
Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:36 PMTo: Latta, RobertCc: Hall, Michael; MOSHER, NATALIE B


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Call with Technical ExpertBob,Would you be available at 1200 tomorrow to have a call with the Technical Expert regarding the Bigge calculation?Thanks,Stephenie1 FO0-C5-1:"Melfi, JimFrom: MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSHER@entergy.com>Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 4:10 PMTo: Melfi, JimCc: PYLE, STEPHENIE L; Hall, Michael
 
Call with Technical ExpertBob,Would you be available at 1200 tomorrow to have a call with the Technical Expert regarding the Bigge calculation?
Thanks,Stephenie 1
FO0-C5-1:"
Melfi, JimFrom: MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSHER@entergy.com>
Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 4:10 PMTo: Melfi, JimCc: PYLE, STEPHENIE L; Hall, Michael


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
RE: Risk Analysis for the second stator liftSee #98 in IMS.From: Melfl, Jim rmailto:Jim.Melfi~nrc.gov]Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 11:17 AMTo: Melfi, Jim; MOSHER, NATALIE B; Hall, Michael; PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Willoughby, Leonard
 
RE: Risk Analysis for the second stator liftSee #98 in IMS.From: Melfl, Jim rmailto:Jim.Melfi~nrc.gov]
Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 11:17 AMTo: Melfi, Jim; MOSHER, NATALIE B; Hall, Michael; PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Willoughby, Leonard


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Risk Analysis for the second stator liftNatalie StephaniePut the risk analysis of the stator lift (2nd time) onto IMS?JIM......
 
ENTERGY OPERATIONS INCORPORATEDARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONETITLE: CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS DOCUMENT NO. CHANGE NO.1005.002 025WORK PLAN EXP. DATE REACTIVITY IMPACTNIA EJYES QINPR ON0SET# SAFETY-RELATED IPTESYES []NO []YES ONOTEMP MOD LEVEL OF USEE]YES ONO [I CONTINUOUS0 REFERENCE[I INFORMATIONALPROGRAMMATIC EXCLUSION PER EN-LI-100-]EYES ONOWhen you see these TRAPS Get these TOOLSTime Pressure Effective CommunicationDistraction/interruption Questioning AttitudeMultiple Tasks PlacekeepingOverconfidence Self CheckVague or Interpretive Guidance Peer CheckFirst ShIft/Last Shift KnowledgePeer Pressure ProceduresChange/Off Normal Job BriefingPhysical Environment CoachingMental Stress (Home or Work) TurnoverVERIFIED BY DATE TIMEFORM TITLE: FORM NO. CHANGE NO.VERIFICATION COVER SHEET 1000.006A 055&#xfd; I&#xfd;/I4(o PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 1 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION PAGE NO.1.0 P U R P O S E ................................................................................................................. 22 .0 S C O P E ..................................................................................................................... 23.0 R E FE R E N C E S ......................................................................................................... 24 .0 D E F IN IT IO N S ............................................................................................................ 55.0 R E S PO N S IB ILIT IE S .................................................................................................. 56.0 IN ST R U C T IO N S ....................................................................................................... .67.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS ................................................................................. 77.1 ATTACHMENTS7.1.1 Attachment 1, "Load Table". ................................................. 8-187.1.2 Attachment 2, "Heavy Load Progression Path" .................... 197.1.3 Attachment 3, "Crane Hoist Speeds" ..................... 207.2 FORMS7.2.1 Form 1005.002A, "Heavy Load Lifting Permit" ...................... 21 PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 2 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0251.0 PURPOSEThe purpose of this procedure is to provide the requirements for the handling of heavyloads at ANO.2.0 SCOPE2.1 This procedure applies to all heavy load manipulations for the following ANOcranes:L2 -Unit I Reactor Building Polar CraneL3 -Fuel Handling Crane Unit I Auxiliary Fuel Handling CraneL7 -Intake Structure CraneL21 -CRD Crane -This crane is only used for General Maintenance andshall not be used with loads in excess of 2,000 lbs.2L2 -Unit 2 Containment Polar Crane2L35 -Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane2L10 -Unit 2 MSIV CraneL-37 -Unit I Containment Building Pedestal Crane2.2 This procedure applies to the Turbine Building Cranes when moving loaded fuelcasks utilizing the VSC-24 cask system.L-1 Unit 1 Turbine Building Crane2L-1 Unit 2 Turbine Building Crane2.3 This procedure, in its entirety, assures compliance with one or more of thecommitments listed in Section 3.3, "Regulatory Correspondence Containing NRCCommitments Implemented In This Procedure"2.4 The lift elevation values used in Attachment 1 (Load Table) for the ANO craneslisted in this procedure are approximate elevations. Lift elevations should be inaccordance with general lift requirements listed in EN-MA-1 19, "MaterialHandling Program."2.5 This procedure applies to mobile cranes and portable lifting devices (chain falls,etc.) when these devices are used to lift heavy loads over safety relatedcomponents.
Risk Analysis for the second stator liftNatalie Stephanie Put the risk analysis of the stator lift (2nd time) onto IMS?JIM......
ENTERGY OPERATIONS INCORPORATED ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONETITLE: CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS DOCUMENT NO. CHANGE NO.1005.002 025WORK PLAN EXP. DATE REACTIVITY IMPACTNIA EJYES QINPR ON0SET# SAFETY-RELATED IPTESYES []NO []YES ONOTEMP MOD LEVEL OF USEE]YES ONO [I CONTINUOUS 0 REFERENCE
[I INFORMATIONAL PROGRAMMATIC EXCLUSION PER EN-LI-100
-]EYES ONOWhen you see these TRAPS Get these TOOLSTime Pressure Effective Communication Distraction/interruption Questioning AttitudeMultiple Tasks Placekeeping Overconfidence Self CheckVague or Interpretive Guidance Peer CheckFirst ShIft/Last Shift Knowledge Peer Pressure Procedures Change/Off Normal Job BriefingPhysical Environment CoachingMental Stress (Home or Work) TurnoverVERIFIED BY DATE TIMEFORM TITLE: FORM NO. CHANGE NO.VERIFICATION COVER SHEET 1000.006A 055&#xfd; I&#xfd;/I4(o PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 1 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION PAGE NO.1.0 P U R P O S E .................................................................................................................
22 .0 S C O P E .....................................................................................................................
23.0 R E FE R E N C E S .........................................................................................................
24 .0 D E F IN IT IO N S ............................................................................................................
55.0 R E S PO N S IB ILIT IE S ..................................................................................................
56.0 IN ST R U C T IO N S .......................................................................................................  
.67.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS .................................................................................
77.1 ATTACHMENTS 7.1.1 Attachment 1, "Load Table". .................................................
8-187.1.2 Attachment 2, "Heavy Load Progression Path" ....................
197.1.3 Attachment 3, "Crane Hoist Speeds" .....................
207.2 FORMS7.2.1 Form 1005.002A, "Heavy Load Lifting Permit" ......................
21 PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 2 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0251.0 PURPOSEThe purpose of this procedure is to provide the requirements for the handling of heavyloads at ANO.2.0 SCOPE2.1 This procedure applies to all heavy load manipulations for the following ANOcranes:L2 -Unit I Reactor Building Polar CraneL3 -Fuel Handling Crane Unit I Auxiliary Fuel Handling CraneL7 -Intake Structure CraneL21 -CRD Crane -This crane is only used for General Maintenance andshall not be used with loads in excess of 2,000 lbs.2L2 -Unit 2 Containment Polar Crane2L35 -Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane2L10 -Unit 2 MSIV CraneL-37 -Unit I Containment Building Pedestal Crane2.2 This procedure applies to the Turbine Building Cranes when moving loaded fuelcasks utilizing the VSC-24 cask system.L-1 Unit 1 Turbine Building Crane2L-1 Unit 2 Turbine Building Crane2.3 This procedure, in its entirety, assures compliance with one or more of thecommitments listed in Section 3.3, "Regulatory Correspondence Containing NRCCommitments Implemented In This Procedure" 2.4 The lift elevation values used in Attachment 1 (Load Table) for the ANO craneslisted in this procedure are approximate elevations.
Lift elevations should be inaccordance with general lift requirements listed in EN-MA-1 19, "Material Handling Program."
2.5 This procedure applies to mobile cranes and portable lifting devices (chain falls,etc.) when these devices are used to lift heavy loads over safety relatedcomponents.


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==3.0 REFERENCES==


==3.1 REFERENCES==
==3.1 REFERENCES==
USED IN PROCEDURE PREPARATION:3.1.1 NRC letter dated December 22,1980; from D. G. Eisenhut; Subject -Control of Heavy Loads3.1.2 ANO memorandum 81-4274 dated May 22,1981; from Dalton Bennett;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One Crane Loads3.1.3 NDC memorandum 10052 dated July 13,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2, Procedure for Handlingof Unexpected Heavy Loads at ANO (File 81S-00114).
 
PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 3 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0263.1.4 NDC memorandum 10239 dated October 29,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject; -Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG-0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads" Updated Plan of Attack.3.1.5 NDC memorandum 10290 dated December 7,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject; -Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG- 0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants" -Design Loading for SlingsPurchased per ANSI B30.9-1971.3.1.6 Conversation Memo, David Baughman to Dwight Johnson dated8/25/85, Subject "NUREG612, Heavy Loads Phase II, Ref. LIR L82-0666".3.1.7 E 234-104, Refueling Pool Seal Details & Assembly Drawing3.1.8 LCP 91-O-60263.1.9 Drawing M-2880, Rev. 53.1.10 Condition Report C-2000-01873.1.11 1 CNA080507; Amendment No.225,dated August 30,2005; Subject;Arkansas Nuclear One, Unit No. 1 -Issuance of Amendment RE:Revision to Safety Analysis Report to allow the use of a tripod toremove and install the Reactor Vessel Head and other Reactor VesselInternals (TAC NO. MC5450)3.1.12 EC-15480, Evaluation of MSI Load Sensing Pin for 2L-2.
USED IN PROCEDURE PREPARATION:
3.1.1 NRC letter dated December 22,1980; from D. G. Eisenhut; Subject -Control of Heavy Loads3.1.2 ANO memorandum 81-4274 dated May 22,1981; from Dalton Bennett;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One Crane Loads3.1.3 NDC memorandum 10052 dated July 13,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2, Procedure for Handlingof Unexpected Heavy Loads at ANO (File 81S-00114).
PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 3 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0263.1.4 NDC memorandum 10239 dated October 29,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject;  
-Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG-0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads" Updated Plan of Attack.3.1.5 NDC memorandum 10290 dated December 7,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject;  
-Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG- 0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants" -Design Loading for SlingsPurchased per ANSI B30.9-1971.
3.1.6 Conversation Memo, David Baughman to Dwight Johnson dated8/25/85, Subject "NUREG612, Heavy Loads Phase II, Ref. LIR L82-0666".3.1.7 E 234-104, Refueling Pool Seal Details & Assembly Drawing3.1.8 LCP 91-O-6026 3.1.9 Drawing M-2880, Rev. 53.1.10 Condition Report C-2000-0187 3.1.11 1 CNA080507; Amendment No.225,dated August 30,2005; Subject;Arkansas Nuclear One, Unit No. 1 -Issuance of Amendment RE:Revision to Safety Analysis Report to allow the use of a tripod toremove and install the Reactor Vessel Head and other Reactor VesselInternals (TAC NO. MC5450)3.1.12 EC-15480, Evaluation of MSI Load Sensing Pin for 2L-2.


==3.2 REFERENCES==
==3.2 REFERENCES==
WHICH MAY BE USED DURING PERFORMANCE OF THISACTIVITY:3.2.1 ANSI B30.
 
WHICH MAY BE USED DURING PERFORMANCE OF THISACTIVITY:
3.2.1 ANSI B30.2-1976, Overhead Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, MultipleGirder)3.2.2 NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants3.2.3 NUREG-0554, Single Failure Proof Cranes for Nuclear Power Plants3.2.4 Hamischfeger
-P&H Manual #CN-24159 (Library No. 6600-M- 2073-AC)3.2.5 Hamischfeger
-P&H Overhead Cranes Instruction Manual, Bulletin C-7-33.2.6 Hamischfeger
-P

Revision as of 11:31, 1 July 2018

FOIA/PA-2014-0024 - Resp 3 - Partial. Group B (Records Being Released in Their Entirety). Part 1 of 27
ML14218A606
Person / Time
Site: Arkansas Nuclear  Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 07/30/2014
From:
Office of Information Services
To:
Shared Package
ML14218A512 List:
References
FOIA/PA-2014-0024
Download: ML14218A606 (375)
v • d • e


Text

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 1 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet I of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO [I STI Procedure Page 1 of 26TEST #: ECT-44313-05 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: Ol QR 0 NORTEST TITLE: Functional testinq for breaker A-213REVIEW (Print/SignlDate)

Test Engineer (TE): A. S/encerTechnical Reviewer:

P. Riedmueller

f. .17- .?-UCROSS-DISCIPLINE REV WII III L I IOperations Department:-7 W-2-1Organization Organization

\Organization

__ _ _ / :__ _ _ /Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached C] Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

El Not Required El Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

.,.TE Supervisor:

111 //&1 CA /114/13TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE/

Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)SO 7 ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 2 of 26Table of Contents1.0 O biectives

..........................................................................................................................................

32.0 References

..........................................................................................................................................

33.0 Test Equipm ent .............................................................................................................

o ...................

44.0 Precautions and Lim itations

......................................................................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

.....................................................................................................................................

56.0 Instrum entatIon

.................................................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

...............................................................................................................................

57.1 DC Pow er ...........................................................................................................................................

57.2 Local Control .....................................................................................................................................

77.3 Rem ote Operation

.............................................................................................................................

97.4 Startup 1 Interlock Trip Test for A-213 .....................................................................................

107.5 Bus lockout 186-A2 Trip Test for A-213 ...................................

117.6 A-2131A-211 Interface

.....................................................................................................................

117.7 A-213/A-212 Interface

.....................................................................................................................

127.8 Feeder Undervoltage and Sync Check Relay Test for A-213 .....................................................

137.9 Unit Aux XFM R Protection

........................................................................................................

137.10 Relay 152X-213 Test ........................................................................................................................

147.11 A-213 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):TOC Relay input and Local Ammeter ..............

147.12 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 In A-213 bus Compartment)

......................

177.13 A-213 Synchronizing Circuit ...................................................................................................

197.14 Cubical Heater .................................................................................................................................

208.0 Restoration

......................................................................................................................................

209.0 Test Results and Evaluation

...................................................................................................

2110.0 M &TE Instrum entation

....................................................................................................................

2111.0 Sum m ary Inform ation .....................................................................................................................

2112.0 Attachm ents: ..................................................................................................................................

2112.1 Test Change Notice ........................................................................................................................

2212.2 Test Log ...........................................................................................................................................

2312.3 Deficiency Log .................................................................................................................................

2412.4 Signature Identification Log ......................................................................................................

2512.4 Test Sum m ary ..................................................................................................................................

26 ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 3 of 261.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-213, which supplies the A2 bus.Testing Is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement due to damage which occurredduring the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2 Testing performed by this ECT will be done with bus Al & A2 deenergized and A2grounded.

1.3 This testing does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by A-213.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313 A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-4 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt Main Supply2.4 E-17 Sh 1A Green Train vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution 2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram2.6 E-34 Sh 1 Schematic Meter Diagram And Relay Diagram2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 1 OLA (P30)2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Trans no. 1 6900 V ACB's2.11 E-90 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans. 4160V ACB2.12 E-91 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Typical Startup Transformer No 1 4160 Air Circuit Breakers2.13 E-92 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup No 2 4160 ACB'S2.14 E93 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays2.15 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays2.16 E-97 Schematic Diagram 4160 Engineered Safeguard Bus Feeder ACB2.17 E-100 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Diesel Generator ACB2.18 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relay2.19 E-104 Sh 1G Schematic Diagram Load Center Trans Feeder Main Supply ACB2.20 E-418 Sh 7 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Retlash Ann1unciator 2.21 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10)2.22 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10)2.23 E-480 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs2.24 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Input2.25 E-505 Sh 1 Connection Diagram 4160 Volt Switchgear (non ES Units A 109 through Al 132.26 E-505 Sh 6 Connection Diagram 4160 Volt Switchgear (non ES Units A 211 through A5012.27 E-506 Sh 19A ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp, A409 Int & Ext Wiring2.28 E-506 Sh 19C ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp, A409 Int & Ext Wiring2.29 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS2.30 E-560 Sh 2 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 4 of 262.31 E-561 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel CIO Electrical Auxiliary System2.32 E-561 Sh 5, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System2.33 E-8-AC-86 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram2.34 E-8-AC-91 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram2.35 E-8-AC-92 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram2.36 E-8-AC-100 Metal Clad Switchgear Interconnection Diagram3.0 Test Egulpment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing)3.3 Test Jumpers3.4 120 VAC 60HZ source capable of supplying 2 loads for synchronization testing.4.0 and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercise cautionwhen working in the area If equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the A-i and A-2 Bus de-energized and A-2 grounded.

4.3 Verify that the A-213 Testing Work Order 354199 Task 01 has been set to working.4.4 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and the sequencechange documented in the Test Log.4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and Jumper Sheet.4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.7 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate section's of theSignature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per requirements of EN-DC- 117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0, including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results, in Section11.0.4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Check is means toverify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY will mean if abreaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip and open havethe same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.14 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker is placed inthe closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be released unless stated tohold in a position.

4.15 When installing

jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution against shorting.

4.16 Whenever

possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturb terminations (i.e.gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)4.17 When racking up breakers, use the following sequence to charge the breaker springs:4.17.1 Verify DC control breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 5 of 264.17.24.17.34.17.4Pull the racking handle forward.Place DC control breaker (BA) In the CLOSED position.

Release racking handle and check that springs charge.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify all A-213 relay and meter calibrations are current.5.1.1 151A5.1.2 151B5.1.3 151C5.1.4 151N5.1.5 Local Ammeter5.2 Verity that the A-213 Testing Work Order Task has been authorized.

5.3 Verify A-202, A-203, A-204, A-205, A-206, A-207, A-208, A-209, A-210, A-211 A-212 and A-501are available for energizing of the 125 VDC control power.5.4 Verify that DC control Power is available to A2 switchgear.

(Breaker D21-03)5.5 Verify that 120 VAC space heater power (Breaker 1 OLA-29) is available to the A2switchgear.

5.6 Verify grounding/shorting jumpers are removed from A-213, TB-BB terminals 1, 2 and 3.5.7 Verify status of the removal of TMOD EC 43758.5.7.1 If TMOD has been removed, at C20, place the following test switches in the OPENposition, otherwise N/A this step.* TS-286-G1-2 switch 3* TS-1 86-ST1 -2 switch 2* TS-186-ST2-2 switch 26.0 Instrumentation NONE7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power7.1.1 Verify breaker A-213 is racked down and the patch cord is not installed.

7.1.2 Verify that DC control breaker (BA) at A-213 is TRIPPED.7.1.3 Verify that construction is complete for the following cubicles:

7.1.3.1 A-2027.1.3.2 A-2037.1.3.3 A-2047.1.3.4 A-2057.1.3.5 A-2067.1.3.6 A-207 ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 6 of 267.1.3.7 A-2087.1.3.8 A-2097.1.3.9 A-2107.1.3.10 A-2117.1.3.11 A-2127.1.3.12 A-2137.1.3.13 A-5017.1.4 Verify breaker D11-03 (4160 switchgear Al control power) is CLOSED.7.1.5 At A-1i13, verify breaker BA Is In the CLOSED position.

7.1.6 At A-212, verify breaker BA is in the CLOSED position.

7.1.7 At A-211, verify breaker BA is in the CLOSED position.

7.1.8 Verify breaker D21-03 (4160 swltchgear A2 control power) is CLOSED.7.1.9 At A-213, check approximately 125 VDC at the line side of DC control power breaker (BA).7.1.10 At A-213, check polarity for the 125 VDC is correct breaker BA line side (terminal 1-,terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-B-AC-92) 7.1.11 At A-213, check load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC.(terminal 2 -, terminal 4 +)7.1.12 At C10, place A-213 hand switch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.1.13 At A-211, place TS1-211, switch E, in the OPEN position.

7.1.14 At A-212, place TS1-212, switch E, in the OPEN position.

7.1.15 At A-212, place TS1-212, switch H, in the OPEN position.

7.1.16 At A-212, verify 186-A2 is RESET.7.1.17 At C20, place TS-186-ST1-1 switch 4, in the OPEN position.

7.1.18 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 10, in the OPEN position.

(Ref E-138, E-93 sh 2)7.1.19 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 9 (Generator Lockout Unit Aux Protection),

inthe OPEN position.

(Ref E-138)7.1.20 At C20, place TS-286-G1

-3 switch 2 (Generator Lockout 286 G1 & G2 trip), in theOPEN position.

(Ref E-138)7,1.21 At 020, Place TS-286T, switch 6 in the OPEN position.

7.1.22 At C20, remove the glass cover from Loss of Field Relay 240 and OPEN thefollowing switches (ref E-136 sh. 1 and Op-1305.029):

  • Red Knife Switch* Black Knife Switches7.1.23 At C20, place generator lockout Relay 286-G1-1 in the RESET position.

7.1.24 At C20, place generator lockout Relay 286-GI-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.25 Verify breaker A-21 1 is in the tripped position.

7.1.26 Verify breaker A-212 is in the tripped position.

7.1.27 At C10, place switch 143-2 in the STI position.(Ref E-87).7.1.28 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (1 52-213-SS)

In the OFF position.

(Ref E-31 sh1)7.1.29 If 186-ST1-2 cannot be reset, THEN install a jumper at C20, from TBA213 terminal 11 toC20, TBA213 terminal

21. (Ref E-91, E-560 Sh 1, M-201-56)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 7 of 267.1.30 At A-213, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-92) 7.1.30.1 UB (FU-5) +,15 amp7.1.30.2 UB (FU-5) -, 15 amp7.1.30.3 UC (FU-6) +, 15 amp7.1.30.4 UC (FU-6) -,15 amp7.1.30.5 UR (FU-7) +, 35 amp7.1.30.6 UR (FU-7) -, 35 amp7.1.30.7 UT (FU-8) +, 35 amp7.1.30.8 UT (FU-8) -, 35 amp7.1.31 Close A-213 DC control power breaker (BA).7.1.32 At A-213, check approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations 7.1.32.1 UB (FU-5) terminal 2- to UB (FU-5) terminal 4+7.1.32.2 UC (FU-6) terminal 2 -to UC (FU-6) terminal 4+7.1.32.3 UR (FU-7) terminal 2 -to UR (FU-7) terminal 4+7.1.32.4 UT (FU-8) terminal 2 -to UT (FU-8) terminal 4+7.2 Local Control7.2.1 Place A-213 DC control power breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

7.2.2 Place breaker A-213 in the racked up position7.2.3 At A-213, charge the breaker springs as follows:7.2.3.1 Pull the racking handle forward.7.2.3.2 Place A-213 control power breaker BA in the CLOSED position.

7.2.3.3 Release the racking handle and check that the springs charge.7.2.4 At A-213, place A-213 local/remote hand switch (152-SEL/SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.2.5 At C10, place A-213 hand switch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.6 At C10, place A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.7 At C1O, place A-212 handswitch 152-212/CS in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.2.8 At A-213, check WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.2.9 At A-213, check amber (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA)7.2.10 At A-213, check green (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA)7.2.11 At A-213, check Red (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.2.12 At C10, check A-213 white (CHRGD) light Is OFF, (Ref E-91 sh 1)7.2.13 At C10, check A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E-91 sh 1)7.2.14 At C10, check A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-91 sh 1)7.2.15 At C10, check A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-91 sh 1)7.2.16 At C10, place A-111 hand switch (152-11 I/CS) in the pull to lock position.

(Ref E-91)7.2.17 At C10, place A-113 hand switch (152-113/CS) in the pull to lock position.

(Ref E-91)7.2.18 Check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) on C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452sh 3)7.2.19 Check annunciator K1629-8 (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (RefE-91, E-418 sh 7)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 8 of 267.2.20 Check that SPDS computer NESF display Indicates breaker A-213 is TRIPPED.7.2.21 Check that Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.7.2.22 Check that Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.7.2.23 At A-213, place local handswitch 152/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.2.24 Check the following:

7.2.24.1 Breaker A-213 is CLOSED.7.2.24.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is ON.7.2.24.3 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is OFF until breaker springs are charged7.2.24.4 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.2.24.5 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light Is ON.7.2.24.6 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.7.2.24.7 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON for A-213.7.2.24.8 At CO, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is OFF.7.2.24.9 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.2.24.10 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.7.2.24.11 At CO, K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3)7.2.24.12K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) Inside the back of C10 is NOT Inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)7.2.24.13 SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 is CLOSED. (Ref E-482sh 60)7.2.24.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh1A)7.2.24.15 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh IA)7.2.25 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.2.26 Check the following:

7.2.26.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.7.2.26.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is ON.7.2.26.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7,226.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.7.2.26.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.2.26.6 At CIO, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is ON.7.2.26.7 At CO, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is OFF.7.2.26.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.2.26.9 At CIO, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is OFF.7.2.26.10At C10, K02-F7 (AI/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3)7.2.26.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213P6ge 9 of 267.2.26.12SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 Is TRIPPED.

(Ref E-482sh 60)7.2.26.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh1 A)7.2.26.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.3 Remote Operation 7.3.1 At breaker A-1 13, remove fuse UD (FU20) and connect a temporary 120 VAG powersource to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) (Note: This will enable 125-113 sync check, 125-213 sync check and 127-113 UVrelay. The temporary power source shall be from the same source for A-i 13 and A-212.)7.3.2 At A-212 remove both fuses at location UE (FU29). (Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) 7.3.3 At A-212, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (line) and terminalX2 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91)

(Note: This will enable 125-213 sync check relay Thetemporary power source shall be from the same source for A-113 and A-212)7.3.4 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/SEL) in the REMOTE position7.3.5 Check the following:

7.3.5.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.7.3.5.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.3.5.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.5.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.7.3.5.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.3.5.6 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.3.5.7 At C10, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.3.5.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.5.9 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is ON.7.3.5.10 Annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer)

ON C10 Is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3)7.3.5.11 Annunciator K1629-8 (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)7.3.5.12 SPOS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 is TRIPPED.

(Ref E-482sh 60)7.3.5.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh1A)7.3.5.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.3.6 At A-212, IF 186-A2 is not reset, THEN reset 186-A27.3.7 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.8 Check Breaker A-213 is NOT closed.7.3.9 At C10, placeA-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the ON position.

7.3.10 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.11 Check the following:

7.3.11.1 Breaker A-213 is CLOSED.7.3.11.2 At A-213, Amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 10 of 267.3.11.3 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.3.11.4 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is ON.7.3.11.5 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light Is OFF.7.3.11.6 At C10, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF for A-213.7.3.11.7 At C10, white (CHRGD) light is ON for A-213.7.3.11.8 At C10, red (breaker closed) light is ON for A-213.7.3.11.9 At C10, green (breaker tripped) light Is OFF for A-213.7.3.11.10 At C10, K02-F7 (Al/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3)7.3.11.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)7.3.11.12 SPDS computer NESF display Indicates breaker A-213 is CLOSED. (Ref E-482sh 60)7.3.11.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh1A)7.3.11.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

(Ref' E-480 sh 1A)7.3.12 At C10, place a-213 handswitch 152-213/CS in the TRIP position.

7.3.13 Check the following:

7.3.13.1 Breaker A-213 is tripped.7.3.13.2 At A-213, amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.3.13.3 At A-213, red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.13.4 At A-213, green (breaker tripped) light is ON.7.3.13.5 At A-213, white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.3.13.6 At C10, A-213 amber (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.3.13.7 At C10, A-213 white (CHRGD) light is ON.7.3.13.8 At C10, A-213 red (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.13.9 At C10, A-213 green (breaker tripped) light is ON.7.3.13.lOAt C10, K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) annunciator is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-91, E-452 sh 3)7.3.13.11 K1629-8 annunciator (A-213 Breaker Trip) inside the back of C10 is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-91, E-418 sh 7)7.3.13.12 SPDS computer NESF display indicates breaker A-213 Is TRIPPED.

(Ref E-482sh 60)7.3.13.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh1A)7.3.13.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point YS1A213.

(Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.4 Startup 1 Lockout Trip test for A-213. (Ref-91 Shl, E-560 Sh 1)7.4.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.4.2 Check Breaker A-213 Is CLOSED.7.4.3 Check cable A213D red wire is terminated at cabinet C20, terminal block A2.13, terminal2P. (Ref E-560 SH 1)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Pa'ge I I of 267.4.4 Check cable A213D black wire is terminated at cabinet C20, terminal block A213, terminal29. (Ref E-560 SH 1)7.4.5 At C20, momentarily place a hand held jumper on the cabinet side of terminal block A213,terminal 2P to terminal

29. (Ref-560 SH 1)7.4.6 Check breaker A-213 tripped.7.4.7 Verify the hand held jumper is removed from terminal block A213 terminal 2P to terminal29. (Ref E-560 SH 1)7.5 Bus Lockout 186-A2 Trip Test for A-213. (Ref E-91, E-93)7.5.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.7.5.3 At A-212, check contact status on bus lockout on 186-A2, contact 2 to 2C, then perform thefollowing:

7.5.3.1 If contact 2 to 2C on 186-A2 Is CLOSED (lockout tripped),

then perform thefollowing:

7.5.3.1.1 CLOSE switch E on TS1-2127.5.3.1.2 Check A-213 trips.7.5.3.2 If contact 2 to 2C on 186-A2 is OPEN (Lockout reset), then perform the folio7.5.3.2.1 CLOSE switch E on TS1-212.7.5.3.2.2 Place a hand held jumper across contacts 2 to 2C on 186-A2.7.5.3.2.3 Check A-213 trips.7.5.3.2.4 Check hand held jumper is removed from contacts 2 to 2C on 1847.5.3.2.5 At A-212, place switch E on TS1 -212 in the OPEN position.

'wing:6-A2.7.6 A-213/A-211 Interface 7.6.1 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.2 At C10, place A-213 handswitch 152-213/CS in the trip position.

7.6.3 Check breaker A-213 is tripped.7.6.4 Verify breaker A-212 is racked up and tripped.7.6.5 Verify breaker A-211 is racked up and tripped.7.6.6 At A-21 1, place A-21 1 local/remote handswitch (1 52/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.6.7 At C20, check cable A213E, white wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal

51. (Ref E91,E-560 sh 1).7.6.8 At C20, check cable A213D, blue wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal
61. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).7.6.9 Place a hand held jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A21,3, terminal 61.7.6.10 Check that breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.6.11 At C10, check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) is in alarm.7.6.12 Remove the jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 61.7.6.13 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.14 At C10, place sync switch 152-211/SS in the ON position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 12 of 267.6.15 At A-21 1, install a jumper from terminal block DD terminal I to terminal 6.7.6.16 At C10, place A-211 handswitch (152-211CS)

In the CLOSE position.

7.6.17 Check breaker A-213 trips.7.6.18 At C10, check annunciator K02-F7 (A1/A2 auto transfer) is NOT in alarm.7.6.19 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 is NOT in alarm.7.6.20 Check that PMS computer point YS1A213 indicates NO.7.6.21 Check breaker A-211 Is CLOSED.7.6.22 At C10, place A-211 sync switch (152-21 1/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.23 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.24 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.25 Check breaker A-211 is TRIPPED.7.6.26 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.7.6.27 At A-211, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.6.28 At A-21 1, place local handswitch in the TRIP position.

7.6.29 At A-21 1, remove the jumper from terminal block DD terminal 1 to terminal 6.7.6.30 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position7.6.31 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7 A-213/A-212 Interface 7.7.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (1 52-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.7.2 Check breaker A-213 is OPEN.7.7.3 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 is in alarm.7.7.4 Check K1629-8 (A-213 breaker trip) inside the back of C10 IS in alarm.7.7.5 At C20, check cable A213E, white wire, is terminated on TB A213, terminal

51. (Ref E91,E-560 sh 1).7.7.6 At C20, check cable A213D, orange, is terminated on TB A213, terminal
52. (Ref E91, E-560 sh 1).7.7.7 Install a jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 52.7.7.8 Check breaker A-213 is CLOSED.7.7.9 Remove the jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, termInal 52.7.7.10 Check PMS computer point HS1A213 Is NOT in ALARM.7.7.11 At breaker A-212, place A-212 local/remote switch (152/SEL) in the REMOTE position.

7.7.12 At C10, place A-212 sync switch (1 52-212/SS) in the ON position.

(Ref E-31)7.7.13 At C10, place A-212 handswitch (152-212-CS) in the CLOSE position.

(Ref E-90)7.7.14 Check breaker A-212 is CLOSED.7.7.15 Check that breaker A-213 trips.7.7.16 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.7.17 At C10, place A-212 sync switch (152-212/SS) in the OFF position.

7.7.18 At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213ISS) in the ON position.

7.7.19 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the CLOSE position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213PAge 13 of 267.7.207.7.217.7.227.7.237.7.247.7.257.7.26Check that breaker A-212 trips.Check that breaker A-213 is CLOSED.At C1 0, place A-212 handswitch (152-212-CS) in the TRIP position.

At C10, place A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213-CS) in the TRIP position.

Check that A-213 is TRIPPED.At A-212, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

7.8 Feeder Undervoltage Trip and Sync Check relay Test For A-213 (Ref DWG E-91 Sh 1, E-93 Sh 2,E-34)7.8.1 At A-212, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-A2-1.

7.8.2 Install a jum per from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 52.7.8.3 Check breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.8.4 At A-21 1, place switch E on TS1 -211 in the CLOSED position.

7.8.5 At breaker A-113, remove temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD(FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86)

(Sync check relay)7.8.6 Check that breaker A-213 trips. (Undervoltage trip)7.8.7 At C10, verify A-213 sync switch (1 52-213/SS) is in the OFF position.

7.8.8 At A-21 1, place switch E on TS1 -211 in the OPEN position.

7.8.9 At C10, place handswitch 152-213/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.8.10 Check breaker A-213 does NOT close.7.8.11 At A-212, disconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (lirne) andterminal X2 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91)

(Note: This will disable 125-213 sync checkrelay)7.8.12 At A-113, reconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line)' of UD(FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) 7.8.13 At C10, place handswitch 152-213/CS in the CLOSE position.

7.8.14 Check breaker A-213 does NOT close.7.8.15 At A-212, install the 127-A2-1 relay "pie plate". (bus Undervoltage) 7.8.16 Check breaker A-213 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.8.17 At A-212, reconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal X4 (line) andterminal X2 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91)

(Note: This will enable 125-213 sync checkrelay The temporary power source shall be from the same source for A- 113 and A-212)7.8.18 Remove jumper from C20, TB A213 terminal 51 to TB A213, terminal 527.9 Unit AUX XFMR Protection (1 86-A2 lockout)

(Ref E-90, E-91, E-92, E-93 sh 2)7.9.1 At A-212, verify 186-A2 lockout is reset.7.9.2 At A-211, place A-211 local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.3 At A-21 1, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

7.9.4 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.5 At A-212, place local/remote handswitch 152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 14 of 267.9.6 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.7 At A-213, place local/remote handswitch (152/SEL) in the LOCAL position.

7.9.8 At A-212, place switch E on TS1 -212 In the OPEN position.

7.9.9 At A-212, place switch F on TS1l-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.10 At A-212, place switch G on TS1-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.11 At A-212, place switch H on TS1-212 in the OPEN position.

7.9.12 At C20, place TS-286-G1-2 switch 10, in the CLOSED position.

(Ref E-138 SH 1, E-93 sh2)7.9.13 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.14 Check breaker A-212 closes.7.9.15 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is NOT tripped.7.9.16 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.17 Check breaker A-213 closes.7.9.18 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is TRIPPED.7.9.19 At A-213, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.20 Check that breaker A-213 trips.7.9.21 At A-212, reset 186-A2 lockout.7.9.22 At A-21 1, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.9.23 Check breaker A-21 1 closes.7.9.24 At A-212, check 186-A2 lockout is tripped.7.9.25 At A-212, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.26 Check that breaker A-212 trips.7.9.27 At A-212, reset 186-A2 lockout.7.9.28 At A-21 1, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.9.29 Check that breaker A-21 1 trips.7.10 Relay 152X-213 Test (Ref E-91, E-561 Sh 2)7.10.1 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.10.2 At C10, check approximately 120 VDC between TBA1, terminal block A213, terminal N3and terminal

31. (Ref E-91, E-561 sh 2)7.10.3 At C10, place A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.10.4 At C10, check approximately 0 VDC between TBA1, terminal block A213, terminal N3 andterminal

31. (Ref E-91, E-561 sh 2)7.11 A-213 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):

TOO Relay Input and Local Ammeter -Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-92 device "ZB".7.11.1.1 Verify the following relays in A-213 are installed and have theirconnection plugs installed:

  • 151A" 151B* 151C ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 15 of 26S151iNNOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dotnear one of the two secondary wiring terminals ormarks "HI" for primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.11.1.2 Rear C Phase CT7.11.1.2.1 Check "C" right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "C"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

1. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 2 (wire F3) ormarks "Hi" for the primary and "Xl" for thesecondary terminal.

7.11.1.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between C phase CT secondary terminal

,2 andground.7.11.1.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.11.1.2.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.2.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves andindicates some level of current.7.11.1.2.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.11.1.2.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.2.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.11.1.2.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.2.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151C terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back ofrelay case.7.11.1.2.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6on back ofrelay case.7.11.1.2.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.11.1.3 Rear A Phase CT7.11.1.3.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 3(wire F4). Theopposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4(wire Fl).7.11.1.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between "A" phase CT secondary terminal 4 andground.7,11.1.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000 SWGR A-213 Page 16 of 267.11.1.3.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.11.1.3.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves andindicates some level of current.7.11.1.3.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.11.1.3.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.3.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.3.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.3.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151A terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back ofrelay case.7.11.1.3.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back ofrelay case.7.11.1.3.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.11.1.4 Rear B Phase CT7.11.1.4.1 Check "B" left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZB", the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire F5). Theopposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6(wire F2).7.11.1.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between "B" phase CT secondary terminal 6 andground.7.11.1.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.11.1.4.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.11.1.4.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves andindicates some level of current.7.11.1.4.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.11.1.4.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.4.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.11.1.4.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.11.1.4.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 B terminal 5 to terminal 6: on back ofrelay case.7.11.1.4.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N terminal 5 to terminal 6 on back of.relay case.7.11.1.4.9 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.11.1.5 IF any protective relay(s) or lockout relay tripped,THEN reset relays and/or target(s).

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 17 of 267.12 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (800015 in A-213 bus compartment)

-Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-92 device "ZA".7.12.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.7.12.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed fromstud 4 to stud 5 and from stud 6 to stud 5.7.12.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs fromstud 3 to stud 5.7.12.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C"7.12.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to2 A range or in automatic range mode.7.12.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:0 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B* 187ST1/C7.12.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and markedammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:* 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B* 187ST1/C7.12.1.8 Remove A-21 3 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visuallyinspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primarydisconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dotnear one of the two secondary wiring terminals ormarks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for thesecondary.

7.12.1.9 Front C Phase CT7.12.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "C"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 1 (BB6).7.12.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (nearpolarity mark) and ground.NOTE: When A-213 differential relay CTs areenergized for testing, the corresponding A-1 13differential CTs will also be energized

-reference E-34..7.12.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 18 of 261NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "A" and "B"phases is expected to be a fraction of the currentthrough "C" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.12.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:" 187ST1/A ammeter"A"

" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"" 187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.12.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more currentthan ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B" in relay187ST1 /B.7.12.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.12.1.10 Front A Phase CT7.12.1.10.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side ofthe CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire BB4).7.12.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "A" phase CT secondary terminal 3(near polarity mark) and ground.7.12.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "B" and "C"phases is expected to be a fraction of the currentthrough "A" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.12.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187ST1/A ammeter "A"* 187ST1/B ammeter "B"* 187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.12.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A indicates morecurrent than ammeter "B" in relay 187STI/B and ammeterC" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.12.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.12.1.11 Front B Phase CT7.12.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity markis on the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (topside).

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 19 of 26NOTE: Per E-B-AC-92 for CT device "ZA", the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 5 (BB5).7.12.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup between "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5(near polarity mark) and ground.7.12.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "A" and "C",phases is expected to be a small fraction of thecurrent through "B" phase if the CT circuit isconnected properly.

7.12.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187ST1/A ammeter "A"* 187STI/B ammeter "B".187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.12.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B indicates morecurrent than ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeterC" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.12.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.12.1.12 Re-install any A-213 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed tovisually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breakerprimary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.7.12.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UATdifferential current relays in C20.7.12.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:* 187ST1/A0 187ST1/B* 187ST1/C7.13 A-213 Synchronizing Circuit (Ref E-31 Sh 1, E-34, E-561 Sh 4)7.13.20 At CIO., verify A-113 sync switch (152-113/SS) is in the OFF position.

7.13.21 At C1O, verify A-213 sync switch (152-213/SS) in the OFF position.

7.13.22 At A-I 13, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from terminal 2(line) of UD (FU20) and TB-A terminal

4. (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86) 7.13.23 At C1O, check approximately 0 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to ground.7.13.24 At C10, check approximately 0 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to terminal 0613.7.13.25 At breaker A-1 13, reinstall temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD(FU20) and TB-A terminal 4 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86)

(Sync check relay)7.13.26 At CIO, check approximately 120 VAC from TBB1-AO1 terminal 413 to ground.7.14.20 At CIO, check approximately 120 VAC from TBBI-A01 terminal 413 to terminal 0613.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 20 of 267.14 Cubicle HeaterNOTE: If IOLA breaker 29 is not available or these heaters are tested under PM procedure OP1416.002, mark this section N/A and document the reason in the test log.7.15.1 At panel 10 LA (P30), verify breaker 29 is In the on position.

(Ref E61 sh 22, E-8-AC-100))

7.15.2 At A-212, verify breaker BC is in the on position.

(Ref E-8-AC-91) 7.15.3 At A-212, adjust Temperature control CA to a setting below ambient temperature or cooluntil it activates.

7.15.4 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-501.7.15.5 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE in A-213.7.15.6 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-212.7.15.7 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE In A-211.7.15.8 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-210.7.15.9 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-209.7.15.10 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-208.7.15.11 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-207.7.15.12 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1&2 for heater SE in A-206.7.15.13 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE in A-205.7.15.14 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE in A-204.7.15.15 Check approximately

.120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE In A-203.7.15.16 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE in A-202.7.15.17 Check approximately 120 VAC across terminals 1 &2 for heater SE in A-201.7.15.18 At A-212, adjust Temperature control CA to as found condition.

8.0 Restoration

8.1 At breaker A-1 13, remove temporary 120 VAC power source to terminal 2 (line) of UD (FU20) andTB-A terminal 4 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-86)

(Sync check relay)8.2 At breaker A-212, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from terminal X4 (line) andterminal X2 (neutral).

(Ref E-34, E-8-AC-91) 8.3 At A-113, reinstall the fuse UD (FU20).8.4 At A-212, reinstall the fuses UE (FU29).8.5 If installed remove the jumper at C20, from TBA213 terminal 11 to C20, TBA213 terminal

21. (RefE-91, E-560 sh 1)8.6 At C20, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1operations.

8.6.1 TS-186-ST1-1 switch 48.6.2 TS-286-G1-2 switch 108.6.3 TS-286-G1-2 switch 38.6.4 TS-186-ST1-2 switch 28.6.5 TS-1 86-ST2-2 switch 28.7 At A-21 1, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1operations.

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 21 of 268.7.1 TS1-211-switch E8.8 At A-212, place the following test switches in the CLOSED position or as directed by Unit 1operations.

8.8.1 TS1 -212, switch E8.8.2 TS1-212, switch H8.9 Verify all jumpers, test switches etc., installed during the performance of this testing havebeen removed.8.10 Verify all testing steps have been completed with any deficiencies have been corrected and noted in the test log.8.11 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up,TRIPPED position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.12 At C20, Verify the following test switches CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations.

(Ref. E-138 sh.1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping generator LockoutRelays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

  • TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout" TS-286-G1-2 Switch 9.- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-3 Switch 2 -Lockout trip Generator lockout8.13 At C20, verify the following switches in the Loss of Field Relay 240 are CLOSED andglass cover installed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:
  • Red Knife Switch* Black knife Switches9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults/summary.

10.0 M&TE Instrumentation No quantitative measurements were taken during this testing,11.0 Summary Information Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing, in the Test Log(attachment 12.1-EN-DC 117) and provide a post test summary on attachment 12.1 (EN-DC attachment 9.12).12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.8 -Test Change Notice12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9- Test Log12.3 EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.5 Test Summary ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 22 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICESHEET 1 OF 1TEST CHANGE NOTICETEST [JECT El ECT WO OSTI Page 1 ofTYPE:TEST #: Change Notice No.: Quality Class: 0 OR 0l NQRTESTTITLE:Type of Change: 0 Intent [I Non IntentDescription of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer:

/Technical Reviewer:

/ or C Non Intent Change(Signature not required for Non-intent

Changes, mark N/A and check box)STI Original EN-LI--00, process Applicability Determination:

0 Not Impacted;

[I Impacted and RevisedOSRC Approval:[]

Not Required Mtg No. Date:_ _ Chairman:

Operations Department:

/ : /Organization Organzatio

/ OranzaioOrganization Organization Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:APPROVAL (Pdnt/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

/.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 23 of 26A DrAcmMENT 9.9 TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number. ECT/STI:Page ofDate Entry Initials ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 24 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.10TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:Page-....of DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER+ 4 ECT-44313-05 Rev 000SWGR A-213Page 25 of 26ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:.

Name Title Signature InitialsPage ofName_____Title___

Signature Initials ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 1 of 34ATrACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet I of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO 0] STI Procedure Page 1 of 1TEST #: ECT-44313-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: C] OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: A-212 Functional

Testing, Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder44REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

, &f,_ 2-/7/KI/3Test Engineer (TE): Alan Smith /J/-lk Jo -Technical Reviewer:

Orad J .////ISCIPLINE RVIEWOperations De__ / 'MantnaceOrganization Maintenance

-7. 113Organization Organization

__ _ _ / :__ _ _Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other1 OCFR50.59 Evaluation:

E] Not Required

[] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval E] Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

/TE Supervisor:

1 4W & Ol /.Vra MA'715TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer ITE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM

-:CT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 2 of 34Table of Contents1.0 Obectives

........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

.......................................................................................................................

33.0 Test Equipment

...........................................................................................................

44.0 Precautions and Lim itations

.....................................................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

...................................................................................................

..... 56.0 Instrumentation

...........................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

.67.1 F use C hecks .......................................................................................................................................

67.2 DC Control Power Checks ...........................................................................................................

67.3 DC OPS CHECK -A-212 Manual Local and Remote Operation

.................................................

77.4 A-212 Trip Test on Unit Lockout ..................................................................................................

117.5 A-212 Trip Test on ESX-A4 Signal ...............................................................................................

117.6 A-212 Trip Test on A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Closure ..........................................................................

127.7 A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure ..................................................................................

127.8 A-212 Trip Test on A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Closure ..........................................................................

137.9 A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure .................................................................................

137.10 A-212 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-2 bus lockout trip (reference OP-1416.212)..

...............................................................................................................................

1 47.11 A-2 Bus Undervohtage Trip Test (127-A2-1

& 127-A2-1/X1

& 127-A2-1/X2)

...............................

167.12 A-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in A-203) related circuit tests (E-34) ......................

177.13 A-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-34) ............................................

197.14 A-212 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):

TOC Relay Input and Local Ammeter -Reference E-34and E-8-AC-91 device "ZB". ........................................................................................................

217.15 UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-212 bus compartment)

-Reference E-34 andE A C -9 1 device Z A .......................................................................................................................

247.16 M iscellaneous Item s .........................................................................................................................

278.0 Restoration

................................................................................................................

289.0 Test Results and Evaluation

...................................................................................

2910.0 M&TE Instrumentation

.............................................................................................

2911.0 Sum mary Information

...............................................................................................

3012.0 Attachments:

.............................................................................................................

3112.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ..............................................

.............

3112.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log .......................................................................................

3112.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log .............................

3112.4 T est C hange N otices .........................................................................................................................

317/15/2013 8:01:39 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 3 of 341.0 Oblectlves 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-212, 4160 VAC feeder fromUnit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of cubiclereplacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Eventdocumented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 A-212 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-eneraized bus during DC Opstesting.1,3 A-408 (DG2 to A-4) trip on A-212 closure function was disabled by TMOD EC-43758(1R24 Temporary Power from SU2). This function will be tested as part of the TMODremoval rather than in this ECT.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, A-2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EC-43758, TMOD 1 R24 Temporary Power from SU22.3 Technical specifications section 3.8, Electrical Power Systems2.4 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.5 OP-1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test2.6 OP-1416.002, Unit 1 A2 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.7 E-4 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System2.8 E-32 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram Generator System2.9 E-34 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System Main Supply2.10 E-61 sheet 22, 120/208V Panel 10LA (P30) Schedule2.11 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.12 E-90 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 4160V ACB A-2122.13 E-91 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, SU1 to A-2 breaker A-2132.14 E-92 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, SU2 to A-2 breaker A-2112.15 E-93 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.16 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers 1 & 2 Lock-out Relays;2.17 E-95 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.18 E-97 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram 4160V ESF Feeder A-4092.19 E-100 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram EDG output A-408, TMOD EC-43758 Markup2.20 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.21 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.22 E-372 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Main Chiller2.23 E-418 sheet 7, 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator K16292.24 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 on Panel C102.25 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 on Panel C102.26 E-480 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs (PMS)7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 4 of 342.27 E-481 sheet 76, Connection Schedule SPDS Computer Analog Inputs2.28 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS)2.29 E-505 sheet 6, Connection
Diagram, A-211 thru A-5012.30 E-506 sheet 19C, Connection Diagram A-409, TMOD EC-43758 Markup2.31 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C202.32 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup2.33 E-561 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C102.34 E-8-AC-88 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-203)2.35 E-8-AC-90 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-211)2.36 E-8-AC-91 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-212)2.37 E-8-AC-92 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (A-213)2.38 E-8-AC-97 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM(A201-A204) 2.39 E-8-AC-98 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM(A205-A208) 2.40 E-8-AC-99 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM(A209-A211) 2.41 E-8-AC-100 sheet 1, METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM(A212-A501) 3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection test setup for CT testing capable of supplying

-2 Amps from a nominal120 VAC source -suggest a 200W or 300W series light bulb for a 1.7A to 2.5A currentlimited supply with alligator clip or similar type clip for connecting to the CT circuit.3.3 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends sothat terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.3.4 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to haveIsolated (unarounded) output. Two (2) sets of leads of sufficient length to reach from A-203 PT drawer to A-213 PT drawer with alligator or grabber type clips on one end toattach 120 VAC source HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT cubicle secondary disconnect device stationary terminals.

3.5 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 tostud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Therequirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in thearea if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the A-2 4160V bus de-energized and grounded.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 5 of 344.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented In the Test Log.4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC- 117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify Implementing Field Supervisor has signed the Return to Service form and verifiedA-212 is ready for functional testing.5.2 Verify that A-2 4160V bus is de-energized and tagged out.5.3 Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.4 Verify that the A-212 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to A-2 switchgear (D-2103 not tagged out)and all A-212 125VDC control power fuses Installed.

5.6 Verify ESAS bypassed or ESAS Digital Subsystem No. 2 shutdown such that relay ESX-A4 Is de-energized.

When energized, ESX-A4 relay provides a trip signal to A-212 -reference OP-1105.003, E-102 sh. 2, and E-90 sh. 1.5.7 Verify A-211 breaker available for cycling with DC control power available.

5.8 Verify A-213 breaker available for cycling with DC control power available.

5.9 Verify A-408 breaker racked-down or tripped with control switch in Pull-To-Lock.

5.10 Verify A-212 CT shorting jumpers and ground removed at TB BB terminals 1, 2, & 3 whenfield circuits are completed

-reference E-505 sh. 6 Note 1 and E-8-AC-100.

5.11 At Cubicle A-21 1 verify the following:

5.11.1 Fuse block FU-4 (UL) installed in the ON position (supplies elevator motor powerfor A-211, A-212, A-213, A-501)5.11.2 A-211 internal DC breaker BA CLOSED (supplies DC bus to fuses FU-4).6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00 SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page 6 of 347.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Fuse Checks7.1.1 Verify the following fuses installed in A-212 in the ON position and are of theproper amperage:

" FU-10(UB)=

15A* FU-11 (UC) = 15A* FU-12(UR)=35A

  • FU-13 (UT) = 35A" FU-14 (UA)=35A" FU-29(UE)=

10A" FU-28 (UF) = 10A7.2 DC Control Power Checks7.2.1 Verify Breaker A-212 is racked down.7.2.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear A-2 125 VDC Control Power Breaker D-2103 isOPEN.7.2.3 Verify A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) located in A-212 isOPEN.7.2.3.1 Check nominal 0 VDC across line side (top terminals 1 & 3) of A-212 DCControl Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) in A-212.7.2.4 CLOSE 4160 Volt Switchgear A-2 125 VDC Control Power Breaker D-2103.7.2.4.1 Check nominal +125 VDC from line side of A-212 DC Control PowerBreaker ACB 100A (BA) top left terminal 1 (-) to right terminal 3 (+).7.2.4.2 Check nominal 0 VDC at load side of A-212 DC Control Power BreakerACB 100A (BA). i7.2.4.3 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-10 (UB) top terminals 1and 3.7.2.4.4 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-1 1 (UC) top terminals Iand 3.7.2.4.5 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-12 (UR) top terminals 1and 3.7.2.4.6 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-13 (UT) top terminals 1and 3.7.2.4.7 Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses FU-14 (UA) top terminals 1and 3.7.2.5 CLOSE A-212 DC Control Power Breaker ACB 100A (BA) in A-212.7.2.5.1 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of A-212 DC Control PowerBreaker ACB 100A (BA) bottom left terminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7.2.5.2 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-10 (UB) bottom leftterminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 7 of 347.2.5.3 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-1 1 (UC) bottom leftterminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7.2.5.4 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-12 (UR) bottom leftterminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7.2.5.5 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-13 (UT) bottom leftterminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7.2.5.6 Check nominal +125 VDC at load side of fuses FU-14 (UA) bottom leftterminal 2 (-) to right terminal 4 (+).7.3 DC OPS CHECK -A-212 Manual Local and Remote Operation 7.3.1 Verify A-212 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-212 cubicle.7.3.1.1 Check A-212 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.3.1.2 Check A-212 breaker springs discharged by observing whiteDISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.3.2 Verify A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.3.3 Rack up circuit breaker in A-212 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1107.001 Exhibit C.7.3.3.1 Check A-212 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) afterrelease of the elevator clutch handle.7.3.3.1.1 Check A-212 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light OFFduring spring charging.

7.3.3.2 Check A-212 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGEDflag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.3.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.7.3.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8'.7.3.3.5 Check A-212 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.7.3.3.6 Check A-212 Tripped local GREEN light ON.7.3.3.7 Check A-212 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.7.3.3.8 Check A-212 Closed local RED light OFF.7.3.3.9 Check A-212 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.7.3.3.10 Check the following A-212 lights OFF at panel C10:" RED breaker Closed" GREEN breaker Tripped" WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.7.3.4 On A-212, verify connection plug(s),

i.e. pie plates, installed in A-2 busUndervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 (AF),7.3.4.1 On A-212, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 picked up.7.3.4.2 On A-211, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/XI picked up7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 8 of 34NOTE: Undervoltage Relay 127-A2-1 (AF) connection plug(s) will remain removed for alarge part of this testing to disable the A-2 bus undervoltage trip of A-212 from relay 127-A2-1/X1 (AJ) -reference E-90 sh. 1 & E-93 sh. 2.7.3.5 On A-212, verify connection plug(s) removed from A-2 bus Undervoltage LoadTripping relay 127-A2-1 (AF).7.3.5.1 On A-212, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 not picked up.7.3.5.2 On A-21 1, check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X1 not picked up.7.3.6 In A-212, place fuses in fuse block FU-14 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.3.6.1 Check A-212 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.7.3.6.2 Check Annunciator K02-C7 "A2 DC Control Power Off" in alarm.7.3.7 In A-212, place fuses in fuse block FU-14 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.3.7.1 Check A-212 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.7.3.7.2 Check Annunciator K02-C7 "A2 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.7.3.8 At C20, verify the following test switches are OPEN (ref. E-138 sh. 1):* TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout7.3.9 At C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay 240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):

  • Red knife switch* Black knife switches7.3.10 At C20, verify 286-G1-1 Generator Lockout Relay is RESET.7.3.11 At C20, verify 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay is RESET.7.3.12 Verify A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 on A-212 is RESET.7.3.13 Verify A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.3.13.1 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -29 energized in LOCAL.7.3.13.2 Check approximately zero (0) VDC in A-212 from terminal block DDterminal 4 (+) to DD terminal 11 (-). This checks the Remote Trip circuit P-2 de-energized when in LOCAL.7.3.14 Place remote trip fuses FU-12 (UR) in the OFF/ Removed position.

7.3.15 Place remote control fuses FU- 11 (UC) In the OFF / Removed position.

7.3.15.1 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -29 energized in LOCAL with remote trip & control fuses removed.7.3.16 Place remote trip fuses FU-12 (UR) in the ON / Installed position.

7.3.17 Place remote control fuses FU'1 1 (UC) In the ON / Installed position.

7.3.18 Place A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 9 of 347.3.197.3.207.3.217.3.227.3.18.1 Check A-212 local Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF.7.3.18.2 Check A-212 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF at panel C10.7.3.18.3 Check A-212 local Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light ON.7.3.18.4 Check A-212 remote Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light ON at panelC10.7.3.18.5 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light ON.7.3.18.6 Check A-212 remote Tripped GREEN light ON at panel C1O.7.3.18.7 Check A-212 local Closed RED light OFF.7.3.18.8 Check A-212 remote Closed RED light OFF at panel C1O.7.3.18.9 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 3 (+)to DD terminal 12 (-). This checks the Local & Remote Trip circuit 2P -29 energized in REMOTE.7.3.18.10 Check nominal +125 VDC in A-212 from terminal block DD terminal 4 (+)to DD terminal 11 (-). This checks the Remote Trip circuit P -2energized when in REMOTE.Place A-212 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.Close A-212 breaker by taking Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.3.22.1 Check A-212 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.22.2 Check A-212 local Closed RED light ON.7.3.22.3 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.7.3.22.4 Check A-212 SPDS point Z1A212 indicates NORMAL/ CLOSEDNOTE: When checking continuity with a digital multi-meter (DMM), first checkvoltage on the terminals relative to ground to determine if voltage exists. If voltageexists, then use the voltmeter function to determine continuity (little or no voltageacross closed contact and associated wiring) or no continuity (full voltage acrossopen contact).

If no voltage exists on terminals, then use ohmmeter function todetermine continuity (near zero or very low ohms across closed contact andassociated wiring) or n2 continuity (very high or infinite resistance across opencontact).

7.3.22.5 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-211 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 7-7T) is OPEN at A-211 by checking no continuity between A-211 TB DDterminal 2,and A-211 TB B terminal

3. Reference E-90, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.3.22.6 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-213 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 1-IT) is OPEN at A-213 by checking no continuity between A-2137TB DDterminal 2 and A-213 TB B terminal

3. Reference E-90, E-91, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-92.

7.3.22.7 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact152-212/a 12-12T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists at A-213between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-213 TB FF terminal 7.Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 10 of 347.3.22.8 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact152-212?/a 12-12T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists in A-213 toA-211 between A-213 TB FF terminal 10 and A-211 TB FF terminal 7(Note: A-213 is not a typo -see E-93 sh. 2). Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.23 Trip A-212 breaker by taking Local Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.3.23.1 Check A-212 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.3.23.2 Check A-212 local Tripped GREEN light ON.7.3.23.3 Check A-212 local Closed RED light OFF.7.3.23.4 Check A-212 SPDS point Z1A212 indicates TRIPPED / OPEN.7.3.23.5 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-211 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 7-7T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists between A-211 TB DDterminal 2 and A-211 TB B terminal

3. Reference E-90, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.3.23.6 Check A-212 interlock to auto-close A-213 (auxiliary contact 152-212/b 1-1T) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists between A-213 TB DDterminal 2 and A-213 TB B terminal

3. Reference E-90, E-91,.E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-92.

7.3.23.7 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact152-212/a 12-12T) is OPEN by checking no continuity between A-213 TBFF terminal 10 and A-213 TB FF terminal

7. Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.23.8 Check A-212 UAT Breaker Failure Protection interlock (auxiliary contact152-212/a 12-12T) is OPEN by checking no continuity between A-213 TBFF terminal 10 and A-211 TB FF terminal

7. Reference E-90, E-93, E-505 sh. 6, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.3.24 Take A-212 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.7.3.25 Take A-212 Sync Switch (152-212/SS on panel C10) to ON.7.3.26 Take A-212 remote Control Switch (152-212/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.7.3.27 Take A-212 Sync Switch to OFF.7.3.27.1 Check A-212 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.27.2 Check A-212 close local RED light ON.7.3.27.3 Check A-212 close remote RED light ON at panel C10.7.3.27.4 Check A-212 trip local GREEN light OFF.7.3.27.5 Check A-212 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel C10.7.3.28 Take A-212 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.3.28.1 Check A-212 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.3.28.2 Check A-212 trip local GREEN light ON.7.3.28.3 Check A-212 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C10.7.3.28.4 Check A-212 close local RED light OFF.7.3.28.5 Check A-212 close remote RED light OFF at panel C10.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 11 of 34NOTE: The following sections initiate multiple trips of A-2 bus feeder breakers and A-2bus lockout relay. This will result in multiple bus feeder breaker trip and LO relay tripalarms in the Control Room.7.4 A-212 Trio Test on Unit Lockout7.4.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.4.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.4.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.4.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.7.4.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not in alarm.7.4.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20across terminal block TB1 scheme A212 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinetinternal side of the TB (opposite field cable A212D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 forlocation of TB and terminal points.7.4.5 Trip A-212 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.7.4.5.1 Check A-212 Tripped.7.4.5.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 In theControl Room in alarm.7.4.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panelC20 terminal block TB1 scheme A212 Terminals 2P and 29.7.5 A-212 Trip Test on ESX-A4 Signal7.5.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.5.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.5.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.5.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.7.5.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not in alarm.7.5.4 Install an ESX-A4 contact 3-4 temporary test jumper with momentary switch inControl Room panel C10 across terminal block TBA2 scheme A212 Terminals 2Pand 29 on the cabinet internal side of the TB (opposite field cable A212F).Reference E-561 sh. 2 for location of TB and terminal points.7.5.5 Take ESX-A4 contact 3-4 temporary jumper switch in C10 to CLOSE and release.7.5.5.1 Check A-212 tripped.7.5.5.2 Check Al/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 In theControl Room in alarm.7.5.6 Remove ESX-A4 contact .3-4 temporary test jumper with momentary switch frompanel C10.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 12 of 347.6 A-212 Trip Test on A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Closure7.6.1 Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 on A-212 RESET.7.6.2 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.6.3 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.6.4 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.6.4.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.7.6.5 Verify breaker A-213 (SU1 to A-2) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.6.6 Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.6.7 Verify Test Switch E on TS1-211 on A-211 OPEN (removes A-213 trip from feederundervoltage relay 127-113-2/X-reference E-91 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.6.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout relay 186-ST1 -1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-213 trip from SUW Transformer Lockout 186-STI-1

-reference E-91 SH 1, E-94SH 1)7.6.9 Take A-213 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.6.9.1 Check breaker A-213 Closed.7.6.10 Verify A-213 Remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close position.

7.6.10.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not in alarm.7.6.11 Take A-213 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.6.11.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.7.6.11.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room in alarm.7.6.12 Take A-213 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.6.13 Take A-212 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feederbreaker trip alarm.7.7 A-213 (SU1 to A-2) Trio on A-212 Closure7.7.1 Verify breaker A-213 Closed.7.7.2 Verify A-213 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.7.7.2.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not In alarm.7.7.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.7.4 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.7.5 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.7.5.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.7.7.5.2 Check breaker A-213 Tripped.7.7.5.3 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room in alarm.7/15/2013 5'57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 13 of 347.7.6 Take A-213 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feederbreaker trip alarm.7.8 A-212 Trio Test on A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Closure7.8.1 Verify breaker A-212 Closed.7.8.2 Verify breaker A-21 1 (SU2 to A-2) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.8.3 Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.8.4 Verify Test Switch F on TS1-2111 on A-211 OPEN (removes A-211 trip from feederundervoltage aux. relay 127-111-2/X-reference E-92 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.8.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-21 1 tripfrom SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1

-reference E-92 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.8.6 Take A-211 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.6.1 Check breaker A-21 1 Closed.7.8.7 Verify A-21 1 Remote Control Switch on C1 0 in Normal-after-Close position.

7.8.7.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not In alarm.7.8.8 Take A-21 1 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.8.8.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.7.8.8.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room in alarm.7.8.9 Take A-211 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.8.10 Take A-212 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feederbreaker trip alarm.7.9 A-211 (SU2 to A-2) Trip on A-212 Closure7.9.1 Verify breaker A-21 1 Closed.7.9.2 Verify A-211 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.7.9.2.1 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not in alarm.7.9.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.9.4 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.9.5 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.9.5.1 Check breaker A-212 Closed.7.9.5.2 Check breaker A-21 1 Tripped.7.9.5.3 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room in alarm.7.9.6 Take breaker A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.7.9.6.1 Check breaker A-212 Tripped.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 14 of 347.9,7 Take A-211 Remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release to clear feederbreaker trip alarm.7.10 A-212 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-2 bus lockout triE (reference OP-1416.212) 7.10.1 Remove the A-212 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),and 151N (AK).7.10.2 Verify local A-212 test switches E, F, G, & H on TS1-212 (AR) CLOSED.7.10.3 Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 (AT) RESET.7.10.3.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in the Control Room notin alarm.7.10.3.2 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room not in alarm.7.10.3.3 Check A-212 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1629 Reflash Annunciator on C10not in alarm.7.10.3.4 Check 4.16 KV ACB Unit AUX/BUS 1A2 computer point (PMS1)ZS1A212 indicates NORM.7.10.3.5 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1A2 indicates NORM.7.10.4 Verify SU1 Transformer lockout relay 186-ST1-1 RESET.7.10.5 Verify SU2 Transformer lockout relay 186-ST2-1 RESET.7.10.6 Verify A-208 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.7 Verify A-209 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.8 Verify A-210 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.9 Verify A-211 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.10 Verify A-212 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.11 Verify A-213 breaker local red lamp bulb removed.7.10.11.1 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 2-2C (A-2 LO relay trip signal toA-213) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-213 TB DD terminal 12to A-213 TB C terminal

4. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.7.10.11.2 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 4-4C (A-2 LO relay trip signal toA-21 1) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-21 1 TB DD terminal 12to A-211 TB C terminal
4. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.11.3 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 7-7C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-213 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-213TB DD terminal 1 to A-213 TB CC terminal

9. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.11.4 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 8-8C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-212 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists~from A-212TB C terminal 5 to A-212 TB CC terminal

12. Reference E-90, E-93, andE-8-AC-91 including EC-21171 markup.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 15 of 347.10.11.5 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 9-9C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-211 closure) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-211 TB DD terminal 1 to A-211 TB CC terminal
9. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.12 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.10.13 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.10.14 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.10.14.1 Check A-212 Closed.7.10.15 Manually actuate A-212 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AJ).7.10.15.1 Check A-212 Tripped.7.10.15.2 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) tripped.7.10.15.3 Check 151A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.10.15.4 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 In the Control Room inalarm.7.10.15.5 Check A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-F6 in theControl Room in alarm.7.10.15.6 Check A-212 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1629 Reflash Annunciator on C10.7.10.15.7 Check 4.16 KV ACB Unit AUX/BUS 1A2 computer point (PMS1)ZS1A212 indicates TRIP.7.10.15.8 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YSiA2indicates TRBL.7.10.15.9 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 2-2C (A-2 LO relay trip signalto A-213) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-213 TB DDterminal 12 to A-213 TB C terminal

4. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.10 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 4-4C (A-2 LO relay trip signalto A-21 1) is CLOSED by checking continuity exists from A-211 TB DDterminal 12 to A-211 TB C terminal

4. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.11 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 7-7C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-213 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-213 TBDD terminal 1 to A-213 TB CC terminal

9. Reference E-91, E-93, E-8-AC-91, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.12 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 8-8C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-212 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-212 TBC terminal 5 to A-212 TB CC terminal

12. Reference E-90, E-93, andE-8-AC-91 including EC-21171 markup.7.10.15.13 Check A-2 Bus LO Relay 186-A2 contact 9-9C (A-2 LO relay signal toblock A-211 closure) is OPEN by checking no continuity from A-211 TBDD terminal I to A-211 TB CC terminal
9. Reference E-91, E-92, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-99, and E-8-AC-100.

7.10.15.14 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.10.15.15 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 16 of 347.10.15.16 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.10.15.16.1 Check A-212 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.10.15.17 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on CIO to TRIP and release to takecontrol switch to Normal-After-Trip.

7.10.15.18 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.10.15.19 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).7.10.16 Manually actuate A-212 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AH).7.10.16.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.7.10.16.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.7.10.16.3 Check 151 B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.10.16.4 Reset 151B (AH) relay target indicator 7.10.16.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).7.10.16.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 not in alarm.7.10.17 Manually actuate A-212 uC" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AL).7.10.17.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.7.10.17.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.7.10,17.3 Check 151C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.10.17.4 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.10.17.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).7.10.17.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 not in alarm.7.10.18 Manually actuate A-212 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).7.10.18.1 Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 (AT) trips.7.10.18.2 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A7 in alarm.7.10.18.3 Check 151 N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.10.18.4 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.10.18.5 Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 (AT).7.10.18.5.1 Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator KO2-A7 not~in alarm.7.10.19 Install A-212 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and151N (AK).7.11 A-2 Bus Undervoltaae Trip Test (127-A2-1

& 127-A2-1/X1

& 127-A2-1/X2) 7.11.1 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.11.2 Take A-212 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release.7.11.3 Take A-212 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.11.3.1 Check A-212 Closed.7.11.3.2 Check PMS1 computer point YS1A2UV indicates NORM.7.11.4 Verify local A-212 test switches A, B, C on TS1 -212 (AR) CLOSED.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 17 of 347.11.5 In A-212, insert connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 (AF).7.11.5.1 Check A-212 breaker Tripped.7.11.5.2 Check UV auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 on A-212 picked up.7.11.5.3 Check PMS1 computer point YS1A2UV indicates TRBL. This computerpoint actuated by A-2 UV aux. relay 127-A2-1/X2 contact 1-2. ',Reference E-93 sh. 2 and E-482 sh. 18.7.11.5.4 Check continuity exists from A-208 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 3-4 (A-208 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage).

Reference E-93 sh. .2, E-372sh. 1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-98.

17.11.5.5 Check continuity exists from A-209 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 5-6 (A-209 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage).

Reference E-93 sh. 2, E-271sh.1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99.

7.11.5.6 Check continuity exists from A-210 TB CC terminal 12 to TB C terminal 4across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 7-8 (A-210 trip signal on A-2 bus undervoltage).

Reference E-93 sh. 2, E-271sh. 1, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-100, and E-8-AC-99, 7.11.5.7 Check continuity exists from A-213 TB B terminal 3 to TB B terminal 5,across undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-A2-1/X2 CLOSED contact 11-12(A-213 close signal on A-2 bus undervoltage).

Reference E-91, E-93 sh.2, E-8-AC-91, E-8-AC-92, and E-8-AC-100.

7.11.6 Verify A-208 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.7 Verify A-209 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.8 Verify A-210 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.9 Verify A-211 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.10 Verify A-212 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.11 Verify A-213 breaker local red lamp bulb re-installed.

7.11.12 Verify Test Switch E on TS1-211 on A-211 CLOSED unless directed otherwise byUnit 1 Operations or tag out.7.11.13 Verify Test Switch F on TS 1-211 on A-21 1 CLOSED unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations or tag out.7.12 A-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in A-203) related circuit tests (E-34).7.12.1 Verify Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-203 racked out.7.12.2 Verify A-212 fuses FU-28 (UF) ON / INSTALLED.

7.12.3 Verify A-212 fuses FU-29 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

7.12.4 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz Isolated source (de-energized)

HOT lead to A-203 PTsecondary circuit at A-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to TB Xterminal 2 (BO / Ground).

Reference E-34.7.12.5 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 18 of 347.12.5.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/A2) -reference E-452 sh. 3.7.12.5.2 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC from TB X terminal 2 tocabinet ground.7.12.5.3 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 1 to terminal 2.7.12.5.4 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC on the back of NegativePhase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 8 (B1) to ground.7.12.5.5 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative PhaseOvervoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 7 (AO) to terminal 8(B0).7.12.5.6 In A-211, check approximately zero (0) VAC from Sync Check relay 125-211 (AK) terminal 6 (E0) to ground.7.12.5.7 In A-211, check nominal 120 VAC from Sync Check relay 125-211 (AK)terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (B0).7.12.5.8 In A-213, check approximately zero (0) VAC from Sync Check: relay 125-213 (AK) terminal 6 (B10) to ground.7.12.5.9 In A-213, check nominal 120 VAC from Sync Check relay 125-213 (AK)terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (B0).7.12.5.10Check Ul SPDS point E1A2 indicates a nominal 4 kV (E-481 sh. 76)7.12.5.11 On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase7.12.5.11.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.5.11.2 Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.5.12 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left,reference E-561 sh. 2), check approximately zero (0) VAC from cabinetground to TBA2 scheme A02 terminal 0615 on internal side of TBopposite cable A02C BK wire.7.12.5.13 In Control Room panel CIO, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left,reference E-561 sh. 2), check nominal 120 VAC across TBA2 schemeA02 terminal 415 on internal side of TB opposite cable A02C WH wireand TBA2 scheme A02 terminal 0615 on internal side of TB oppositecable A02C BK wire.7.12.6 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.12.6.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.7.12.7 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from A-203 PT secondary circuit TB Xterminal 1 (AO).7.12.8 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to A-203 PT secondary circuit TB Xterminal 3 (C0)7.12.9 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected to TB X terminal 2 (B0 /Ground).7.12.10 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.12.10.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127NP-A2) -reference E-452 sh. 3.7.12.10.2 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 3 to terminal 2.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 19 of 347.12.10.3 In A-212, check approximately zero (0) VAC on the back of NegativePhase Overvoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 8 (B10) to ground.7.12.10.4 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative PhaseOvervoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 9 (CO) to terminal 8(BO).7.12.11 On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase7.12.11.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.11.2Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.12 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.12.12.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.7.12.13 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from A-203 PT secondary circuitTB X terminal 2 (BO / Ground).7.12.14 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected to A-203 PT secondary circuitTB X terminal 3 (CO).7.12.15 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead to A-203 PT secondary circuitTB X terminal 1 (AO).7.12.16 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.12.16.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127NP-A2) -reference E-452 sh. 3.7.12.16.2 1n A-212, check nominal 120 VAC from TB X terminal 3 to terinal 1.7.12.16.31n A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of Negative PhaseOvervoltage relay 127NP-A2 (AG) from terminal 9 (CO) to terminal 7(AO).7.12.16.4 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC on the back of undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 (AF) from terminal 5 (AO) to terminal 6 (C0).7.12.16.5On A-212, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase7.12.16.5.1 Check local A-2 voltmeter on A-212 indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.16.5.2 Check remote A-2 voltmeter on C10 Indicates a nominal 4 kV7.12.17 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.12.17.1 Check K02-E7 "A2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE' alarm clear.7.12.18 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from A-203.7.12.19 Verify relay targets, if so equipped, are reset.7.12.20 Verify PT drawer above A-203 returned to as-found condition or as directed byUl Operations.

7.13 A-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-34)7.13.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-203 racked out.7.13.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-111 racked out.7.13.3 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-1 12 racked out.7.13.4 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above A-1 13 racked Out.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 20 of 34NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same sourcewill be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing ofthe bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.13.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply (de-energized)

HOT lead to A-203 PTsecondary circuit at A-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to TB Xterminal 2 (B0 / Ground).7.13.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-111 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 11 PTsecondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO/Ground).

7.13.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.8 At Control Room panel C10, place A-1 11 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.13.8.1 On ClO, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.8.2 On C1O, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.8.3 On ClO, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.13.9 At Control Room panel CIO, place A-111 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.9.1 On C0O, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.9.2 On ClO, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.10 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.11 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-111 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from A-111 PTsecondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO/Ground).

7.13.12 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.13 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.14 At Control Room panel C10, place A-112 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.13.14.1 On CIO, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.14.2On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.14.30n C1O, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.13.15 At Control Room panel C10, place A-112 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.15.1 On C 10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.15.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.16 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.17 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-1 12 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead from A-1 12 PTsecondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.18 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to A-1 13 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead to A-1 13 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.19 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.20 At Control Room panel 010, place A-1 13 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 21 of 347,13.20.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.20.2On C10, check Running Voltmeter Indicates a nominal 4 kV7.13.20.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.13.21 At Control Room panel C10, place A-1 13 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.13.21.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.21.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV7.13.22 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.13.23 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A- 113 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from A-1 13 PTsecondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0/Ground).

7.13.24 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from A-203 PT secondary circuit atA-203 TB X terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB X terminal 2 (B0 /Ground).7.13.25 Verify PT drawer above A-203 returned to as-found condition or as directed byU 1 Operations or tag out.7.13.26 Verify PT drawer above A-111 returned to as-found condition or as directed byU 1 Operations or tag out.7.13.27 Verify PT drawer above A-1 12 returned to as-found condition or as directed byUl Operations or tag out.7.13.28 Verify PT drawer above A-1 13 returned to as-found condition or as directed byUl Operations or tag out.7.14 A-212 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):

TOC Relay Inout and Local Ammeter -Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-91 device "ZB".NOTE: Connecting the CT lamp test circuit to a 120 VAC supply that is GroundFault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) protected will likely result in tripping the GFCI dueto the unbalanced Hot and Neutral current.7.14.1.1 Verify the following relays in A-212 are installed and have theirconnection plugs Installed:

0 151A (AJ)0 151B (AH)* 151C (AL)0 151N (AK)NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot nearone of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi"'for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.14.1.2 Rear C Phase CT7.14.1.2.1 Check "C" right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 22 of 34NOTE; Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "C" phase CTsecondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity markis terminal 1 (wire F6). The opposite secondary wiringterminal is terminal 2 (wire F3).7.14.1.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to C phase CT secondary terminal 2 (wireF3).7.14.1.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.14.1.2.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.2.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves ahdindicates some level of current.7.14.1.2.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.14.1.2.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.14.1.2.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.2.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.14.1.2.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 C (AL) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.14.1.2.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.14.1.2.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.14.1.2.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.14.1.3 Rear A Phase CT7.14.1.3.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire F4). Theopposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4(wire Fl).7.14.1.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to A phase CT secondary terminal 4 (wireFl).7.14.1.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.14.1.3.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.14.1.3.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves andindicates some level of current.7.14.1.3.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.3.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.14.1.3.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.3.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7/15/2013 8:02:21 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 23 of 347.14.1.3.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151A (AJ) terminal 5 to terminal 6 on backof relay case.7.14.1.3.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.14.1.3.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.14.1.3.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.14.1.4 Rear B Phase CT7.14.1.4.1 Check "B" left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZB, the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire F5). Theopposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6(wire F2).7.14.1.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to B phase CT secondary terminal 6 (wireF2).7.14.1.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.14.1.4.4 Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.14.1.4.4.1 Check that the ammeter indicator moves andindicates some level of current.7.14.1.4.5 Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.14.1.4.5.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.14.1.4.6 Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.14.1.4.6.1 Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.14.1.4.7 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151B (AH) terminal 5 to terminal 6 Onback of relay case.7.14.1.4.8 Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N (AK) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.14.1.4.9 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.14.1.4.10 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.14.1.5 IF any protective relay(s) or lockout relay tripped,THEN reset relays and/or target(s).

7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 24 of 347.15 UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-212 bus comoartment)

-Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-91 device ZA.7.15.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.7.15.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed suchthat stud 4, stud 5, and stud 6 are shorted together.

7.15.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs fromstud 3 to stud 5.7.15.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C"7.15.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to20 A range or in automatic range mode,7.15.1.6 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:* 187AT-A* 187AT-B* 187AT-C7.15.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and markedammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:" 187AT-A* 187AT-B* 187AT-C7.15.1.8 Remove A-212 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visuallyinspect and access the CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot nearone of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi"for the primary and "X1" for the secondary terminal.

7.15.1.9 Front C Phase CT7.15.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "C" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 1 (wire BB6). TB BB terminal 6 provides, an alternate connection point for the CT test setup if theCT terminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to C phase CT secondary terminal 1 (nearpolarity mark).7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 25 of 34NOTE: When A-212 differential relay CTs are energized for testing, the corresponding A-1 12 differential CTs willalso be energized

-reference E-34,7.15.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "A" and "B" phases isexpected to be a small fraction of the current through "C"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 1 87AT-A ammeter "A"" 187AT-B ammeter "B"" 187AT-C ammeter "C"7.15.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187AT-C indicates much morecurrent than ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter "B" inrelay 187AT-B.7.15.1.9.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.15.1.9.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.15.1.10 Front A Phase CT7.15.1.10.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "A" phase CTsecondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity markis terminal 3 (wire BB4). TB BB terminal 4 provides an ,alternate connection point for the CT test setup if the CTterminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to A phase CT secondary terminal 3(near polarity mark).7.15.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "B" and "C" phases isexpected to be a small fraction of the current through "A"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187AT-A ammeter "A"" 187AT-B ammeter "B"" 187AT-C ammeter "C"7.15.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A indicates much morecurrent than ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B and ammeter C"in relay 187AT-C.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 26 of 347.15.1.10.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.15.1.10.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.15.1.11 Front B Phase CT7.15.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-91 for CT device ZA, the "B" phase CTsecondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity markis terminal 5 (wire BB5). TB BB terminal 5 provides analternate connection point for the CT test setup If the CTterminal is inaccessible.

7.15.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to B phase CT secondaryterminal 5(near polarity mark).7.15.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "A" and "C" phases isexpected to be a small fraction of the current through "B"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.15.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187AT-A ammeter "A"* 187AT-B ammeter "B"* 187AT-C ammeter "C"7.15.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B indicates much morecurrent than ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter C" inrelay 187AT-C.7,15.1.11.6 De-energize the CT lamp test setup.7.15.1.11.7 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.15.1.12 Re-install any A-212 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed tovisually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breakerprimary disconnects and the A-2 horizontal bus.7.15.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UATdifferential current relays in C20.7.15.1.14 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:* 187AT-A* 187AT-B" 187AT-C7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 27 of 347.16 Miscellaneous Items7.16.1 A-212 Cubicle Space Heater7.16.1.1 Verify panel 10LA (P30) circuit breaker 29 (120 VAC supply to A-2 spaceheater circuits per E-61 sh. 22) CLOSED.7.16.1.1.1 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC across space heater circuitbreaker ACB-40A (BC) line side (top) terminals 1 and 3.7.16.1.2 Verify A-212 space heater circuit breaker ACB-40A (BC) CLOSED.7.16.1.2.1 In A-212, check nominal 120 VAC across space heater circuitbreaker ACB-40A (BC) load side (bottom) terminals 2 and 4.7.16.1.3 Record A-212 thermostat device CA as-found setting:7.16.1.4 In A-212, actuate space heater thermostat device CA either by adjusting setpoint downward until the contact closes or by alternate means (i.e.spray with canned air to cool device).7.16.1.4.1 Check nominal 120 VAC across space heater device SEterminals 1 and 2 shown on E-8-AC-100.

7.16.1.5 IF A-212 space heater thermostat CA was adjusted downward to actuatethe switch,THEN, return A-212 space heater thermostat to the as-found setting.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 28 of 348.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker A-212 is tripped or racked down.8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C10.8.3 Verify test jumper removed from C20.8.4 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-A on C20.8.5 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-A on C20 unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations or tag out.8.6 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-B on C20.8.7 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-B on C20 unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations or tag out.8.8 Verify test plug and ammeter removed from relay 187AT-C on C20.8.9 Verify connection plug installed in relay 187AT-C on C20 unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations or tag out.8.10 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations or tag out (ref. E-138 sh. 1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

  • TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout9 TS-286-G1-2 switch 9-Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout8.11 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass coverreinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:" Red knife switch* Black knife switches7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 29 of 349.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument
  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 30 of 3411.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By/ Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage 31 0`113412.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 Test Change Notices (only if needed)7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusAttachment 12.1ArrAcHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECTISTI:

44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page ofName Title Signature Initials7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusAttachment 12.2[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 Bus Page-of_Date Entry Initials7/15/2013 5:57:07 PM ECT-44313-04 Rev 00SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusAttachment 12.3(2] ATrACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LoaSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44313-04 Rev 00, SWGR A-212, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-2 BusPage of_DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEMTIME NUMBER_-------------

______________________________

77/15/2013 5:57:07 PM FDoc 3-2-lECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 1 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO C0 STI Procedure Page I of 30TEST #: ECT-44313-02 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: Ii OR Z NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Breaker A-210, Circulatina Water Pump P-3B(Note: Revision 1 is considered to be a complete re-write and a review is performed init's entirety.

Thus. no revision bars are included.)

REVIEW (Print/SignlDate)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner

,.A-.- /7./S-/3Technical Reviewer:

p#av (Uv rl / I ,V/ S4 "?ý.ýCROSS-DISCIPLINE REVI-,Operations Department-('J 74°(3 : /Av, 7lo Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached C1 Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

El Not Required

[] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintfSign/Date)/

TE Supervisor:

ai c d / 7.TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*:Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/'if required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 2 of 30Table of Contents1.0 Objectives

........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

...........................................................................................................

...........

33.0 Test Equipm ent ...........................................................................................................

44.0 Precautions and Lim itations

.....................................................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

.....................................................................................................................

56.0 Instrum entation

...........................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

57.1 DC Power ...........................................................................................................

57.2 Local Control ......................................................................................................

67.3 Relay Functional Testing .......................................

97.4 Rem ote Control ...............................................................................................

107.5 Output Interlocks

............................................................................................

157.6 M iscellaneous Item s ........................................................................................

178.0 Restoration

...............................................................................................................

239.0 Test Results and Evaluation

...................................................................................

2410.0 M &TE Instrum entation

.............................................................................................

2411.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ........................................................................................

.. 2512.0 Attachments:

...............................................

2612.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachm ent 9.9 -Test Log ............................................................

2612.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log ....................

2612.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log .............................

26 ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 3 of 301.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-210, which suppliesCirculating Water Pump P-38. Testing is being performed as a result of cubiclereplacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with BUS A-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

Testing ofA-210 and supply to P-3B with A-2 energized will be performed under a separate ECT.1.3 Testing performed per this ECT does not include system or performance testing of theload supplied by A-210.1.4 The scope of testing per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 43758 is installed and providing temporary power to Circulating Water Pumps P-3A and P-3D.1.5 Testing of the motor space heater interlock per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3B space heater.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, 2.2 EN-DC-117, 2.3 E-76 Sh 1,2.4 E-78 Sh 1,2.52.62.72.82.92.102.112.122.132.142.152.162.172.182.19E-195 Sh 1,E-271 Sh 1,E-271 Sh 2,E-271 Sh 3,E-272 Sh 1,E-274 Sh 1,E-386 Sh 1,E-433 Sh 1,E-455 Sh 2,E-482 Sh 28,E-505 Sh 5,E-531 Sh 4,M-405 Sh 1,VP E-8-AC-99, VP E-8-AC-162, A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160VSwitchgear Schematic
Diagram, Typical Internal Wiring Diagram 4160 Volt MotorProtection Schematic
Diagram, Limit and Torque Switch Development'for MOV'sSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water PumpsSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Aux ControlSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Load ShedSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Discharge MOV'sSchematic
Diagram, Condenser Circulating Water and VacuumBreaker MOV'sSchematic Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Control Panel C165Schematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pump HeatersSchematic
Diagram, Annunciator K05Computer I/O SignalsConnection
Diagram, 4160V Switchgear (Non-ES)

Units A206 throughA210Terminal Box Connection DiagramFunctional Description

& Logic Diagram, Circulating Water,Condensate, Vacuum & Screen Wash SystemMetal Clad Switchgear Interconnection DiagramMetal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 4 of 303.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing)3.3 Three (3) switchable (maintained)

jumpers, installable without disturbing terminals 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be performed with the A-1 and A-2 Bus de-energized.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumpersSheet.4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.10 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Checkmeans to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make itSO.4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY willmean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desiredposition.

4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip andopen have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desiredposition.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker isplaced in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will be releasedunless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing

jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution againstshorting.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 5 of 305.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 4.16kV buses A-1 and A-2 are de-energized.

5.2 Verify Circ Water Pumps P-13B and P-3C are secured.5.3 Verify that the A-21 0 Testing Work Order Task has been set to WORKING.5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power from Breaker D21-03 is available to A-2 switchgear andall A-210 125 VDC control power fuses installed

("UB", "UC", "UR", "UT").5.5 Verify Breakers A-109, A-i 10 and A-111 are installed and available for testing.5.6 Verify CV-3625, CV-3630, CV-3626, CV-3622, CV-3618, FIS-3624, and FIS-3618A areavailable.

5.7 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17.5.8 Verify that the shorting bars / jumpers have been removed from TB-D and TB-E and anyCT's in A-21 0 (Ref E-8-AC-1 62 Note: jumpers shown on this drawing at TB-D and TB-Eare to be left in place).6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power7.1.1 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is racked down.7.1.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear (021-03) control power breaker is open.7.1.3 Verify A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet open.7.1.4 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA)located inside A-210 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).7.1.5 Close 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker.7.1.6 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at line side of A-210 DC ControlPower Breaker (BA) located inside A-21 0 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).7.1.7 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at load side of A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA)located inside A-210 Cabinet between pt. 2 (-) and pt. 4 (+).7.1.8 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UB" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-210.7.1.9 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UC" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-210.7.1.10 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UR" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-210.7.1.11 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UT" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-210.7.1.12 Close A-210 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-210 Cabinet.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 6 of 307.1.13 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of A-210 DC ControlPower Breaker (BA) located inside A-21 0 Cabinet between pt 2 (-) and pt 4 (+).7.1.14 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UB" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.7.1.15 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UC" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.7.1.16 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UR" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-21 0.7.1.17 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UT" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-210.7.2 Local Control7.2.1 Verify A-210 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-210 cubicle.7.2.2 Check A-210 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.2.3 Check A-21 0 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flagon front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-21 0 is in LOCAL.7.2.5 Verify HS-3625 is in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.7.2.6 Rack up circuit breaker in A-210 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.7.2.6.1 Check A-210 spring charging motor operates (audible indication).

7.2.6.2 Check A-210 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGEDflag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.7.2.6.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/80.7.2.7 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.2.8 Verify Test Switch TS1 -212-C at A-212 is closed.7.2.9 Verify Test Switch TSI-111-G at A-111 is open.7.2.10 Verify Test Switch TS1 -211-G at A-21 1 is open.7.2.11 Verify Test Switch TS1 -112-B at A-1 12 is open.7.2.12 Verify Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12 is open.7.2.13 Verify Test Switch TS1-212-B at A-212 is open.7.2.14 Check cables B2333C and B2333F are lifted in MCC B-23 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cables B2333C and B2333F may be relabeled asB2333C1 and B2333F1 prior to this test being performed)

(Ref. E-509 sh. 4).7.2.15 Check cables B1342C and B1342F are lifted in MCC B-13 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cable B1342C may be relabeled as B1342C1 priorto this test being performed)

(Ref. E-508 sh. 4)7.2.16 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is either 100% open or100% closed.7.2.17 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is either 100% open or100% closed.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 7 of 307.2.18 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is closed.7.2.19 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is closed.7.2.20 Verify at least one of the following Condenser Inlet Valves 100% open:* CV-3626" CV-3618" CV-3630* CV-36227.2.21 Open MCC breaker B-2342,7.2.22 Open MCC breaker B-1 333,7.2.23 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A109K from TB-7 terminalA109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.24 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 10K from TB-7 terminalA110-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.25 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A209K from TB-7 terminalA209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.26 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A210K from TB-7 terminalA210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.27 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-1 10 cubicle betweenTB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).7.2.28 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (oracross ST contact 2-2T) in A- 110.7.2.29 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-209 cubicle betweenTB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).7.2.30 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (oracross ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.2.31 Check Bearing Lube Water flow > 2 gpm (FIS-3624).

7.2.32 Check Total Water flow > 13 gpm (FIS-361 BA).7.2.33 Check continuity between TB points 11 R and 1 R in MCC B-1 333 with anohmmeter (Ref. E-508 sh. 4).7.2.34 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.35 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.36 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.37 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is on. 17.2.38 While monitoring voltage across coil of relay 162-210/1 in A-210 with a volt meter,momentarily place local control switch at A-21 0 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.38.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 8 of 307.2.38.2 Check 162-210/1 relay coil energizes and then deenergizes afterapproximately 7 second delay.7.2.38.3 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.38.4 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.38.5 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light at A-210 is on.7.2.38.6 Check no continuity between TB points 1IR and 1R in MCC B-1333 withan ohmmeter (Ref. E-508 sh. 4)7.2.39 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.2.39.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.2.39.2 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.39.3 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.39.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.40 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.7.2.40.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.40.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.40.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.40.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.41 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.41.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 does NOT close after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.2.42 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.7.2.43 Monitor the white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 whileperforming the following:

7.2.43.1 Place local control switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.43.2 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 second delaly.7.2.43.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210momentarily goes off.7.2.44 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.7.2.44.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.44.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-210 is off.7.2.44.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-210 is on.7.2.44.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-210 is off.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 9 of 307.2.45 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.2.45.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 tdps.7.2.46 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.7.3 Relay Functional Testing7.3.1 Relay A-210 150/151A7.3.1.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.7.3.1.2 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-210 trips.7.3.1.3 Reset target indication.

7.3.1.4 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.7.3.1.5 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units andcheck Breaker A-21 0 trips.7.3.1.6 Reset target indication.

7.3.2 Relay A-210 150/151B7.3.2.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.7.3.2.2 Check computer point IS1A210 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3B MOTOR) value isNORM.7.3.2.3 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-210 trips.7.3.2.4 Reset target indication.

7.3.2.5 Close Breaker A-21 0 using local control switch.7.3.2.6 Manually actuate the TDOC unit and check computer point IS1,A210(CIRC WTR PMP 1 P3B MOTOR) value is OVRLOAD.7.3.2.7 Check Breaker A-210 is closed.7.3.3 Relay A-210 150/151C7.3.3.1 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-210 trips.7.3.3.2 Reset target indication.

7.3.3.3 Close Breaker A-21 0 using local control switch.7.3.3.4 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units andcheck Breaker A-21 0 trips.7.3.3.5 Reset target indication.

7.3.4 Relay A-210 150GS7.3.4.1 Close Breaker A-210 using local control switch.7.3.4.2 Manually actuate the 150GS unit and check Breaker A-210 trips.7.3.4.3 Reset target indication.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 10 of 307.4 Remote Control7.4.1 Manual Start7.4.1.1 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped.7.4.1.2 Place LOCAIJREMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.7.4.1.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.1.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.1.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on7.4.1.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to pick upstart relays.7.4.1.7 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.1.8 Monitor the white CHRGD indicating light at C12 while performing thefollowing:

7.4.1.8.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.1.8.2 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 momentarily goesoff.7.4.1.8.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.1.8.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.1.8.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.2 Manual Stop7.4.2.1 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.4.2.1.2 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.2.1.3 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.2.1.4 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.2.1.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3 Miscellaneous 7.4.3.1 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.7.4.3.1.1 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.2 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.3 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.4 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 11 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after an approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.3 Remove CPT fuse in MCC cubicle B-1333.7.4.3.4 While monitoring continuity between terminal points 2F and 12F in MCCB-1333 (Ref. E-508 sh. 4) with an ohmmeter, momentarily place localcontrol switch at A-210 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.4.1 Check continuity between terminals 2F and 12F in MCC B-1333, then no continuity after approximately 7 second delay.7.4.3.4.2 Check Breaker A-210 closes after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.4.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.4.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.4.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.4.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.3.5 Replace CPT fuse in MCC cubicle B-1333.7.4.3.6 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.6.1 Check Breaker A-210 does not trip.7.4.3.7 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.4.3.7.1 Check Breaker A-210trips.

7.4.3.8 Lift OR conductor of cable A21OG from TB pt A210-N2 in TB1 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.4.3.9 After a minimum of 20 seconds from lifting wire in previous step, place thelocal control switch at A-21 0 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay7.4.3.10 Place the LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage1 2 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.12 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A21 0G to TB pt A21 0-N2 in TB1 11(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.3.13 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.13.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.14 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.14.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminalJ021-P1 and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB 112 between terminal J021-P1 andterminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 13 of 30NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.4.5 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.5.1 Check Breaker A-210 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.4.6 Open and remove switchable jumper in TB1 12 between terminal J021-P1and terminal J021 -1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.7 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.7.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.5 Startup #2 Load Shed TripNOTETesting of the Startup #2 Load Shed trip for Breaker A-209 (Scheme A-209) will beperformed as part of testing for cubicle A-209 per ECT-44313-01.

Testing of the A-209 interlock for Breaker A-109 (Scheme A109) and Breaker A-110 (Scheme A-1 10) will be performed as part of testing for cubicle A-209 perECT-44313-01.

The following tests only verify the A-210 interlock to theseschemes.7.4.5.1 Initial Setup7.4.5.1.1 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-109 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.2 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-110 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.3 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.4 Verify LOCAL!REMOTE handswitch at A-210 Is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.5 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is closed.7.4.5.1.6 Verify Breaker A-111 is tripped or racked out.7.4.5.1.7 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped.7.4.5.1.8 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 14 of 307.4.5.1.9 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is closed.7.4.5.1.10 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in A-111 acrossSTA contact 20-20T or optionally between TB-GG points 11 and12 (Ref. E-8-AC-84) 7.4.5.1.11 Close Test Switch TSl-11 1-G at A-111.7.4.5.2 Scheme Al10 and A109 Test7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed,7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.6 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.8 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.8.1 Check Breaker A-109 remains closed.7.4.5.2.9 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.10 Trip Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.11 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STAcontact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12)7.4.5.2.12 Open Test Switch TSI-111-G at A-111.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 15 of 307.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-210.7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7,4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-21 0.7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in LOCAL.7.4.6.6 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.6.1 Check Breaker A-210trips.

7.4.6.7 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 in REMOTE.7.4.6.8 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.5 Output Interlocks NOTETesting of the output interlocks for Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge ValveCV-3625 auto open/close circuits is included in previous sections.

7.5.1 P-3B Motor Space Heater (Ref. 2.12)7.5.1.1 Check Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3B spaceheater.7.5.1.2 Close Breaker A-210 and check continuity with an ohmmeter betweenTB122 terminal pts. lX1 and 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.1.3 Open Breaker A-210 and check no continuity with an ohmmeter betweenT8122 terminal pts. lXI and 11 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.2 Circ Water Pump Trip Alarm -Annunicator Window K05-Al (Ref. 2.13)NOTEAnnunciator K05-A1 will alarm momentarily when Breaker A-210 handswitch is released from the START position but should clear when breaker closes.7.5.2.1 Verify annunciator card for K05-Al is installed.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-21 0, Circulating Water Pump P-3B1Page: 16 of 307.5.2.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.5.2.3 Momentarily place handswitch HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.5.2.3.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after an approximately 5,seconddelay.7.5.2.3.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.7.5.2.4 Momentarily place local control switch at A-210 in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.7.5.2.4.2 Check K05-Al is in alarm.7.5.2.5 Place HS-3625 in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.7.5.2.5.1 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.7.5.3 Sodium Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Injection System Controls (Ref. 2,11)7.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-210.7.5.3.1.1 Check for voltage on points TB6 terminals 67 and 68 (to ground)in panel C165 (Ref. E-582 sh. 1).7.5.3.1.1.1 If voltage is present, then check LED on I/O moduleaddress 116 is lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165,otherwise N/A this step (Note: The referenced I/Omodule is the last module on 1st row of the I/Otracks. This is a dual address module for address115 and 116. The LED for address 116 is on theright side of the module).7.5.3.1.1.2 If no voltage is present, then check for continuity between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C1 65,otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2 Trip Breaker A-210.7.5.3.2.1 If voltage was present between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check LED on I/O moduleaddress 116 is NOT lit on UY-6232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2.2 If voltage was not present between TB6 terminals 67 and 68 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check no continuity existsbetween TB6 terminals 67 and 68 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/Athis step.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 17 of 307.5.4 Circ Water Pump Aux Controls (Ref. 2.7)7.5.4.1 Lift and tape BK wire of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.2 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11 between terminalJ021-4 and terminal J021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminalJ021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.4 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.5 Close Breaker A-2 10.7.5.4.6 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.7 Open and remove jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminalJ021-5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.8 Re-terminate BK wire of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at terminal point J021-P1(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.9 Check relay CR3-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.10 Trip Breaker A-210.7.6 Miscellaneous Items7.6.1 Hour Meter7.6.1.1 Verify Panel P-30 Breaker 29 is closed.7.6.1.2 Verify Breaker BC in A-212 is closed.7,6.1.3 Close Breaker A-210 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meterfunctions properly.

Performed Date7.6.1.4 Trip Breaker A-210 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meternot changing.

Performed Date ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPap 18 of 307.6.2 A-210 Space Heater7.6.2.1 Check testing of the A-21 0 Space Heater has been completed as part ofthe testing for cubicle A-213 per ECT-44313-05.

7.6.3 A-210 Current Transformer Circuits (O/C Relays and Local Ammeter)7.6.3.1 Verify the following relays in A-210 are installed and have theirconnection plugs installed:

  • 150/151A* 150/151B* 150/151C* 150GSNOTECT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiringterminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for the secondary terminal.

7.6.3.2 A Phase7.6.3.2.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

3. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 4.7.6.3.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between the "A" Phase CT secondary terminal 3 andground.7.6.3.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.2.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.2.4.1 Check that the A Phase CT produces an output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.2.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6,3.2.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.2.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151 A terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.2.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 19 of 307.6.3.3 B Phase7.6.3.3.1 Check "B" left (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZAP, the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

5. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 6.7.6.3.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between the "B" Phase CT secondary terminal 5 andground.7.6.3.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC sup~ply.7.6.3.3.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.3.4.1 Check that the B Phase CT produces an output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.3.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.3.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.3.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.3.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.3.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151 B terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.3.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.6.3.4 C Phase7.6.3.4.1 Check "C" right (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "C"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

1. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.7.6.3.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup between the "C" Phase CT secondary terminal 1 andground.7.6.3.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.4.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.4.4.1 Check that the C Phase CT produces an output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.4.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.4.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.4.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.4.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.4.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151C terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.4.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage.20 of 307.6.3.5 150GS CT7,6.3.5.1 Check the 150GS CT polarity mark is on the side of the CTclosest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZB", thesecondary terminal that corresponds with thepolarity mark is terminal

1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.7.6.3.5.2 Install the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT by connecting thetest setup between the CT secondary terminal 1 and ground.7.6.3.5.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.5.4 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150GS terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case7.6,3.5.5 Remove the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT.7.6.4 Pump Discharge Valve Failed to Open TripNOTE: All four pumps will be tested to verify wiring lifted has beenrestored.

If ECT-44313-01, SWGR A-209, Circulating Water PumpP-3D, has not been performed, this section may be NIA'd.Restoration and testing will then be performed per ECT-44313-01.

7.6.4.1 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable Al 09K to TB-7terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.2 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A110K to TB-7terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.3 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A209K to TB-7terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).,7.6.4.4 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A21 OK to TB-7terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.5 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.5.1 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.5.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.5.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.5.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.5.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 21 of 307.6.4.6 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.6.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB11 1between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.4).7.6.4.6.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 andterminal A209-9.7.6.4.6.3 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.6.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.6.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.6.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.6.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.6.4.6.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB 111 between termInalA209-8 and terminal A209-9.7.6.4.7 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.7.1 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTE IHS-3629 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.7.2 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.7.2.1 Check Breaker A- 110 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.7.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.7.3.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.7.6.4.8 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.8.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB111between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.4).

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 22 of 307.6.4.8.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal Al 10-8 andterminal Al 10-9.7.6.4.8.3 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3629 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.8.4 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.8.4.1 Check Breaker A-110 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.8.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.8.5.1 Check Breaker A- 110 trips.7.6.4.8.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminalAl 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9.NOTEHS-3621 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.9 Momentarily place HS-3621 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.9.1.1 Check Breaker Am109 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.9.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.9.2.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.10 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.10.1.1 Check Breaker A-210 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.10.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.10.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 23 of 308.0 Restoration 8.1 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4(or across ST contact 2-2T) in A- 110.8.2 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4(or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.8.3 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.8.4 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped or racked down.8.5 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped or racked down.8.6 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped or racked down.8.7 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is tripped or racked down.8.8 Close Test Switch TS1 -211 -G at A-21 1.8.9 Close Test Switch TS1 -111 -G at A-111.8.10 Close Test Switch TS1-112-B at A-1 12.8.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12.8.12 Close Test Switch TS1 -212-B at A-212.8.13 Close MCC breaker B-2342.8.14 Close MCC breaker B-1333.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 24 of 309.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ..

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPPage 25 of 3011.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-02 Rev 001 SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3B Page 26 of 3012.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 27 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 2Date Entry Initials ECT-44313-02 Rev 001ATTACHMENT 9.9SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 28 of 30TEsT LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 Page 2 of 2Date Entry Initials ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 29 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.10TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 Page 1_of 1DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER ECT-44313-02 Rev 001SWGR A-210, Circulating Water Pump P-3BPage 30 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 1Name Title Signature Initials' ATrACHMENT g*~ TEST CHANGE NOTiCEATAHMENT 1 O.8TEST CHANGi E NOTICESHEET 1 OF ITEST CHANGE NOTICETEST TYPE: MECT[I ECT WO 0 STIPage 1 of j=TEST #: CC-' -/'t31-.

04 0 _ Change Notice No.: ../ Quality Class: [ OR ENQRTEST TITLE: A /2 fl "S4)'IA.(k.:+

A'., x"'/1'o.."

1 tf,.o/e_-

4v A-Type of Change: [ Intent O Non IntentDescriptionofChange(a):

" ' &Lo ht.1 sadts A 4-11/ýia "A J. , I V C~. -% I-a --1TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

IList Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

/Yi1List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer:

$5)ah) mY1+/-14 r 7//5Technical Reviewer:

A/1., Non Intent Change(Signature not required Ior Non-intent

Changes, mark N/A and check box)STI Original EN-LI-100, process Applicability Determination:

0 Not Impacted; acted and RevisedOSRC Approval:0]

Not Required Mtg No. Date: _ Chairma_

_Operations Department:

/__ :__Organization Organization Organization

___ __ __ / : /___Organization Organization On Site Risk Assea6`ment Group:APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

4 ,A4 1Wj, / ./,.- , -71Z13.Note: Signatures may be obtai ed via electronic icies (e.g., AS)

ECT-44312-06 Rev 00 SWGR A-1 12, UAT 4160V Feeder to A-1 Bus Page' 1 'kof 247.7.3 Take A-112 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.7.4 Take A-112 Sync Switch to OFF.7.7.4.1 Check breaker A-112 Closed7.7.4.2 Check breaker A-113 Tripped.7.8 A-112 Trio Test on A-111 (SU2 to A-1) Closure7.8.1 Verify breaker A-1 12 Closed.7.8.2 Verify breaker A-111 (SU2 to A-I) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.8.3 Verify A-111 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.8.4 Verify Test Switch F on TSl-1 11 on A-11l OPEN (removes A-111 trip from feederundervoltage aux. relay 127-111-1/X

-reference E-92 SH 1, E-95 SH l)'7.8.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes A-1 11 tripfrom SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1

-reference E-92 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.8.6 Take A-111 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.6.1 Check breaker A-111 Closed.7.8.7 Verity A-111 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.8.8 Take A-111 Sync Switch to ON.7.8.8.1 Check breaker A- 112 Tripped.7.8.9 Take A-111 Sync Switch to OFF.7.9 A-111 (SU2 to A-1) Trip on A-1 12 Closure7.9.1 Verify breaker A-111 Closed.7.9.2 Take A-112 Sync Switch tON ... pi.l -) 'jr(v- 1T-7,1qZ, I 7"aTK A- -11Oe7AL -& L 90&u.7.9.3 Take A-112 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.9.4 Take A-112 Sync Switch to OFF.7.9.4,1 Check breaker A-i 12 Closed.7.9.4.2 Check breaker A-1 11 Tripped.7.10 A-1 12 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and A-1 bus lockout trip (reference OP-1416.112) 7.10.1 Remove the A-1 12 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),and 151N (AK).7.10.2 Verify A-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Al (AT) RESET.7.10.2.1 Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A1 FAULT computer point (PMSI) YSlA1 indicates NORM.7.10.3 Verify A-1 12 breaker CLOSED.7.10.4 Take A-111 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7/8/2013 5:40:41 PM V oc-33-1ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 1 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COViR SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: S ECT Procedure

[3 ECT WO El STI Procedure Page 1 of 30TEST #: ECT-44313-01 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: Ol OR Z NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Breaker A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D(Note: Revision 1 is considered to be a complete re-write and a review is performed init's entirety.

Thus, no revision bars are included.)

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner

/ 7-H/-/3Technical Reviewer:

-Pat Riedmueller

./CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperati"n Department:4/

  • /,'A , Organization Ak ' 7 3_ _Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTSOther EN-LI-100 Review: AAc El4j Other1OCFR50.59 Evaluation:

[] Not R oCJ1qJ] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

Al ,, Vif, e.;1 7 /9/3TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/__*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page 2 of 30Table of Contents1.0 Objectives

.........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

.......................................................................................................................

33.0 Test Equipm ent ..........................................................................................................

44.0 Precautions and Lim itations

.....................................................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

.............................................................................................................

56.0 Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

................................................................................................

........

57.1 DC Power ...........................................................................................................

57.2 Local Control .............................................................................................

.........

67.3 Relay Functional Testing .................................................................................

97.4 Remote Control ..............................................................................................

107.5 Output Interlocks

..............................................................................................

157.6 Miscellaneous Items ..........................................................................................

178.0 Restoration

...............................................................................................................

239.0 Test Results and Evaluation

..............................................................................

...........

2410.0 M&TE Instrum entation

............................................................................................

2411.0 Sum m ary Inform ation .............................................................................................

2512.0 Attachm ents .............................................................................................................

2612.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9- Test Log ..........................................................

2612.2 EN-DC-117 Attachm ent 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log ........................................

2612.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ..............

26 ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 3 of 301.0 Oboectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-209, which suppliesCirculating Water Pump P-3D. Testing is being performed as a result of cubiclereplacement due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with BUS A-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

Testing ofA-209 and supply to P-3D with A-2 energized will be performed under a separate ECT.1.3 Testing performed per this ECT does not include system or performance testing of theload supplied by A-209.1.4 The scope of testing per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 43758 is installed and providing temporary power to Circulating Water Pumps P-3A and P-3D.1.5 Testing of the motor space heater interlock per this ECT assumes Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3D space heater.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44313, 2.2 EN-DC-117, 2.3 E-76 Sh 1,2.4 E-78 Sh 1,2.52.62.72.82.92.102.112.122.132.142.152.162.17E-195 Sh 1,E-271 Sh 1,E-271 Sh 2,E-271 Sh 3,E-272 Sh 1,E-274 Sh 1,E-386 Sh 1,E-433 Sh 1,E-455 Sh 2,E-482 Sh 28,E-505 Sh 5,E-531 Sh 4,M-405 Sh 1,A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160VSwitchgear Schematic
Diagram, Typical Internal Wiring Diagram 4160 Volt MotorProtection Schematic
Diagram, Limit and Torque Switch Development for MOV'sSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water PumpsSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Aux ControlSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pumps, Load ShedSchematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pump Discharge MOV'sSchematic
Diagram, Condenser Circulating Water and VacuumBreaker MOV'sSchematic Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Control Panel C1 65Schematic
Diagram, Circulating Water Pump HeatersSchematic
Diagram, Annunciator K05Computer I/O SignalsConnection
Diagram, 4160V Switchgear (Non-ES)

Units A206 throughA21 0Terminal Box Connection DiagramFunctional Description

& Logic Diagram, Circulating Water, ICondensate, Vacuum & Screen Wash SystemMetal Clad Switchgear Interconnection DiagramMetal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.18 VP E-8-AC-99, 2.19 VP E-8-AC-162, ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 4 of 303.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing)3.3 Three (3) switchable (maintained)

jumpers, installable without disturbing.terminals 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be performed with the A-1 and A-2 Bus de-energized.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumpersSheet.4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0..4.10 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word Checkmeans to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make itso.4.11 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the word VERIFY willmean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it in the desiredposition.

4.12 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, the words trip andopen have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desiredposition.

4.13 Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing this ECT, when a breaker isplaced in the closed or trip position, it is understood that the switch handle will ,be releasedunless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing

jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution againstshorting.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 5 of 305.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 4.16kV buses A-1 and A-2 are de-energized.

5.2 Verify Circ Water Pumps P-3B and P-3C are secured.5.3 Verify that the A-209 Testing Work Order Task has been set to WORKING.5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power from Breaker D21 -03 is available to A-2 switchgear andall A-209 125 VDC control power fuses installed

("UB", "UC", "UR", "UT").5.5 Verify Breakers A-109, A-110 and A-111 are installed and available for testing.5.6 Verify CV-3617, CV-3630, CV-3626, CV-3622, CV-3618, FIS-3616, and FIS-3616A areavailable.

5.7 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17.5.8 Verify that the shorting bars / jumpers have been removed from TB-D and TB-E and anyCT's in A-209 (Ref E-8-AC-162 Note: jumpers shown on this drawing at TB-D and TB-Eare to be left in place).6.0 Instrumentation 6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 DC Power7.1.1 Verify Breaker A-209 is racked down.7.1.2 Verify 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker is open.7.1.3 Verify A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet open.7.1.4 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA)located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).7.1.5 Close 4160 Volt Switchgear (D21-03) control power breaker.7.1.6 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at line side of A-209 DC ControlPower Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+).7.1.7 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at load side of A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA)located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt. 2 (-) and pt. 4 (+).7.1.8 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UB" between pt. 1 (-) and Ot. 3 (+) atA-209.7.1.9 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UC" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-209.7.1.10 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UR" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-209.7.1.11 Check 0 VDC (nominal) at line side of fuses "UT" between pt. 1 (-) and pt. 3 (+) atA-209.7.1.12 Close A-209 DC Control Power Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 6 of 307.1.13 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of A-209 DC ControlPower Breaker (BA) located inside A-209 Cabinet between pt 2 (-) and pt 4 (+).7.1.14 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UB" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.7.1.15 Check125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UC" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.7.1.16 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UR" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.7.1.17 Check 125 VDC (nominal) and proper polarity at load side of fuses "UT" betweenpt. 2 (-) and pt 4 (+) at A-209.7.2 Local Control7.2.1 Verify A-209 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-209 cubicle.7.2.2 Check A-209 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.2.3 Check A-209 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flagon front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in LOCAL.7.2.5 Verify HS-3617 is in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.7.2.6 Rack up circuit breaker in A-209 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit, C.7.2.6.1 Check A-209 spring charging motor operates (audible indication).

7.2.6.2 Check A-209 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGEDflag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.7.2.6.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".7.2.7 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.2.8 Verify Test Switch TSI-212-B at A-212 is closed.7.2.9 Verify Test Switch TS1 -111 -G at A-1 11 is open.7.2.10 Verify Test Switch TS1-211 -G at A-211 is open.7.2.11 Verify Test Switch TS1 -112-B at A-1 12 is open.7.2.12 Verify Test Switch TS1 -1 12-C at A-i 12 is open.7.2.13 Verify Test Switch TS1-212-C at A-212 is open.7.2.14 Check cables B2333C and B2333F are lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cables B2333C and B2333F may be relabeled asB2333C1 and B2333F1 prior to this test being performed)

(Ref. E-509 sh.4).7.2.15 Check cables B1342C and B1342F are lifted in MCC B-1342 per Temporary Modification EC43758 (Note: Cable B1342C may be relabeled as B1342Ct priorto this test being performed)

(Ref. E-508 sh. 4)7.2.16 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is either 100% open or100% closed.7.2.17 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is either 100% open or100% closed.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 7 of 307.2.18 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is closed.7.2.19 Verify Circ Water Pump P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is closed.7.2.20 Verify at least one of the following Condenser Inlet Valves 100% open:* CV-3626* CV-3618* CV-3630" CV-36227.2.21 Open MCC breaker B-2342.7.2.22 Open MCC breaker B-1333.7.2.23 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 09K from TB-7 terminalA109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.24 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable Al 10K from TB-7 terminalAl 10-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.25 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A209K from TB-7 terminalA209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.26 In panel C30, lift and tape the BL conductor of cable A21OK from TB-7 terminalA210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.2.27 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-1 10 cubicle, betweenTB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).7.2.28 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (oracross ST contact 2-2T) in A- 110.7.2.29 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in breaker A-209 cubicle betweenTB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (or optionally across ST contact 2-2T) (Ref. E-505 sh. 1).7.2.30 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4 (oracross ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.2.31 Check Bearing Lube Water flow > 2 gpm (FIS-3616).

7.2.32 Check Total Water flow > 13 gpm (FIS-3616A).

7.2.33 Check continuity between BK (wire 1 R) and WH (wire 11 R) conductors of cableB2333F in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter (NOTE: CABLE B2333F may berelabeled as B2333F1 prior to this test being performed)

(Ref. E-509 sh.4).7.2.34 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.35 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.36 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.37 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.38 While monitoring voltage across coil of relay 162-209/1 in A-209 with a volt meter,momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.38.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DIPage 8 of 307.2.38,2 Check 162-209/1 relay coil energizes and then deenergizes afterapproximately 7 second delay.7.2.38.3 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.38.4 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.38.5 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light at A-209 is on.7.2.38.6 Check no continuity between BK (wire 1 R) and WH (wire 11 R) conductors of cable B2333F in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter (NOTE: CABLEB2333F may be relabeled as B2333F1 prior to this test being performed)

(Ref. E-509 sh.4).7.2.39 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.2.39.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.2.39.2 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.39.3 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.39.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.40 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.2.40.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.40.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.40.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.40.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.41 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.41.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.2.42 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.2.43 Monitor the white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 whileperforming the following:

7.2.43.1 Place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.2.43.2 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 second delay.7.2.43.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209momentarily goes off.7.2.44 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.2.44.1 Check red CLOSED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.44.2 Check green TRIPPED indicating light at A-209 is off.7.2.44.3 Check white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED indicating light at A-209 is on.7.2.44.4 Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL indicating light at A-209 is off.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 9 of 307.2.45 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.2.45.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.2.46 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.3 Relay Functional Testing7.3.1 Relay A-209 150/151 A7.3.1.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.1.2 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-209 trips.7.3.1.3 Reset target indication.

7.3.1.4 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.1.5 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units andcheck Breaker A-209 trips.7.3.1.6 Reset target indication.

7.3.2 Relay A-209 150/151B7.3.2.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.2.2 Check computer point IS1A209 (CIRC WTR PMP 1P3D MOTOR) value isNORM.7.3.2.3 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-209 trips.7.3.2.4 Reset target indication.

7.3.2.5 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.2.6 Manually actuate the TDOC unit and check computer point IS1A209(CIRC WTR PMP 1 P3D MOTOR) value is OVRLOAD.7.3.2.7 Check Breaker A-209 is closed.7.3.3 Relay A-209 150/151 C7.3.3.1 Manually actuate the IOC-A (standard instantaneous) unit and checkBreaker A-209 trips.7.3.3.2 Reset target indication.

7.3.3.3 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.3.4 Manually actuate the IOC-B (high dropout) unit and the TDOC units andcheck Breaker A-209 trips.7.3.3.5 Reset target indication.

7.3.4 Relay A-209 150GS7.3.4.1 Close Breaker A-209 using local control switch.7.3.4.2 Manually actuate the 150GS unit and check Breaker A-209 trips.7.3.4.3 Reset target indication.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 10 of 307.4 Remote Control7.4.1 Manual Start7.4.1.1 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped.7.4.1.2 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.1.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.1.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.1.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on7.4.1.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.1.7 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.1.8 Monitor the white CHRGD indicating light at C12 while performing thefollowing:

7.4.2 Manua7.4.2.17.4.1.8.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.1.8.2 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 momentarily goesoff.7.4.1.8.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.1.8.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off!7.4.1.8.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.I StopMomentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.2.1.2 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.2.1.3 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.2.1.4 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.2.1.5 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3 Miscellaneous 7.4.3.1 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.3.1.1 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.2 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.3 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.1.4 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 11 of 301NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after an approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.3 While monitoring continuity between the BK (wire 2F) and WH,(wire 12F)conductors of cable B2333C in MCC B-2333 with an ohmmeter, momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position(NOTE: CABLE B2333C may be relabeled as B2333C1 prior to this testbeing performed).

7.4.3.3.1 Check continuity between the BK (wire 2F) and WH (wire 12F)conductors of cable B2333C in MCC B-2333, then no continuity after approximately 7 second delay (NOTE; CABLE B2333Cmay be relabeled as B2333C1 prior to this test beingperformed).

7.4.3.3.2 Check Breaker A-209 closes after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.3.3 Check red PUMP ON indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.3.4 Check green PUMP OFF indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.3.5 Check white CHRGD indicating light at C12 is off.7.4.3.3.6 Check amber LOCAL indicating light at C12 is on.7.4.3.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 does not trip.7.4.3.5 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.4.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.3.6 Lift OR conductor of cable A209G from TB pt A209-N2 in TB1 1'1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.4.3.7 After a minimum of 20 seconds from lifting wire in previous stepi, place thelocal control switch at A-209 in the CLOSE position.

7.4.3.7.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approxim'ately 5second delay7.4.3.8 Place the LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 12 of 30NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.3.9 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.3.10 Reterminate OR conductor of cable A209G to TB pt A209-N2 in TBI 11(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to pick upstart relays.7,4.3.11 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.3.11.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.3.12 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the STOP position on C12.7.4.3.12.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.4 All Condenser Inlet Valves Closed Trip7.4.4.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB112 between terminalJ021-P1 and terminal J021 -1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (I to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.4.3 Close switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1 andterminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.4.4.4 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 13 of 30NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to verifystart relays do NOT pick up.7.4.4.5 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 does NOT close after approximately 5second delay.7.4.4.6 Open and remove switchable jumper in TB112 between terminal J021-P1and terminal J021-1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.4.4.7 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.4.4.7.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5 seconddelay.7.4.5 Startup #2 Load Shed TripNOTETesting of the A-210 interlock for Breaker A-109 (Scheme A109) and Breaker A-110 (Scheme A-1 10) will be performed as part of testing for cubicle A-21 0 perECT-44313-02.

The following tests only verify the A-209 interlock to theseschemes.7.4.5.1 Initial Setup7.4.5.1.1 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-109 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.2 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-1 10 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.3 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.4 Verify LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-210 is in REMOTE.7.4.5.1.5 Verify Breaker A-210 is tripped.7.4.5.1.6 Verify Breaker A-111 is tripped or racked out.7.4.5.1.7 Verify Breaker A-1 09 is tripped.7.4.5.1.8 Verify Breaker A-209 is closed.7.4.5.1.9 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is closed.7.4.5.1.10 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in A-111 acrossSTA contact 20-20T or optionally between TB-GG points 11 and12 (Ref. E-8-AC-84).

7.4.5.1.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 1 1-G at A-111.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 14 of 307.4.5.2 Scheme Al 10 and Al 09 Test7.4.5.2.1 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.1.1 Check Breaker A-110 trips.7.4.5.2.1.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.2 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.3 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.4 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.4.2 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.2.5 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.6 Close Breaker A-109 using HS-3621 on C12.7.4.5.2.7 Close Breaker A-1 10 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.2.8 Trip Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.2.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.2.9.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.7.4.5.2.9.2 Check Breaker A- 110 remains closed.7.4.5.2.10 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.2.11 Trip Breaker A-110 using HS-3629 on C12.7.4.5.3 Test of A-209 Scheme7.4.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.2 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 remains closed.7.4.5.3.3 Open switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.4 Close Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 at C12.7.4.5.3.5 Close switch on jumper installed in A-111.7.4.5.3.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.5.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.6 Open switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.7 Close Breaker A-209 using HS-3617 on C12.7.4.5.3.8 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.5.3.9 Close switch on jumper installed in A-1 11.7.4.5.3.9.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.5.3.9.2 Check Breaker A-210 remains closed.7.4.5.3.10 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.5.3.11 Trip Breaker A-210 using HS-3625 on C12.7.4.5.3.12 Open switch and remove jumper installed in A-111 across STAcontact 20-20T (or between TB-GG points 11 and 12).

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 15 of 307.4.5.3.13 Open Test Switch TS1 -111-G at A-111.7.4.6 A-2 Bus Undervoltage Trip7.4.6.1 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.2 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.6.3 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.4 Close Breaker A-209.7.4.6.5 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in LOCAL.7.4.6.6 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.4.6.6.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.4.6.7 Place LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-209 in REMOTE.7.4.6.8 Pull connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.7.5 Output Interlocks NOTETesting of the output Interlocks for Circ Water Pump P-3D Discharge ValveCV-3617 auto open/close circuits is included in previous sections.

7.5.1 P-3D Motor Space Heater (Ref. 2.12)7.5.1.1 Check Temporary Modification EC 44259 is installed for P-3D spaceheater.7.5.1.2 Close Breaker A-209 and check continuity with an ohmmeter betweenTB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.1.3 Open Breaker A-209 and check no continuity with an ohmmeter betweenTB122 terminal pts. 3X1 and 31 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.5.2 Circ Water Pump Trip Alarm -Annunicator Window K05-Al (Ref. 2.13)NOTEAnnunciator K05-A1 will alarm momentarily when Breaker A-209 handswitch is released from the START position but should clear when breaker closes.7.5.2.1 Verify annunciator card for K05-Al is installed.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 16 of 307.5.2.2 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.5.2.3 Momentarily place handswitch HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.5.2.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after an approximately 5 seconddelay.7.5.2.3.2 Check K05-A1 is not in alarm.7.5.2.4 Momentarily place local control switch at A-209 in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.5.2.4.2 Check K05-Al is in alarm.7.5.2.5 Place HS-3617 in the Normal-After-Stop position on C12.7.5.2.5.1 Check K05-Al is not in alarm.7.5.3 Sodium Bromide / Sodium Hypochlorite Injection System Controls (Ref. 2.11)7.5.3.1 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.3.1.1 Check for voltage at points TB6 terminals 69 and 70 (to ground)in panel C165 (Ref. E-582 sh. 1).7.5.3.1.1.1 If voltage is present, then check LED on 1/0 moduleaddress 118 is lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165,otherwise N/A this step (Note: The referenced I/Omodule is the 1't module on 2nd row of the I/O tracks.This is a dual address module for address 117 and118. The LED for address 118 is on the right side ofthe module).7.5.3.1.1.2 If no voltage is present, then check for continuity between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C165,otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2 Trip Breaker A-209.7.5.3.2.1 If voltage was present between TB6 terminals 69 and 70 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check LED on I/O moduleaddress 118 is NOT lit on UY-8232 in cabinet C165, otherwise N/A this step.7.5.3.2.2 If voltage was not present between TB6 terminals 69;and 70 inpanel C165 in step 7.5.3.1.1, then check no continuity existsbetween TB6 terminals 69 and 70 in panel C1 65, otherwise N/Athis step.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 17 of 307.5.4 Circ Water Pump Aux Controls (Ref. 2.7)7.5.4.1 Open switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DDpoint 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.5.4.2 If CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.5.4.2.1 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.2.2 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.4.2.3 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3 If CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.5.4.3.1 Lift and tape BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal pointJ021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.2 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11between terminal J021-8 and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E,531 sh.4).7.5.4.3.3 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8 andterminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.4 Check relay CRS-J021 in Cabinet C30 is deenergized.

7.5.4.3.5 Close Breaker A-209.7.5.4.3.6 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3.7 Open and remove jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-8and terminal J021-9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.8 Re-terminate BK wire of cable J021 M in TB1 11 at terminal pointJ021-P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.5.4.3.9 Check relay CR5-J021 in Cabinet C30 is energized.

7.5.4.3.10 Trip Breaker A-209.7.5.4.4 Close switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DDpoint 4 (or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.7.6 Miscellaneous Items7.6.1 Hour Meter7.6.1.1 Verify Panel P-30 Breaker 29 is closed.7.6.1.2 Verify Breaker BC in A-212 is closed.7.6.1.3 Close Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meterfunctions properly.

Performed Date7.6.1.4 Trip Breaker A-209 for a minimum of 10 minutes and check Hour Meternot changing.

Performed Date ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 18 of 307.6.2 A-209 Space Heater7.6.2.1 Check testing of the A-209 Space Heater has been completed as part ofthe testing for cubicle A-213 per ECT-44313-05.

7.6.3 A-209 Current Transformer Circuits (O/C Relays and Local Ammeter)7.6.3.1 Verify the following relays in A-209 are installed and have theirconnection plugs installed:

  • 150/151A* 150/151B* 150/151C* 150GSNOTECT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the two secondary wiringterminals or marks "Hi" for the primary and "X1" for the secondary terminal.

7.6.3.2 A Phase7.6.3.2.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-162 for CT device "ZA", the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

3. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 4.7.6.3.2.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to "A" Phase CT secondary terminal 3.7.6.3.2.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.2.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.2.4.1 Check that the A Phase CT produces an Output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.2.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.2.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.2.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.2.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151A terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.2.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 19 of 307.6.3.3 B Phase7.6.3.3.1 Check "B" left (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZA", the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

5. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 6.7.6.3.3.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to "B" Phase CT secondary terminal 5.7.6.3.3.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.3.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.3.4.1 Check that the B Phase CT produces an output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.3.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.3.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.3.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.3.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.3.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151 B terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.3.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.6.3.4 C Phase7.6.3.4.1 Check "C" right (viewed from the rear) phase CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZA", the "C'phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal

1. The oppositesecondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.7.6.3.4.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to the "C" Phase CT secondary terminal 1.7.6.3.4.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.4.4 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the C position.

7.6.3.4.4.1 Check that the C Phase CT produces an output onthe ammeter.7.6.3.4.5 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the A position.

7.6.3.4.5.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.4.6 Place the Ammeter Transfer Handswitch in the B position.

7.6.3.4.6.1 Check that there is no output on the ammeter.7.6.3.4.7 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150/151C terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case.7.6.3.4.8 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 20 of 307.6.3.5 150GS CT7.6.3.5.1 Check the 150GS CT polarity mark is on the side of the CTclosest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTE: Per E-8-AC-1 62 for CT device "ZB", thesecondary terminal that corresponds with thepolarity mark is terminal

1. The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2.7.6.3.5.2 Install the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT by connecting thetest setup between the CT secondary terminal 1 and ground.7.6.3.5.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.6.3.5.4 Using a volt meter, check AC voltage detected across relay150GS terminal 5 to 6 on back of relay case7.6.3.5.5 Remove the lamp test setup for the 150GS CT.7.6.4 Pump Discharge Valve Failed to Open TripNOTE: All four pumps will be tested to verify wiring lifted has beenrestored.

If ECT-44313-02, SWGR A-210, Circulating Water PumpP-3B, has not been performed, this section may be N/A'd.Restoration and testing will then be performed per ECT-44313-02.

7.6.4.1 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A109K to TB-7terminal A109-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.2 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable Al 10K to TB-7terminal A110-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.3 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A209K to TB-7terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.4 In panel C30, re-terminate the BL conductor of cable A21OK to TB-7terminal A210-9 (Ref. E-572 sh. 4).7.6.4.5 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.5.1 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.5.2 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.5.2.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.5.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.5.3.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 21 of 307.6.4.6 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.6.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11between terminal A209-8 and terminal A209-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.4).7.6.4.6.2 Close switch installed in TB1 11 between terminal A209-8 andterminal A209-9.7.6.4.6.3 Check relay 162-209/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3617 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.6.4 Momentarily place HS-3617 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.6.4.1 Check Breaker A-209 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.6.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.6.5.1 Check Breaker A-209 trips.7.6.4.6.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminalA209-8 and terminal A209-9.7.6.4.7 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.7.1 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3629 must be placed firmly in START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.7.2 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.7.2.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.7.3 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.7.3.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.7.6.4.8 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is open, perform the following, otherwise N/A this step:7.6.4.8.1 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 11between terminal Al 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9 (Ref. E-531 sh.4).

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 22 of 307.6.4.8.2 Close switch installed in TB111 between terminal A110-8 andterminal A110-9.7.6.4.8.3 Check relay 162-110/2 in cabinet C30 is not energized.

NOTEHS-3629 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.8.4 Momentarily place HS-3629 in the START position on C1 2.7.6.4.8.4.1 Check Breaker A- 110 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.8.5 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.8.5.1 Check Breaker A-1 10 trips.7.6.4.8.6 Open and remove switch installed in TB1 11 between terminalAl 10-8 and terminal Al 10-9.NOTEHS-3621 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds)

In order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.9 Momentarily place HS-3621 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.9.1.1 Check Breaker A-109 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.9.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.9.2.1 Check Breaker A-109 trips.NOTEHS-3625 must be placed firmly In START (1 to 2 seconds) in order to pick upstart relays.7.6.4.10 Momentarily place HS-3625 in the START position on C12.7.6.4.10.1.1 Check Breaker A-21 0 closes after approximately 5second delay.7.6.4.10.2 After approximately two minutes, perform the following:

7.6.4.10.2.1 Check Breaker A-210 trips.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPPage 23 of 308.0 Restoration 8.1 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4(or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-1 10.8.2 Open and remove switchable jumper installed between TB DD point 3 and TB DD point 4(or across ST contact 2-2T) in A-209.8.3 Insert connection plugs (pie plates) for undervoltage relay 127-A2-1 at A-212.8.4 Verify Breaker A-209 is tripped or racked down.8.5 Verify Breaker A-21 0 is tripped or racked down.8.6 Verify Breaker A-109 is tripped or racked down.8.7 Verify Breaker A-1 10 is tripped or racked down.8.8 Close Test Switch TS1 -211-G at A-21 1.8.9 Close Test Switch TS1-111 -G at A-111.8.10 Close Test Switch TS1-112-B at A-112.8.11 Close Test Switch TS1-1 12-C at A-1 12.8.12 Close Test Switch TS1-212-C at A-212.8.13 Close MCC breaker B-2342.8.14 Close MCC breaker B-1 333.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 24 of 309.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of, testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 25 of 3011.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.

ITest Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001 SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3D Page'26 of 3012.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44313-01 Rev 001ATTACHMENT 9.9SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 27 of 30TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 Page ._of 2Date Entry Initials__ I ___________________

&

ECT-44313-01 Rev 001ATTACHMENT 9.9SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 28 of 30TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-0Q Page 2_of 2Date Entry Initials ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 29 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.10SHEET N OF ETest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-01 TEST DEFICIENCY LOGPage 1 ot 1DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER4 44 4I_ _ .11 __4 4 ECT-44313-01 Rev 001SWGR A-209, Circulating Water Pump P-3DPage 30 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECTISTI:

ECT-44313-01 Page 1 of 1Name Title Signature

Initials, 9 9 99 9 t9 9 tA I 99 9 99 4 99 4 99 99 9 IDot 34IECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 1 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure C] ECT WO [] STI Procedure Page 1 of 30TEST #: ECT-44313-03 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: [] OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testing of Start-up Transformer
  1. 2 A-2 Feeder Breaker A-21 1REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date) "/Test Engineer (TE): Chris Shively (I4S. / Ii4,t , -\ /1Technical Reviewer:

Pat Riedmueller

.17-1i.CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations ,- /[ Organization S-5,i4-A 7o// Organization Organization OgnztoII.Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

[] Not Required El Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

/TE Supervisor:

oIrw( F //AM I TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): ITechnical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 2 of 30Table of Contents1. Oblectives

........................................................................................................................

32. References

.......................................................................................................

...............

33. Test Eauipmient

...............................................................................................................

54. Precautions and Lim itations

....................................................................................

65. Prerequisites

............................................................................................................

76. Instrum entation

...............................................................................................................

77. Test Instructions

...............................................................................

...............

88. Restoration

....................................................................................................................

239. Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

2510. M&TE Instrum entation

...........................................................................................

2511. Sum m ary Inform ation ..............................................................................................

2612. Attachm ents: .............................................................................................................

27 ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 3 of 301. Oblectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle A-211, 4160 v feed fromStartup 2 transformer.

Testing is being performed as a result of cubicle replacement dueto damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus A-1 and A-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

1.3. Differential Current Transformer testing will be completed under the currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 and EC 43758 due to the Unit 1reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

1.4. A3/4 related testing completed under currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per TMEC 43758. TMEC 43758 has restored A3/A4.1.5. A-1Il Synchronizing Circuit to C10 (reference E-34) tested by ECT-44312-06, A-112Unit Auxiliary Feeder Breaker.1.6. A-209 Circulating Water Pump Load Shed checked by ECT-44313-01.

2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 44313 A2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION!

2.3. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT 1 TOASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 22.4. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLERVCH-1 B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, ANDLOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-I&2]

2.5. OP-1416.002 "Unit 1 A2 Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.6. WO 353228 Task 01 PERFORM A-2 PROTECTIVE RELAY TRIP TEST2.7. E-4 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160 Volt System, Main Supply(TMEC 43686, ST1 disconnect; TMEC 43758, Temp power from ST2;TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.8. E-17 Sh 1A Green Train Vital AC & 125 VDC Single Line & Distribution 2.9. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC 43758, Temp power fromST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.10. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC 43758, Temppower from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.11. E-34 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Main Supply (EC43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.12. E-35 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Engineered Safeguard (TMEC 43758, temp power from ST2)2.13. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.14. E-87 Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's2.15. E-90 Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 4160V ACB's2.16. E-91 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Transformer No 1, 4160V Air Circuit Breakers2.17. E-92 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 4160v ACB ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 4 of 302.18. E-93 Sh 2 Schematic
Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays(EC 43258, no effect)2.19. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays2.20. E-95 Schematic
Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.21. E-100 Sh 1A Schematic
Diagram, Diesel Generator ACB (EC 43758, Temp power fromST2; disabled EDG interconnect) 2.22. E-118 Schematic
Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to StartupTransformer ST22.23. E-136 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays -Generator 2.24. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays -Turb. AndReactor2.25. E-271 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Circulation Water Pumps (EC 22630, no effect; TMEC43758, P3A/D out of service)2.26. E-271 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Circulation Water Pumps2.27. E-304 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Heater Drain Pumps2.28. E-306 Sh 2 Schematic
Diagram, Condensate Pump P2B2.29. E-306 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Condensate Pump P2C2.30. E-309 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Auxiliary Feedwater Pump2.31. E-372 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Main Chiller (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2)2.32. E-418 Sh 7 Schematic
Diagram, 4.16KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Reflash Annunciator 2.33. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel CIO)2.34. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C1 0)2.35. E-480 Sh IA Schematic
Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9812, C9814 &C98282.36. E-482 Sh 7 Computer Digital I/O Signals2.37. E-482 Sh 16 Computer Digital I/O Signals2.38. E-482 Sh 59 Connection
Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs2.39. E-504 Sh 2 Connection
Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 12.40. E-505 Sh 1 Connection
Diagram, 4160 Volt Switchgear (Non-ES),

Units Al 13 ThroughA109 (TMEC 43763; ST2 disconnected) 2.41. E-505 Sh 6 Connection

Diagram, 4160 Volt Switchgear (Non-ES),

Units A211 ThroughA501 (EC 21171, EC 43979 & EC 5000114654, no effect)2.42. E-506 Sh 9A ES Bus A3 Feeder GE Unit No. A309 Comp A309 Internal

& ExternalWiring (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; EC 5000116448

& EC5000116686, no effect)2.43. E-506 Sh 19C ES Bus A4 Feeder GE Unit No. A409 Comp. A409 Internal

& ExternalWiring (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2)2.44. E-560 Sh 1, Connection

Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &Generator Recorder BDS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add)

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 5 of 302.45. E-560 Sh2 Connection

Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &Generator Recorder BDS (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC43763, terminal box; EC 11038, EC 12923, EC33142, EC 44585 & EC5000107429, no effect)2.46. E-561 Sh 2 Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System(EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG interconnect; EC5000118032, no effect)2.47. E-2034 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 4160V System, Main Supply (TMEC43763, TB850 add)2.48. E-2612 Sh 4 Connection
Diagram, 4.16KV Switchgear Bus 2A2, Panels: 2A211, 2A212,2A213 (TMEC 43763, TB850 add; EC 5000107393

& EC 5000111247, noeffect)2.49. E-8-AC-3 Metalclad Switchgear 2.50. E AC-14 Metalclad Switchgear Section Views (EC 5000117605, no effect)2.51. E-8-AC-84 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 428, EC 5000109807

&EC 500011896, no effect)2.52. E-8-AC-86 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram2.53. E-8-AC-89 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram2.54. E-8-AC-90 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (Condition Report CR-ANO-C-2013-01496, minor drawing error corrected by EC 43258; EC 5000111897

& EC 5000118335, no effect)2.55. E-8-AC-91 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 21171, EC 5000114687

&EC 5000117602, no effect)2.56. E-8-AC-93 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 428; no effect)2.57. E8-AC-97 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram2.58. E-8-AC-98 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram2.59. E-8-AC-99 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram2.60. E-8-AC-100 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 21171; no effect)2.61. M-201-56 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 5000107450

& EC 5000120474; no effect)2.62. M-201-57 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 19839, EC 41747, EC 5000109569

& EC 5000117330; no effect)2.63. M-201-59 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 39987, EC 41547, EC 5000108443

& EC 5000109571; no effect)2.64. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 5000108438

& EC 5000109577; no effect)3. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. Lamp test connection (for CT testing)3.3. 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase source capable of supplying two (2) loads forsynchronization testing.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 6 of 303.4. One (1) temporary test jumper configured for attachment so that terminals do not need tobe disturbed to insert jumper.3.5. One (1) temporary test jumper with toggle switch.3.6. Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 tostud 5.4. Precautions and Limitations 4.1. Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area If equipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the A-1 and A-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.3. Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuitmay be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in theTest Log.4.5. Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of theSignature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.9. The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, thefollowing definitions will be utilized:

0 Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any furtheraction to make it so.* VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it inthe desired position.

0 TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker,switch, etc. in a desired position.

0 When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that theswitch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 7 of 305. Prereaulsites 5.1. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to A2 switchgear; breaker D21-03 closed(reference E-17 Sh IA).5.2. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to Al switchgear (specifically A- 111);breaker D1l-03 closed (reference E-17 Sh 1).5.3. Verify that the A-211 Testing Work Order WO 00354201 task 01 has been authorized.

5.4. Verify CT circuit shipping jumpers and ground are removed from TB BB, terminals 1, 2 & 3(reference E-505 sheet 6).6. Instrumentatlon 6.1. No instrumentation is required.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 8 of 307. Test Instructions 7.1. DC Power Check7.1.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.1.2. Verify A-212 handswitch (152-212/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.1.3. Verify A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.1.4. Verify breaker A-211 is racked down.7.1.5. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-21 1 breaker cubicle isopen.7.1.6. Check nominal 125 VDC at line side of DC input breaker (BA) points 1 (-) and 3 (+)at A-211 (reference E-8-AC-90).

7.1.7. Check nominal 0 VDC at load side of DC input breaker (BA) at A-21 1.7.1.8. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UB" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.7.1.9. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UC" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.7.1.10. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UL" points 1 and 3 at A-21'1.7.1.11. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UR" points 1 and 3 at A-21 1.7.1.12. Check nominal 0 VDC at line side of fuses "UT' points 1 and 3 at A-21.1.7.1.13. CLOSE DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-211 breaker cubicle.7.1.14. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UB" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.7.1.15. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UC" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-211.7.1.16. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UL" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.7.1.17. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UR" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-211.7.1.18. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UT" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at A-21 1.7.1.19. Open DC Control Power breaker "BA" at A-21 1.7.2. DC OPS CHECK -Local Manual Operation 7.2.1. Setup7.2.1.1.

Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch F open in A-21 1 to disable A-21 1feeder undervoltage trip.7.2.1.2.

Verify test switch TS1-212 switch G open in A-212 to disable buslockout trip (reference E-93).7.2.1.3.

Verify test switch TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch #4 open in C20 to disabletransformer lockout trip.NOTETSI.111 switch G in A-111 may be tagged out (1 R24-1-01550) to disableA-l/A-2 load shed from A-1. Switch will be closed for Load Shed testing.7.2.1.4.

Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch G open in A-21 1 to disable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-2 (reference E-118).7.2.1.5.

Verify test switch TS1 -111 switch G open in A-111 to disable A-i/A-2 load shed from A-1 (reference E-118).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 9 of 307.2.1.6.

Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open thefollowing knife switches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20(reference E-136 Sh 1 and OP-1 305.029).

7.2.1.6.1.

Red knife switch open.7.2.1.6.2.

Black knife switches open.7.2.1.7.

At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.1.7.1.

TS-286T switch 6 -Generator Lockout7.2.1.7.2.

TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip7.2.1.7.3.

TS-286-G 1-3 switch 2 -Generator Lockout 286 G1 -1 and 27.2.1.8.

Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-17.2.1.9.

Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-27.2.1.10.

Remove A-111 fuse FU25 (UE) (reference E-8-84 and E-34).NOTEA voltage source capable of supplying two (2) loads is required forsynchronization testing.7.2.1.11.

Install 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 (line) to 2(neutral) to energize undervoltage relay 127-111 andsynchronization relay 125-111 coil 7/8 (reference E-34, E-505 sheet1 and E-8-84).7.2.1.12.

Verify ST2 undervoltage relay 127-111-2/x in A-211 de-energized, contacts 11 to 12 closed (reference E-8-90)].

7.2.1.13.

Check ST2 NOT locked out at 186-ST2-2 in C20 (expected condition).

7.2.1.13.1.

IF ST2 locked out at 186-ST2-2, THEN RESET or jumper 186-ST2-2 contacts 11 to 1 lc inC20 at scheme A21 1 terminal 11 to terminal 21 (references E-92, E-94, M-201-62

& E-560 Sh 1).7.2.1.14.

Check ST1 NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 in C20.IF ST1 locked out at 186-ST1-1, THEN RESET 186-ST1-1 (references E-92, E-94)7.2.1.15.

Check bus A2 NOT locked out at 186-A2 in A-212 (expected condition).

7.2.1.15.1.

IF bus A2 locked out at 186-A2,THEN OPEN TS-286-G1-2 switch #10 (references E-93, M-201-56 & E-138) and;Reset A2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.7.2.1.16.

At A-212, remove both connection plugs (pie plate) from A-2 busUndervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 to defeat undervoltage load trip condition.

NOTE ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 10 of 30Undervoltage Relay 127-A2-1 connection plugs will remainremoved for a large part of this testing to disable the A-2 busundervoltage trip of A-212 from relay 127-A2-1/Xi (reference E-90 sh. 1 & E-93 sh, 2).7.2.1.17.

Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl is de-energized, contact 11 to 12 open(reference E-8-90)].

7.2.1.18.

At A-211, install jumper with switch box at relay 127-A2.-/xl contact 11 to 12.7.2.1.19.

OPEN switch at relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper at A-211.7.2.2. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside A-211 breaker cubicle Isclosed.7.2.3. Verify A-211 breaker installed and fully inserted into A-211 cubicle.7.2.4. Check A-211 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.2.5. Check A-211 breaker springs discharged by observing white DISCHARGED flagon front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6. Rack up circuit breaker in A-211 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.7.2.6.1.

Check A-211 breaker springs charged by observing yellowCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.6.2.

Check local white BRKR SPRINGS CHARGED light ON at A-21 1.7.2.6.3.

Check auxiliary contact disconnect block fully engaged.7.2.6.4.

Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".7.2.7. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-211 in LOCAL7.2.7.1.

Check green TRIPPED local light ON at A-21 1.7.2.7.2.

Check amber BREAKER ON LOCAL light ON at A-21 1.7.2.7.3.

Check red CLOSED local light is OFF at A-21 1.7.2.7.4.

Check A-21 1 amber LOCAL indicating light is ON at panel C10.7.2.8. Place local control switch at A-211 in CLOSE position.

7.2.8.1.

Check RED closed local light ON at A-21 1.7.2.8.2.

Check GREEN tripped local light is OFF at A-21 1.7.2.8.3.

Check A-21 1 red CLOSED light is OFF at C1 0.7.2.8.4.

Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is OFF at C0O.7.2.9. Place local control switch at A-211 In TRIP position.

7.2.9.1.

Check GREEN tripped local light ON at A-21 1.7.2.9.2.

Check RED closed local light OFF at A-21 1.7.3. DC OPS CHECK -Remote Manual Operation 7.3.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-211 in REMOTE.7.3.1.1.

Check A-211 white CHARGED indicating light is ON at panel CIO.7.3.1.2.

Check A-211 amber LOCAL indicating light is OFF at panel A-21 1.7.3.1.3.

Check A-211 amber LOCAL indicating light is OFF at panel CIO.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 11 of 307.3.2. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at CIO.7.3.3. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.7.3.3.1.

Check A-211 red CLOSED light is ON at C1O.7.3.3.2.

Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is OFF at CIO.7.3.3.3.

Check breaker A-21 1 CLOSED per local indication.

7.3.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-21 1/SS OFF at C10.7.3.5. Trip A-211 using handswitch 152-211/CS on CO.7.3.5.1.

Check A-211 green TRIPPED light is ON at C10.7.3.5.2.

Check A-211 red CLOSED light is OFF at CO.7.3.5.3.

Check A-211 green TRIPPED light ON at A-21 1.7.4. Protective Relay Trip Functional Check (reference WO 353228-01) and A-2 bus lockouttrip7.4.1. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch E in A-212 open to disable A-213 bus lockout trip(reference E-93).7.4.2. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch F in A-212 open to disable A-212 bus lockout trip(reference E-93).7.4.3. Place test switch TS1 -212 switch H in A-212 open to disable A-409 bus lockout trip(reference E-93).7.4.4. CLOSE test switch TS1-212 switch G in A-212 to ENABLE A-211 bus lockout trip(reference E-93).7.4.5. Verify A-2 bus lock-out relay 186-A2 located in A-212 RESET.7.4.6. RelayA-211 151A7.4.6.1.

Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.7.4.6.2.

Place A-21 1 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.7.4.6.3.

Verify breaker A-211 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.6.4.

Manually actuate A-211 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A.7.4.6.4.1.

Verify A-21 1 Tripped.7.4.6.4.2.

Verify A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 tripped.7.4.6.4.3.

Check 151 A relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.4.6.4.4.

Check A2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator KO2-A7 in theControl Room in alarm.7.4.6.4.5.

Check 4.16 KV BUS 1A2 FAULT computer point YS1A2indicates TRBL.7.4.6.4.6.

Place A-211 CONTROL SWITCH (152-211/CS) at ClO inCLOSE.7.4.6.4.7.

Verify A-21 1 remains Tripped.7.4.6.5.

Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.7.4.6.6.

Reset 151A relay target indicator 7.4.6.7.

Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 12 of 307.4.7. RelayA-211 151B7.4.7.1.

Manually actuate A-21 1 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B.7.4.7.1.1.

Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.7.4.7.1.2.

Check 151B relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.4.7.2.

Reset 151 B relay target indicator 7.4.7.3.

Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.7.4.8. Relay A-211 151 C7.4.8.1.

Manually actuate A-21 1 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 15,1 C.7.4.8.1.1.

Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.7.4.8.1.2.

Check 151C relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.4.8.2.

Reset 151 C relay target indicator 7.4.8.3.

Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.7.4.9. RelayA-211 151N7.4.9.1.

Manually actuate A-211 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N.7.4.9.1.1.

Check A-2 bus lockout relay 186-A2 trips.7.4.9.1.2.

Check 151 N relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.4.9.2.

Reset 151 N relay target indicator 7,4.9.3.

Reset A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2.7.5. Relay 152X-211 Test (Ref E-92, E-561 Sh 2)7.5.1. Verify approximately 125 VDC in C10 at TBA1 between terminal A211 N3 andterminal 31.7.5.2. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.5.3. Verify approximately 0 VDC in C1 0 at TBA1 between terminal A211 N3 andterminal 31.7.6. Verify following breakers available for coordinated

testing, racked up and open:7.6.1. A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer Feed to A27.6.2. A-213 Startup Transformer
  1. 1 to A27.7. DC OPS CHECK -Automatic Transfer Unit Auxiliary Transformer Trip A-211 CloseNOTETest conditions required are:Simulated Generator trip with ST1 not available (A-213 open).7.7.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-21 1/CS) on CIO in PULL TO LOCK.7.7.2. Select ST2 as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 on C1O.7.7.3. Install jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 61 to simulate Generator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1-2 for A-211 close permissive (reference E-138, E-560 Sh I & M-201-62).

7.7.4. CLOSE switch at A-211 relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper, to enable the undervoltage close permissive.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 13 of 307.7.5. Verify ESAS bypassed or ESAS Digital Subsystem No. 1 shutdown such that relayESX-A3 is de-energized.

When energized, ESX-A3 relay provides a trip signal toA-112 (reference OP-1105.003, E-102 Sh 1, and E-90 Sh 1).7.7.6. Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl in A-211 contacts 1/2 open (reference E-8-AC-90)].

7.7.7. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-212 in LOCAL.7.7.8. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position (to open 152-212/b contact7-7T).7.7.9. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.7.10. Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch E OPEN in A-211 to disable A-213 feederundervoltage trip (reference E-91).7.7.11. Verify test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #4 OPEN in C20 to disable A-213transformer lockout trip.7.7.12. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-213 in LOCAL:7.7.13. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position.

7.7.14. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer

  1. 1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.7.7.15. Place A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on C10 to CLOSE.7.7.16. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker remains OPEN.7.7.17. Check PDS point ZS1A211 "4.16KV ACB ST2/BUS 1A2" TRIP.7.7.18. Trip A-213 using local control switch.7.7.19. Verify A-21 1 closes.7.7.20. Check PDS point ZS1A211 "4.16KV ACB ST2/ BUS 1A2" NORM.7.7.21. Remove jumper 020 wire scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 61 (reference E-138, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8. DC OPS CHECK -Automatic Transfer SUT #1 not Available or Tripped (+ Annunciator

+ Computer)

NOTETest conditions required are:Simulated ST1 disconnect with Auxiliary Transformer not available (A-212 open).7.8.1. Verify A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on CIO in PULL TO LOCK.7.8.2. Verify ST2 selected as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 onCl0.7.8.3. Install jumper C20 scheme A21 1 terminal 51 to terminal 52 to simulate ST1Transformer NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 for A-211 close permissive (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8.4. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position (to open 152-213/b contact1-1T).7.8.5. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer

  1. 1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed,7.8.6. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.8.7. Place A-211 handswitch (152-21 1/CS) on C10 to TRIP.7.8.8. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker remains OPEN.7.8.9. Check Annunciator K02/F7 "A1/A2 AUTO TRANSFER" not lit.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 14 of 307.8.10. Check PDS computer point YS1A211 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-211" NO7.8.11. Check SPDS point Z1A211 "4160V SYS ST2 TO A2 BKR STAT" TRIPPED.7.8.12. Trip A-212 using local control switch.7.8.13. Verify A-21 I closes automatically.

7.8.14. Check Annunciator K02/F7 "A1/A2 AUTO TRANSFER" lit.7.8.15. Check PDS computer point YS1 A211 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-211" YES7.8.16. Check SPDS point Z1A211 "4160V SYS ST2 TO A2 BKR STAT" NORMAL.7.9. DC OPS CHECK -. Automatic Transfer Undervoltage (bus undervoltage transfer) 7.9.1. Verify the following breakers accessible for Undervoltage Load Trippingverification by checking continuity at TB terminals in appropriate

cubicles, rackeddown (reference E-93 sh 2).7.9.1.1.

A-204 Auxiliary FW Pump P-757.9.1.2.

A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B7.9.1.3.

A-207 Heater Drain pump P-8B7.9.2. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.9.3. OPEN switch at relay 127-A2-1/xl jumper at A-211 for A-2 bus Undervoltage LoadTripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212, to simulate NO undervoltage load permissive.

7.9.4. Verify Synch relay 125-211 not energized contacts 1/2 open.7.9.5. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer

  1. 1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.7.9.6. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.9.7. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.9.8. Remove A-21 I handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.7.9.9. Trip A-212 using local control switch.7.9.10. Verify A-211 DOES NOT close.7.9.11. Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay127-A2-1 in A-212, to simulate an undervoltage load trip condition.

7.9,12. Verify relay 127-A2-1/xl in A-211 energized.

7.9.13. Verify A-21 1 closed.7.9.14. Verify undervoltage load trip as follows:

(reference E-93 sheet 2).7.9.14.1.

Verify breaker Auxiliary FW Pump P-75, A-204 tripped (reference E-309) as follows:* Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-204 inLOCAL.* Remove red bulb from A-204 closed indicating lamp (E-76).* Lift RED wire in A-204 at TB CC terminal 3 to disable PS-2822trip, cable A204E (reference E-505 Sh 4).* OPEN TS1-211 switch A.* Check NO continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E-8-AC-97).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 15 of 30* CLOSE TS1 -211 switch A.* Check continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC1 2.* Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.* Check NO continuity In A-204 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E-8-AC-97).* Restore RED wire in A-204 at TB CC terminal 3 to disable PS-2822 trip, cable A204E (reference E-505 Sh 4).* OPEN TS1-211 switch A.* Check continuity in A-204 at TB C4 to CC1 2 to validate restorewire.* CLOSE TS1-211 switch A.* Install red bulb from A-204 closed indicating lamp (E-76).* Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.7.9.14.2.

Verify breaker Condensate Pump P2B, A-205 tripped (reference E-306 sheet 2) as follows:* Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-205 inLOCAL.* Remove red bulb from A-205 closed indicating lamp (E-76).* OPEN TSI-211 switch B.* Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E-8-AC-98).* CLOSE TS1 -211 switch B.* Check continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC1 2.* Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2.1 in A-212.* Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB C4 to CC12.* Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.7.9.14.3.

Verify breaker Heater Drain pump P-8B, A-207 tripped (reference E-304) as follows:* Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-207 inLOCAL.* Remove red bulb from A-207 closed Indicating lamp (E-76)." Verify Test Switch #10 on TS-286T-1 (switch #10 on TS-186-ST1 -1 per OP- 1106.009 and M-201-56) on C20 OPEN (per E-304).* Lift RD wire in A-207 at TB CC terminal 3, cable A207D todisable T-40B pressure/level trips (reference E-505 Sh 5).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 16 of 30* OPEN TS1-211 switch D.* Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 (reference E-304 Sh 1, E-8-AC-98).

  • CLOSE TS1-211 switch D.* Check continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 to confirm breakerA-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal.* Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.* Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB C4 to CC12.7.10. DC OPS CHECK -Automatic Transfer Synch Check (live bus transfer) 7.10.1. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.10.2. Verify A-213 Startup Transformer
  1. 1 (STI) feeder breaker closed.7.10.3. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.10.4. Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7,10.5. Remove A-211 handswitch (152-211/CS) on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.7.10.6. Trip A-212 using local control switch.7.10.7. Verify A-211 does not close.7.10.8. Place A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.10.9. Simulate synchronized live bus as follows:7.10.9.1.

Verify relay 125-211 not energized contacts 1/2 open (reference E-8-90)].7.10.9.2.

Remove A-212 fuse FU29 (UE) (reference E-8-91 and E-34).7.10.9.3.

Using the same voltage source connected in A-111, connect asecond 120 vAC source at A-212 TB X terminals 4 (line) to 2(neutral) to establish simulated synchronized bus condition (reference E-8-91 and E-34).7.10.9.4.

Verify relay 125-211 energized.

7.10.9.5.

Remove (or turn off) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2(reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).7.10.9.6.

Verify relay 125-211 not energized.

7.10.9.7.

Reinstall (or turn on) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).7.10.9.8.

Verify relay 125-211 energized.

7.10.10.

Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.10.11.

Verify A-212 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.10.12.

Remove A-211 handswitch 152-211/CS on C10 from PULL TO LOCK.7.10.13.

Trip A-212 using local control switch.7.10.14.

Verify A-211 closes.7.10.15.

Trip A-213 using local control switch.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 17 of 307.10.16.

Remove the temporary 120 vAC source at A-212 TB X terminals 2 to 4.7.10.17.

Reinstall A-212 fuse FU29 (UE) (reference E-8-91 and E-34).7.10.18.

Remove jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 51 to terminal 52 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.11. DC OPS CHECK -Manual Transfer to ST #17.11.1. Verify A-211 closedNOTEK1629 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C1O.7.11.2. Check Annunciator K1 629/6 "A21 1 Breaker Trip" not lit.7.11.3. Check Annunciator K02/F6 "Al/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not lit.7.11.4. Place local control switch at A-213 in CLOSE position.

7.11.5. Verify A-213 closes.7.11.6. Verify A-213 remote Control Switch 152-213/CS on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.11.7. Take A-213 Sync Switch 152-213/SS on C1 0 to ON.7.11.8. Verify A-211 trips.NOTEK11629 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C10..7.11.9.

Check Annunciator K1629/6 "A21 1 Breaker Trip" lit.7.11.10.

Check Annunciator K02/F6 "A1/A2/A3/A4 FEEDER BRKR TRIP' lit.7.11.11.

Take A-213 Sync Switch to OFF.7.11.12.

Trip A-213 using local control switch.7.12. DC OPS CHECK -Manual Transfer to Auxiliary Transformer 7.12.1. Place Synchronization switch 152-211/SS ON at CIO.7.12.2. Close A-21 1 using handswitch 152-211/CS on C10.7.12.3. Verify A-21 1 closes.7.12.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.7.12.5. Place local control switch at A-212 in CLOSE position.

7.12.6. Verify A-212 closes.7.12.7. Verify A-212 remote Control Switch 152-212/CS on CIO in Normal-After-Close.

7.12.8. Take A-212 Sync Switch 152-212/SS on C10 to ON.7.12.9. Verify A-21 I trips.7.12.10.

Take Synchronization Switch 152-212/SS OFF at CO.7.12.11.

Install connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Trippingrelay 127-A2-1 in A-212.7.12.12.

Check A-212 trips.7.12.13.

Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage LoadTripping relay 127-A2-1 in A-212.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPa6e 18 of 307.13. DC OPS CHECK -Trip Feeder on Undervoltage 7.13.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-21 1/SS ON at C10.7.13.2. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.7.13.3. Verify A-211 feeder breaker closed.7.13.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.7.13.5. Remove (or turn off) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2 (reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).7.13.6. Verify relay 127-111-2/x in A-211 energized.

7.13.7. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch F in A-211 to CLOSE.7.13.8. Verify A-211 trips.7.13.9. Place test switch TS1-211 switch F in A-211 OPEN.7.13.10.

Reinstall (or turn on) 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1i to 2(reference E-505 sheet 1 and E-8-93).7.14. DC OPS CHECK -Trip Transformer Lockout7.14.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.7.14.2. Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 in CLOSE.7.14.3. Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker closed.7.14.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.7.14.5. IF 186-ST2-1 is TRIPPED,THEN perform the following:

7.14.5.1.

Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #4 in C20 CLOSE.7.14.5.2.

Verify A-211 trips.7.14.5.3.

OPEN TS-186-ST2-1 switch #4.7.14.6. IF 186-ST2-1 is NOT TRIPPED,THEN perform the following:

7.14.6.1.

Install jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 2P to terminali29 tosimulate ST2 Transformer locked out at 186-ST2-1 trip on C20(reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.14.6.2.

Verify A-21 1 trips7.14.6.3.

Remove jumper C20 scheme A211 terminal 2P to terminal 29.7.15. Load Shed7.15.1. A2 Load Shed setup7.15.1.1.

Verify A-211 open.7.15.1.2.

Verify A-1 11 Startup Transformer

  1. 2 Feed to Al is available forcoordinated
testing, racked up and open.7.15.1.3.

Verify the following breakers accessible for Load Shed verification by checking relay contact status in appropriate cubicles,'

rackeddown (reference E- 118).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 19 of 307.15.1.3.1.

Breaker A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B (reference E-306sheet 2)7.15.1.3.2.

Breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B (reference E-304)7.15.1.3.3.

Breaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B (reference E-372 sheet1)NOTEA-209 Circulating Water Pump P-3D Load Shed checked by ECT-44313-01 7.15.1.4.

Verify test switch TS1-1 11 switch G OPEN in A-111 to disable A-1/A-2 load shed from A-1 (reference E-118).7.15.1.5.

Place test switch TS1 -211 switch G CLOSED in A-211 to ENABLEA-1/A-2 load shed from A-2 (reference E-1 18).7.15.1.6.

Verify test switch TS1 -211 switch B OPEN in A-211 to disable A-205 bus undervoltage P-2B trip.7.15.1.7.

Verify test switch TS1-211 switch D OPEN in A-211 to disable A-207 bus undervoltage P-8B trip.7.15.1.8.

Place test switch TS1 -212 switch A OPEN in A-212 to disable A-208 bus undervoltage VCH1 -B trip.7.15.1.9.

Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-208 in LOCAL.7.15.1.10.

Remove red bulb from A-208 closed indicating lamp (E-76).7.15.1.11.

Verify NO Load Shed Trip signal (194-ST2/A1 and 194-ST2/A2) asfollows:

(reference E-1 18)7.15.1.11.1.

Check relay A- 111 194-ST2/A1 de-energized at TB CCterminal 4 and 5 (reference E-8-AC-84).

7.15.1.11.2.

Check NO continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 12(29) and terminal 1 (29A) (reference E-306 Sh 2, E-505 Sh 4& E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.11.3.

Check NO continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12(reference E-304 Sh 1).7.15.1.11.4.

Check NO continuity in A-208 at TB C11 to CC3 to confirmbreaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1 & E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.12.

Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS ON at C10.7.15.1.13.

Place A-211 Control Switch 152-211/CS at C10 In CLOSE.7.15.1.14.

Verify A-21 1 feeder breaker closed.7.15.1.15.

Place Synchronization Switch 152-211/SS OFF at C10.7.15.1.16.

Verify Load Shed TRIP signal (194-ST2/A1 and 194-ST2/A2) asfollows:

(reference E-1 18)7.15.1.16.1.

Check relay A-111 194-ST2/A1 energized at TB CC terminal4 and 5 to verify Al bus component trip signal (reference E-8-AC-84).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 20 of 307.15.1.16.2.

Check continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 12(29) and terminal 1 (29A) to confirm breaker A-205Condensate Pump P-2B trip signal (reference E-306 Sh 2,E-505 Sh 4 & E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.16.3.

Check continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirmbreaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal(reference E-304 Sh 1).7.15.1.16.4.

Check continuity in A-208 at TB C11 to CC3 to confirmbreaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1 & E-8-AC-98).

7.15.1.17.

Trip A-211 using handswitch 152-211/CS on C10.7.15.2. Al Load Shed setup7.15.2.1.

Verify A-l11 open.7.15.2.2.

Verify test switch TS1 -211 G OPEN in A-211 to disable A-1/A-2load shed from A-2.7.15.2.3.

Verify test switch TS1 -111 G CLOSED in A-111 to enable A-1/A-2load shed from A-I.7.15.2.4.

Verify test switch TSI -111 F open in A-111 to disable A-,11l feederundervoltage trip.7.15.2.5.

Verify test switch TS1 -112 G open in A-1 12 to disable bus lockoutA-11l trip.7.15.2.6.

Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1

  1. 3 open in C20 to disabletransformer lockout A-i 11 trip.7.15.2.7.

Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at A-111 In LOCAL7.15.2.8.

Place local control switch at A-111 in CLOSE position to close 152-111/a contact 20 to 20T.7.15.2.9.

Verify A-111 feeder breaker closed.7.15.2.10.

Verify TRIP signal as follows:

(reference E-1 18)7.15.2.10.1.

Check relay A-111 194-ST2/A1 energized at TB CC terminal4 and 5 to verify Al bus component trip signal (reference E-8-AC-84).

7.15.2.10.2.

Check continuity in A-205 at TB CC between terminal 3 (2P)and terminal 1 (29A) to confirm breaker A-205 Condensate Pump P-2B trip signal (reference E-306 Sh 2, E-505 Sh 4 &E-8-AC-98).

7.15.2.10.3.

Check continuity In A-207 at TB C4 to CC12 to confirmbreaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal(reference E-304 Sh 1).7.15.2.10.4.

Check continuity in A-208 at TB Cl1 to CC3 to confirmbreaker A-208 Main Chiller VCH-1 B trip signal (reference E-372 Sh 1 & E-8-AC-98) 7.15.2.11.

Place local control switch at A- 111 in TRIP position.

7.15.2.12.

Check A-1l1 open.7.15.3. Restored A-207 lifted lead as follows:

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 21 of 307.15.3.1.

Check open circuit in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirm breakerA-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).7.15.3.2.

Reconnect BLK wire in A-207 at TB CC terminal 3.7.15.3.3.

Check continuity in A-207 at TB CC3 to CC12 to confirm breaker A-207 Heater Drain Pump P-8B trip signal (reference E-304 Sh 1).7.15.4. Reinstall red bulb from A-205 closed indicating lamp (E-76).7.15.5. Reinstall red bulb from A-207 closed indicating lamp (E-76).7.15.6. Reinstall red bulb from A-208 closed indicating lamp (E-76).7.15.7. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch G CLOSED in A-21 1.7.15.8. Place test switch TS1-212 switch A CLOSED in A-212.7.15.9. Place test switch TS1 -211 switch B CLOSED in A-21 1.7.15.10.

Place test switch TS1-211 switch D CLOSED in A-211.7.15.11.

Place test switch TS-286T-1 switch 10 CLOSED in C20.7.15.12.

Place test switch TS1-1 11 switch F CLOSED in A-111.7.15.13.

Place test switch TS1-1 12 switch G CLOSED in A-1 12.7.15.14.

Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #3 CLOSED in C20.7.16. Miscellaneous Items7.16.1. A-211 Rear Current Transformer (2000/5):

TOC Relay Inout and Local Ammeter -Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-90 device "ZB".7.16.1.1.

Verify the following relays in A-21 1 are installed and have theirconnection plugs installed:

0 151A (AH)* 151B (AG)* 1510 (AF), 151N (AE)NOTECT polarity marks are typically a round dot near one of the twosecondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" for the primary and "Xl"for the secondary terminal.

7.16.1.2.

Rear C Phase CT7.16.1.2.1.

Check "C" right phase (viewed from rear) CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primarydisconnect.

NOTEPer E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "C" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark Is terminal 1 (wireE6). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 2 (wire E3).7.16.1.2.2.

Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the test setup at C phase CT secondary terminal 2 (wireE3).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 22 of 307.16.1.2.3.

Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.16.1.2.4.

Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.2.5.

Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.7.16.1.2.6.

Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.16.1.2.7.

Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.16.1.2.8.

Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.16.1.2.9.

Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.16.1.2.10.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151C (AF) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.2.11.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.2.12.

Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.16.1.3.

Rear A Phase CT7.16.1.3.1.

Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side ofthe CT closest to the breaker primary disconnect.

NOTEPer E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "A" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark is terminal 3 (wireE4). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 4 (wire El).7.16.1.3.2.

Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup at "A" phase CT secondary terminal 4 (wireEl).7.16.1.3.3.

Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.16.1.3.4.

Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.16.1.3.5.

Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.7.16.1.3.6.

Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.16.1.3.7.

Check that the ammeter Indicates no current.7.16.1.3.8.

Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.3.9.

Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.16.1.3.10.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151A (AH) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.3.11.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.3.12.

Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.16.1.4.

Rear B Phase CT ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 23 of 307.16.1.4.1.

Check UB" left (viewed from rear) phase CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the breaker primarydisconnect.

NOTEPer E-8-AC-90 for CT device ZB, the "B" phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polarity mark Is terminal 5 (wireE5). The opposite secondary wiring terminal is terminal 6 (wire E2).7.16.1.4.2.

Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup at "B" phase CT secondary terminal 6 (wireE2).7.16.1.4.3.

Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.7.16.1.4.4.

Place the ammeter switch in the "B" position.

7.16.1.4.5, Check that the ammeter indicator moves and indicates some level of current.7.16.1.4.6.

Place the ammeter switch in the "A" position.

7.16.1.4.7.

Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.16.1.4.8.

Place the ammeter switch in the "C" position.

7.16.1.4.9.

Check that the ammeter indicates no current.7.16.1.4.10.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 B (AG) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.4.11.

Using a DMM set to measure AC voltage, check AC voltagedetected across relay 151 N (AE) terminal 5 to terminal 6 onback of relay case.7.16.1.4.12.

Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.16.2. UAT Differential Current Transformers (8000/5 in A-111 bus comDartment)

-Reference E-34 and E-8-AC-90 device "ZA".7.16.2.1.

CT ZA to A-111 Bus CT Interconnection (reference E-34, E-8-AC-90, E-505 sheet 1 & 6)7.16.2.1.1.

Verify A Phase wire continuity from main CTs in A-211 wire54D, TB BB 3 to A-111, TB BB 3.7.16.2.1.2.

Verify B Phase wire continuity from main CTs In A-211 wire74D, TB BB 1 to A-111, TB BB 1.7.16.2.1.3.

Verify C Phase wire continuity from main CTs in A-211 wire94D, TB BB 2 to A-111, TB BB 2.8. Restoration 8.1. Verify breaker A-21 1 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.2. Verify breaker A-212 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.3. Verify breaker A-213 is tripped and racked out, or as directed.

8.4. 'Place test switch TS1-211 E closed in A-211 or as directed by Operations.

8.5. Place test switch TS1i-211 F closed in A-21 1 or as directed by Operations.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 24 of 308.6. Place test switch TS1 -212 E closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.7. Place test switch TS1 -212 F closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.8. Place test switch TS1 -212 H closed in A-212 or as directed by Operations.

8.9. Place test switch TS-186-STI-1

  1. 4 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.10. Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1

  1. 4 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.11. Place test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #9 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.12. Verify test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #10 closed In C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.13. Place test switch TS-286-G1-3 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.14. Place test switch TS-286T switch #6 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.15. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and close the following knife switches forLoss of Field relay (240) in C20.8.15.1. Red knife switch.8.15.2. Black knife switches.

8.16. Install connection plug (pie plate) for A-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-A2-1in A-212.8.17. IF ST2 lock out at 186-ST2-2 contacts

jumpered, THEN remove jumper 186-ST2-2 from contacts 11 to 11 c in C20 at scheme A211 terminal11 to terminal 21 terminal (references E-92, E-94, M-201-62

& E-560 Sh 1).8.18. Remove 120 vAC source at A-111 TB A terminals 1 to 2.8.19. Reinstall A-111 fuse FU25 (UE) (reference E-8-AC-84 and E-34).8.20. Remove jumper with switch at A-211 relay 127-A2-1/x1 at contacts 11 to 12 (reference-90, E-505 Sh6 and E-8-AC-90).

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 25 of 309. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 26 of 30111. Summary Information Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Summary or Additional Information RecordedStep #I By/ DateTest Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency in theTest Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-21 1, ST2 Feeder Page 27 of 3012. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log12.4. Test Change Notices ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 28 of 30ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44313-03 Rev 000 SWGR A-211, Startup Transformer 2 FeederPage__ofName Title Signature Initials______________________

I ___________________

1 ________________________

1 _________

4 + +4 4. 4*__ __ I ___ I _

ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-21 1, ST2 FeederPage 29 of 30[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44313-03 REv 000 SWGR A-211, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page-ofDate Entry Initials ECT-44313-03 Rev 000SWGR A-211, ST2 FeederPage 30 of 30[2] ArrACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOgSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44313-03 REV 000 SWGR A-21 1, STAMRUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDERPage ofDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE,_TIME NUMBER iDoc35ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 1 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO [I STI Procedure Page I of 1TEST #: ECT-44315-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: Ol OR 0 NQRTEST TITLE: H-24 Functional

Testing, Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder to H-2REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

(I9 /Test Engineer (TE): W P Riedmueller

" -/ frf/(Technical Reviewer:

4. s,#a6 -- /7 'CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations Department:

7/74 Org3nizatio

,Organization Maintenance

3 : /Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

E] Not Required El Attached E] OtherOSRC Approval ElNot Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

.. VIfA'? /l

,7M/17ATEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/'TE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 2 of 22Table of Contents1.02.03.04.05.0.07.0Objectives

........................................................................................................................

3References

.......................................................................................................................

3Test EauiDment

..........................................................................................................

4Precautions and Lim itations

....................................................................................

4Prerequisites

.............................................................................................................

4Instrumentation

..........................................................................................................

5Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

57.1 H-24 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks .....................................................................

57.2 H-24 Control and Indication Checks ..............................................................................................

57.3 H-24 Trip Test on Unit Lockout ......................................................................................................

77.4 H-24 Trip Test on H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Closure ...............................................................................

77.5 H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure .......................................................................................

87.6 H-24 Trip Test on H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Closure ...............................................................................

87.7 H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure .......................................................................................

97.8 H-24 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-2 bus lockout trip .......................................

97.9 H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-25) circuit tests ...........................................

107.10 H-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests .........................................................

127.11 UAT Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-24 bus compartment)

....................................

137.12 H-2 Bus Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer 1..........................................................................

16Restoration

...............................................................................................................

16Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

17M&TE Instrumentation

..............................................................................................

17Sum m ary Inform ation ..............................................................................................

18Attachments:

....................................................

1912.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log .....................................................

1912.2 EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log ......................................................................................

1912.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log ...................................................................

1912.4 Test Change Notices .........................................................................................................................

198.09.010.011.012.0 ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 3 of 221.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-24, 6900 VAC feeder fromUnit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of affected cablereplacements,

repairs, or potential impacts as a result of the ANO-1 Stator Drop Eventdocumented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 H-24 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-energized bus during testing.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44315, H-2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 OP-1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test2.4 OP-1416.006, Unit 1 H2 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.5 E-3 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System2.6 E-31 sheet 1, System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram2.7 E-33 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System2.8 E-76 sheet 1, Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic
Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V Switchgear 2.10 E-87 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 6900V ACBs2.11 E-88 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No. 1 6900V ACBs2.12 E-89 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No. 2 6900V ACBs2.13 E-93 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.14 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram SU1 & SU2 Lockout Relays2.15 E-95 Sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.16 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.17 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.18 E-418 sheet 6, Schematic Diagram 6.9 KV Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator 2.19 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K022.20 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K022.21 E-480 sheet 1A, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs2.22 E-481 sheet 79, Connection Schedule Computer Analog Inputs2.23 E-482 sheet 12, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals2.24 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS)2.25 E-504 sheet 2, Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H 21 Through H 252.26 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Panel C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup2.27 E-561 sheet 3, Connection Diagram Panel C102.28 E-561 sheet 5, Connection Diagram Panel C102.29 E-8-AC-46 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H21, H22 & H23)2.30 E-8-AC-47 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H24 & H25)

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 4 of 222.31 E-8-AC-56 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H24)3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends sothat terminals do not need to be disturbed to connect jumper.3.3 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to haveisolated (ungrounded) output. One (1) set of leads of sufficient length to reach from120 VAC source to H-25 PT drawer with alligator type clips on one end to attach 120 VACsource HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT drawer secondary disconnect device terminals and one (1) set of leads of sufficient length to reach from 120 VAC source to terminalpoints in H-23.3.4 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 tostud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 PrecauIons and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with'this testing have high levels of potential energy. Therequirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in thearea if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H-2 6900V bus de-energized and grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuitmay be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the change documented in the TestLog.4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.7 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that H-2 6900V bus is de-energized and grounded.

5.2 Verify that the H-24 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.5.3 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to H-2 switchgear and H-24.5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-23 are ON.5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-25 are ON.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 5 of 225.6 Verify bus H-2 lockout relay 186-H2 on H-24 is RESET except during portion of test thatintentionally trips the lockout relay.5.7 Verify H-23 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

5.8 Verify H-25 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 H-24 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks7.1.1 Verify the following breakers and fuses installed in H-24 in the ON position:

" ACB-100A (BA)" FU-45(UB)

" FU-46(UC)

  • FU-47(UR)
  • FU-48 (UT)" FU-49 (UA)7.2 H-24 Control and Indication Checks7.2.1 Verify H-24 breaker installed and fully inserted into H-24 cubicle.7.2.1.1 Check H-24 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.2.1.2 Check H-24 breaker springs discharged by observing whiteDISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.2 Verify H-24 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.2.3 Rack up circuit breaker in H-24 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1107.001 Exhibit C.7.2.3.1 Check H-24 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) afterrelease of the elevator clutch handle.7.2.3.1.1 Check H-24 Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light OFF duringspring charging.

7.2.3.2 Check H-24 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flagon front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.7.2.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".7.2.3.5 Check H-24 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.7.2.3.6 Check H-24 Tripped local GREEN light ON.7.2.3.7 Check H-24 local Closed RED light OFF.7.2.3.8 Check H-24 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.7.2.3.9 Check H-24 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.7.2.3.10 Check the following H-24 lights OFF at panel C10:

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 6 of 22a RED breaker Closeda GREEN breaker Tripped* WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.7.2.4 In H-24, place fuses in fuse block FU-49 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.2.4.1 Check H-24 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.7.2.4.2 Check Annunciator K02-B5 "H2 DC Control Power Off" in alarm.7.2.5 In H-24, place fuses in fuse block FU-49 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.2.5.1 Check H-24 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.7.2.5.2 Check Annunciator K02-B5 "H2 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.7.2.6 At Control Room panel C20, verify open the following test switches (ref. E-1 38 sh.1):* TS-286T switch 6- Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 -Lockout Trip Generator Lockout7.2.7 At Control Room panel C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):

" Red knife switch* Black knife switches7.2.8 At C20, Reset 286-G1-1 Generator Lockout Relay.7.2.9 At C20, Reset 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay.7.2.10 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 on H-24 RESET.7.2.11 Close H-24 breaker by taking local control switch to CLOSE and release.7.2.11.1 Check H-24 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.11.2 Check H-24 local Closed RED light ON.7.2.11.3 Check H-24 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.7.2.11.4 Check H-24 SPDS point Z1 H24B indicates NORMAL / CLOSED7.2.12 Trip H-24 breaker by taking local control switch to TRIP and release.7.2.12.1 Check H-24 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.2.12.2 Check H-24 local Tripped GREEN light ON.7.2.12.3 Check H-24 local Closed RED light OFF.7.2.12.4 Check H-24 SPDS point Z1H24B indicates TRIPPED / OPEN.7.2.13 Take H-24 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.7.2.14 Take H-24 Sync Switch (1 52-24/SS on panel C10) to ON.7.2.15 Take H-24 remote Control Switch (152-24/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.7.2.16 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.2.16.1 Check H-24 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.16.2 Check H-24 close local RED light ON.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 7 of 227.2.16.3 Check H-24 close remote RED light ON at panel C1O.7.2.16.4 Check H-24 trip local GREEN light OFF.7.2.16.5 Check H-24 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel C10.7.2.17 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.2.17.1 Check H-24 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.17.2 Check H-24 trip local GREEN light ON.7.2.17.3 Check H-24 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C1O.7.2.17.4 Check H-24 close local RED light OFF.7.2.17.5 Check H-24 close remote RED light OFF at panel C10.7.3 H-24 Trip Test on Unit Lockout7.3.1 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.3.2 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.3.3 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.3.3.1 Check H-24 Closed.7.3.3.2 Check H-24 Breaker Trip NOT in alarm on K1630-5 Ref lash Annunciator on CO.7.3.3.3 Check Plant Computer Point HS11H24 indicates NORM.7.3.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20across terminal block TB1 scheme H24 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinetinternal side of the TB (opposite field cable H24D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 forlocation of TB and terminal points.7.3.5 Trip H-24 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.7.3.5.1 Check H-24 Tripped.7.3.5.2 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the ControlRoom in Alarm.7.3.5.3 Check H-24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 Ref lash Annunciator on C10.7.3.5.4 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H24 indicates TRIP.7.3.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panelC20, scheme H24 terminals 2P & 29.7.3.7 Acknowledge

/ Reset H-24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1 630 Ref lash Annunciator onC1 0.7.4 H-24 Trig Test on H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Closure7.4.1 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 on H-24 RESET.7.4.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.4.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.4.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.4.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 8 of 227.4.5 Verify breaker H-25 (SU1 to H-2) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.4.6 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.4.7 Verify Test Switch H on TS1 -24 on H-24 OPEN (removes H-25 trip from feederundervoltage relay 127-15-2/X

-reference E-88 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.4.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-25 tripfrom SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1

-reference E-88 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.4.9 Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.4.9.1 Check breaker H-25 Closed.7.4.10 Verify H-25 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.4.11 Take H-25 Sync Switch to ON.7.4.11.1 Check breaker H-24 Tripped.7.4.12 Take H-25 Sync Switch to OFF.7.5 H-25 (SU1 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure7.5.1 Verify breaker H-25 Closed.7.5.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.5.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.5.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.5.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed7.5.4.2 Check breaker H-25 Tripped.7.6 H-24 Trip Test on H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Closure7.6.1 Verify breaker H-24 Closed.7.6.2 Verify breaker H-23 (SU2 to H-2) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.6.3 Verify H-23 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.6.4 Verify Test Switch J on TS1 -24 on H-24 OPEN (removes H-23 trip from feederundervoltage aux. relay 127-23-2/X

-reference E-89 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.6.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-23 tripfrom SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1

-reference E-89 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.6.6 Take H-23 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.6.6.1 Check breaker H-23 Closed.7.6.7 Verify H-23 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.6.8 Take H-23 Sync Switch to ON.7.6.8.1 Check breaker H-24 Tripped.7.6.9 Take H-23 Sync Switch to OFF.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 9 of 227.7 H-23 (SU2 to H-2) Trip on H-24 Closure7.7.1 Verify breaker H-23 Closed.7.7.2 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.7.3 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.7.4 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.7.4.1 Check breaker H-24 Closed.7.7.4.2 Check breaker H-23 Tripped.7.8 H-24 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-2 bus lockout trip7.8.1 Remove the H-24 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),and 151N (AK).7.8.2 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 (AT) RESET.7.8.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 11H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H2 indicates NORM.7.8.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-24:7.8.3.1 TS1 -24 Switch A (186-H2 trip to H-25)7.8.3.2 TS1 -24 Switch B (186-H2 trip to H-247.8.3.3 TS1 -24 Switch C (1 86-H2 trip to H-23)7.8.4 Verify H-24 breaker CLOSED.7.8.5 Take H-23 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.5.1 Check breaker H-23 Closed.7.8.6 Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.6.1 Check breaker H-25 Closed.7.8.7 Manually actuate H-24 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 A (AJ).7.8.7.1 Check 151 A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.8.7.2 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) tripped.7.8.7.3 Check H-23 Tripped.7.8.7.4 Check H-24 Tripped.7.8.7.5 Check H-25 Tripped.7.8.7.6 Check H2 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A5 in the Control Room inalarm.7.8.7.7 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the ControlRoom in alarm.7.8.7.8 Check H24 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 Reflash Annunciator on CI0.7.8.7.9 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H2 indicates TRBL.7.8.7.10 Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.8.7.11 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 10 of 227.8.7.12 Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.8.7.12.1 Check H-24 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.8.7.13 Take H-24 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release to green flagcontrol switch (Normal-After-Trip).

7.8.7.14 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.8.7.15 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.8.8 Manually actuate H-24 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AH).7.8.8.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.8.8.2 Check 151B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.8.3 Reset 151 B (AH) relay target indicator 7.8.8.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.8.9 Manually actuate H-24 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 C (AL).7.8.9.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.8.9.2 Check 151C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.9.3 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.8.9.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.8.10 Manually actuate H-24 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).7.8.10.1 Check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.8.10.2 Check 151 N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.10.3 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.8.10.4 Reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.8.11 Install H-24 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and151N (AK).7.8.12 Verify H-23 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.13 Verify Test Switch H on TS1 -24 on H-24 CLOSED unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations.

7.8.14 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.15 Verify Test Switch J on TS1 -24 on H-24 CLOSED unless directed otherwise byUnit 1 Operations.

7.9 H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-25) circuit tests (E-33)7.9.1 Verify H-2 Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-25 racked out.7.9.2 Verify H-2 Bus PT secondary fuses FU-54 (UA) located in H-25 ON / INSTALLED.

7.9.3 Verify H-25 fuses FU-55 (UD) and FU-56 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

7.9.4 Connect a 120 VAC 60 Hz source (de-energized)

HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to H-25 PTsecondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO / Ground).

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 11 of 22NotePerformance of the following steps Is expected to bring in annunciator K02-C5 "H2NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm.7.9.5 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.5.1 Check K02-C5 "H2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/H2) -reference E-452 sh. 2.7.9.5.2 Check Ul SPDS point E1H2 indicates a nominal 7 kV (E-481 sh. 79)7.9.5.3 In H-23, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-23 (AK)terminal 5 to terminal 6.7.9.5.4 In H-25, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-25 (AK)terminal 5 to terminal 6.7.9.6 In Control Room panel C10, on panel B (rear, right door, panel on right, reference E-561 sh. 5), check approximately zero (0) VAC from TBB3 scheme H02 terminal065 on internal side of TB opposite cable H02L BK wire to cabinet ground.7.9.7 In Control Room panel C10, on panel B (rear, right door, panel on right, reference E-561 sh, 5), check nominal 120 VAC from TBB3 scheme H02 terminal 45 oninternal side of TB opposite cable H02L WH wire to TBB3 scheme H02 terminal065 on internal side of TB opposite cable H02L BK wire.7.9.8 At H-25, remove fuses FU-56 (UE).7.9.8.1 Check K02-C5 "H2 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.7.9.9 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase7.9.9.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.9.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.10 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase7.9.10.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.10.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately; kV.7.9.11 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase7.9.11.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.11.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.12 De-energize120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.13 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO).7.9.14 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (C0).7.9.15 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected at H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B0 / Ground).7.9.16 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.17 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase7.9.17.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.17.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7kV.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 12 of 227.9.18 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase7.9.18.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.18.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.19 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase7.9.19.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.19.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C1 0 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.20 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.21 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B10 / Ground).7.9.22 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO).7.9.23 Verifyl20 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (C0).7.9.24 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.25 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase7.9.25.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.25.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.26 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase7.9.26.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.26.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately, 0 kV.7.9.27 On H-24, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase7.9.27.1 Check local H-2 voltmeter on H-24 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.27.2 Check remote H-2 voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 0 kV.7.9.28 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.29 Verify relay targets, if so equipped, are reset.7.9.30 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 3 (CO) and terminal 1 (AO).7.9.31 At H-25, re-install fuses FU-56 (UE).7.10 H-2 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-33).7.10.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-25 racked out.7.10.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-23 racked out.7.10.3 At H-23, verify the following fuses ON / INSTALLED

  • FU-59 (UE)* FU-58 (UF)7.10.4 On Control Room panel C10, record as-found position of Sync Scope needle withall sync switches OFF:7.10.4.1 C10 Sync Scope as-found position:

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 13 of 22NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same sourcewill be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing ofthe bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.10.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead to H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (B10 / Ground).7.10.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-23 PT secondary circuit atH-23 TB A terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead to H-23 TB A terminal 2,(B0 IGround).7.10.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.10.8 At Control Room panel C10, place H-23 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.8.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.8.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.8.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.10.9 At Control Room panel C10, place H-23 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.9.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.9.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.9.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.10 Verify breaker H-13 is tripped or racked down.7.10.10.1 In H-13, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-13 (AK)terminal 7 to terminal 8.7.10.11 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.10.12 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-23 PT secondary circuit atTB A terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from H-23 TB A terminal 2 (BO /Ground).7.10.13 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from H-25 PT secondary stationary disconnect device terminal 2 (BO / Ground).7.10.14 Verify PT drawer above H-25 returned to as-found condition or as directed by UlOperations.

7.10.15 Verify PT drawer above H-23 returned to as-found condition or as directed by UlOperations.

7.11 UAT Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-24 bus compartment)

-Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-56 device ZA.7.11.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.7.11.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed suchthat stud 4, stud 5, and stud 6 are shorted together.

7.11.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs fromstud 3 to stud 5.7.11.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C"7.11.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to2 A range or in automatic range mode.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 14 of 227.11.1.6 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs removed:* 187AT-A" 187AT-B" 187AT-C7.11.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and markedammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:* 187AT-A" 187AT-B" 187AT-C7.11.1.8 Remove H-24 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspectand access the window type CTs between the breaker primarydisconnects and the H-2 horizontal bus.NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dotnear one of the two secondary wiring terminals ormarks "HI" for the primary and "Xl" for thesecondary terminal.

7.11.1.9 Front C Phase CT7.11.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "C"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 1 (wire EE3).7.11.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting thetest setup HOT lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (nearpolarity mark).NOTE: When H-24 differential relay CTs areenergized for testing, the corresponding H-14differential CTs will also be energized

-reference E-33.7.11.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "A" and "B"phases is expected to be a fraction of the currentthrough "C" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.11.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test'plugs in theC20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187AT-A ammeter "A"* 187AT-B ammeter "B"* 187AT-C ammeter "C" ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 15 of 227.11.1.9.5 Check ammeter "C" in relay 187AT-C indicates more currentthan ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter "B" in relay187AT-B.7.11.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.11.1.10 Front A Phase CT7.11.1.10.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of theCT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "A"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 3 (wire EEl).7.11.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "A" phase CT secondary terminal3 (near polarity mark).7.11.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "B" and"C" phases is expected to be a fraction of thecurrent through "A" phase if the CT circuit isconnected properly.

7.11.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:" 187AT-A ammeter "A"" 187AT-B ammeter "B"" 187AT-C ammeter "C"7.11.1.10.5 Check ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A indicates more currentthan ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B and ammeter C" in relay187AT-C.7.11.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.11.1.11 Front B Phase CT7.11.1.11.1 Check "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark ison the side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).iNOTE: Per E-8-AC-56 for CT device ZA, the "B"phase CT secondary terminal that corresponds withthe polarity mark is terminal 5 (wire EE2).7.11.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the test setup HOT lead to "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5(near polarity mark).7.11.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicatesome current flow, but current through "A" and "C"phases is expected to be a fraction of the currentthrough "B" phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 16 of 227.11.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs inthe C20 UAT differential current relays indicate current flow:" 187AT-A ammeter "A"" 187AT-B ammeter "B"" 187AT-C ammeter "C"7.11.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187AT-B indicates more currentthan ammeter "A" in relay 187AT-A and ammeter C" in relay187AT-C.7.11.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.11.1.12 Re-install any H-24 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed tovisually inspect and access the window type CTs between the breakerprimary disconnects and the H-2 horizontal bus.7.11.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the UATdifferential current relays in C20.7.11.1.14 Verify the following Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) differential currentrelays in C20 have their connection plugs re-installed:

from H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1 (AF).7.12.1.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1H2UV indicates NORM.7.12.2 At H-24, INSERT connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-H2-1 (AF).7.12.2.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 H2UV indicates TRBL.8.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker H-24 is tripped or racked down as directed by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C20.8.3 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout" TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 -Lockout Trip Generator Lockout8.4 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass coverreinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:

  • Red knife switch* Black knife switches ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 17 of 229.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument
  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used wECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusPage 18 of 2211.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # I Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 Bus Page 19 of 2212.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 Test Change Notices ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusAttachment 12.1ATrACHMENT 9.11SIGNATU.RE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44315-04 Rev 00, SWGR H-24, UAT Feeder to H-2 BusPage-....of___

Name Title Signature Initials4 4-4 4 4-4 4 44 4 44 4 44 -l I4 4 I4 4 4I 1 44 4 44 4 4i I ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusAttachment 12.2[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 , TEST LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44315-04 REv 00, SWGR H-24, UAT FEEDER TO H-2 Bus Page ofDate Entry Initials4 I4 I4 I.1 I4 II I4 I4 44 94 44 4I I4 4.4 4.4 4.9 4.9 4.

ECT-44315-04 Rev 00SWGR H-24, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-2 BusAttachment 12.3[2] ArTrACHM ENT9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET 1 OFi1Test Number: ECT/STI 44315-04 REV 00, SWGR H-24, UAT FEEDER To H-2 BusDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/IIME NUMBER______

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 1 of 201ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: [ ECT Procedure 0 ECT WO D STI Procedure Page I of 1TEST #: ECT-44314-04 REV. #: 00 Quality Class: C- OR I NORTEST TITLE: H-14 Functional Testing.

Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) feeder to H-1REVIEW (Prlnt/Sign/Date)

FTest Engineer (TE): W P Riedmueller

-('7-147-

/Technical Reviewer:

7-17-13,

"~'CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations Department

-- I OgnainMaintenance k.Ogz oOrganization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: EC Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

C3 Not Required C] Attached EC OtherOSRC Approval C Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL,(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

IflC4#4f'.ifJj TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /'Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/'if required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)B133 ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 2 of 20Table of Contents1.02.03.04.05.06.07.0Objectives

........................................................................................................................

3References

......................................................................................................................

3Test Equipment

...........................................................................................................

4Precautions and Limitations

.....................................................................................

4Prerequisites

..............................................................................................................

4Instrumentation

...........................................................................................................

5Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

57.1 H-14 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks .....................................................................

57.2 H-14 Control and Indication Checks ............................................................................................

57.3 H-14 Trip Test on Unit Lockout ......................................................................................................

77.4 H-14 Trip Test on H-15 (SUI to H-1) Closure ...............................................................................

77.5 H-15 (SUl to H-I) Trp on H-14 Closure .......................................................................................

87.6 H-14 Trip Test on H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Closure ...............................................................................

87.7 H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure .......................................................................................

97.8 H-14 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 bus lockout trip .................

97.9 H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-15) circuit tests .................................................

107.10 H-1 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests ............................................................

127.11. H-1 Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer

.............................................................................

13Restoration

...............................................................................................................

13Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

14M&TE Instrumentation

..............................................................................................

15Summary Information

..............................................................................................

16Attachments:

............................................................................................................

1712.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ..............................

1712.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log ........................................................................

....................

1712.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log ..................................................................

1712.4 Test Change Notices .........................................................................................................................

178.09.010.011.012.0 ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusP I age 3 of 201.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-14, 6900 VAC feeder fromUnit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT). Testing is being performed as a result of affected cablereplacements,

repairs, or potential impacts as a result of the ANO-1 Stator Drop Eventdocumented in CR-ANO-C-2013-00888.

1.2 H-14 circuit breaker will be racked up and cycled on a de-energized bus during testing.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44314, H-1 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17, Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 OP-i1305.029, Off-site Power Undervoltage and Protective Relay Test2.4 OP-1416.005, Unit 1 H1 Bus Switchgear Inspection 2.5 E-3 sheet 1, Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System2.6 E-31 sheet 1, System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram2.7 E-33 sheet 1, Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System2.8 E-76 sheet 1, Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9 E-76 sheet 1A, Schematic
Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V Switchgdar 2.10 E-87 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Transformer 6900V ACBs2.11 E-88 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No. 1 6900V ACBs2.12 E-89 sheet 1, Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No. 2 6900V ACBs2.13 E-93 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.14 E-94 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram SU1 & SU2 Lockout Relays2.15 E-95 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.16 E-136 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.17 E-138 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Generator Protection and Lockout Relays2.18 E-418 sheet 6, Schematic Diagram 6.9 KV Feeder Breaker Trip Reflash Annunciator 2.19 E-452 sheet 2, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K022.20 E-452 sheet 3, Schematic Diagram Annunciator K022.21 E-480 sheet 1, Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs2.22 E-481 sheet 79, Connection Schedule Computer Analog Inputs2.23 E-482 sheet 12, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals2.24 E-482 sheet 18, Connection Schedule Computer Digital 10 Signals2.25 E-482 sheet 60, Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs (SPDS)2.26 E-504 sheet 1, Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H 11 Through H 152.27 E-560 sheet 2, Connection Diagram Panel C20, TMOD EC-43758 Markup2.28 E-561 sheet 3, Connection Diagram Panel C102.29 E-8-AC-45 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H13, H14 & H15)2.30 E-8-AC-51 sheet 1, SWITCHGEAR CONNECTION DIAGRAM (H14)

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 4 of 203.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Temporary test jumper with momentary switch and alligator clips or mini-grabber ends sothat terminals do not need to be disturbed to connect jumper.3.3 Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same source. 120 VAC source to haveisolated (ungrounded) output. Two (2) sets of leads of sufficient length to reach from120 VAC source to H-13, H-14, and/or H-15 PT drawers with alligator type clips on oneend to attach 120 VAC source HOT and NEUTRAL leads to PT drawer secondary disconnect device terminals.

3.4 Three (3) GE relay test plugs with three (3) digital ammeters connected from stud 3 tostud 5 and studs 4, 5, & 6 shorted together.

4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Therequirements of EN-IS-123 "Electrical Safety" shall be complied with when working in thearea if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H-1 6900V bus de-energized and grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuitmay be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the change documented in the TestLog.4.5 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.6 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.7 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.8 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.9 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.10 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that H-1 6900V bus is de-energized and grounded.

5.2 Verify that the H-14 testing Work Order has been authorized and set to WORKING.5.3 Verify that 125 VDC control power is available to H-1 switchgear and H-14.5.4 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-13 are ON.5.5 Verify that 125 VDC control power breaker and fuses in H-15 are ON.5.6 Verify-bus H-1 lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 is RESET except during portion of test thatintentionally trips the lockout relay.5.7 Verify H-13 breaker installed and racked up or In the test position.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 5 of 205.8 Verify H-15 breaker installed and racked up or in the test position.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 H-14 DC Control Power Breaker and Fuse Checks7.1.1 Verify the following breakers and fuses installed in H-14 in the ON position:

0 ACB-1OOA (BA)0 FU-8 (UB)0 FU-9 (UC)* FU-10(UR)

  • FU-11 (UT)* FU-12(UA) 7.2 H-1 4 Control and Indication Checks7.2.1 Verify H-14 breaker installed and fully inserted into H-14 cubicle.7.2.1.1 Check H-14 breaker OPEN flag visible on front of breaker.7.2.1.2 Check H-14 breaker springs discharged by observing whiteDISCHARGED flag on front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.2 Verify H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.2.3 Rack up circuit breaker in H-14 cubicle.

Refer to OP-1 107.001 Exhibit C.7.2.3.1 Check H-14 spring charging motor operates (audible indication) afterrelease of the elevator clutch handle.7.2.3.1.1 Check H-14 Breaker Springs Charged WHITE light OFF duringspring charging.

7.2.3.2 Check H-14 breaker springs charged by observing yellow CHARGED flagon front of breaker mechanism.

7.2.3.3 Check auxiliary contact disconnect block (SD) fully engaged.7.2.3.4 Check breaker auxiliary switch plunger gap exists and <1/8".7.2.3.5 Check H-14 Breaker Springs Charged local WHITE light ON.7.2.3.6 Check H-14 Tripped local GREEN light ON.7.2.3.7 Check H-14 local Closed RED light OFF.7.2.3.8 Check H-14 Breaker On Local AMBER light ON.7.2.3.9 Check H-14 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light ON at panel C10.7.2.3.10 Check the following H-14 lights OFF at panel C10:* RED breaker Closed* GREEN breaker Tripped* WHITE Breaker Springs Charged.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 6 of 207.2.4 In H-14, place fuses in fuse block FU-12 (UA) to the OFF / REMOVED position.

7.2.4.1 Check H-14 Potential Monitor Indicator WHITE light OFF.7.2.4.2 Check Annunciator K02-B4 "H1 DC Control Power Off' in alarm.7.2.5 In H-14, place fuses in fuse block FU-12 (UA) in the ON / INSTALLED position.

7.2.5.1 Check H-44 Potential Monitor local WHITE light ON.7.2.5.2 Check Annunciator K02-B4 "H1 DC Control Power Off" not in alarm.7.2.6 At Control Room panel C20, verify open the following test switches (ref. E-138 sh.1):* TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout7.2.7 At Control Room panel C20, verify the following switches on Loss of Field relay240 are OPEN (ref. E-136 sh. 1 and OP-1305.029):

  • Red knife switch* Black knife switches7.2.8 At C20, Reset 286-Gi-1 Generator Lockout Relay.7.2.9 At C20, Reset 286-G1-2 Generator Lockout Relay.7.2.10 Verify H-i bus lock-out relay 186-HI on H-14 RESET.7.2.11 Close H-14 breaker by taking local control switch to CLOSE and release.7.2.11.1 Check H-14 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.11.2 Check H-14 local Closed RED light ON.7.2.11.3 Check H-14 local Tripped GREEN light OFF.7.2.11.4 Check H-14 SPDS point Z1H14B indicates NORMAL7.2.12 Trip H-14 breaker by taking local control switch to TRIP and release.7.2.12.1 Check H-14 indicates TRIP on breaker mechanism.

7.2.12.2 Check H-14 local Tripped GREEN light ON.7.2.12.3 Check H-14 local Closed RED light OFF.7.2.12.4 Check H-14 SPDS point Z1H14B indicates TRIPPED7.2.13 Take H-14 Breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch to REMOTE.7.2.13.1 Check H-14 remote Breaker On Local AMBER light OFF at panel C1O.7.2.14 Take H-14 Sync Switch (152-14/SS on panel C10) to ON.7.2.15 Take H-14 remote Control Switch (152-14/CS on C10) to CLOSE and release.7.2.16 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.2.16.1 Check H-14 indicates CLOSED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.16.2 Check H-14 close local RED light ON.7.2.16.3 Check H-14 close remote RED light ON at panel C10.7.2.16.4 Check H-14 trip local GREEN light OFF.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 7 of 20.7.2.16.5 Check H-14 trip remote GREEN light OFF at panel CIO.7.2.17 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.2.17.1 Check H-14 indicates TRIPPED on breaker mechanism.

7.2.17.2 Check H-14 trip local GREEN light ON.7.2.17.3 Check H-14 trip remote GREEN light ON at panel C10.7.2.17.4 Check H-14 close local RED light OFF.7.2.17.5 Check H-14 close remote RED light OFF at panel CIO.7.3 H-14 Trip Test on Unit Lockout7.3.1 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.7.3.2 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.3.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.3.3.1 Check H-14 Closed.7.3.3.2 Check H-14 Breaker Trip NOT in alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in back of C10.7.3.3.3 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H14 indicates NORM.7.3.4 Install a temporary test jumper with momentary switch in Control Room panel C20across terminal block TB1 scheme H14 Terminals 2P and 29 on the cabinetinternal side of the TB (opposite field cable H14D). Reference E-560 sh. 2 forlocation of TB and terminal points.7.3.5 Trip H-14 on Unit Lockout by momentarily closing jumper switch.7.3.5.1 Check H-14 Tripped.7.3.5.2 Check H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in ihe ControlRoom in Alarm.7.3.5.3 Check H-14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in backof C10.7.3.5.4 Check Plant Computer Point HS1H14 indicates TRIP.7.3.6 Remove temporary test jumper with momentary switch from Control Room panelC20, scheme H14 terminals 2P & 29.7.3.7 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.3.8 Acknowledge

/ Reset H-14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1 630 Reflash Annunciator inback of C10.7.4 H-14 Trip Test on H-15 (SU1 to H-1) Closure7.4.1 Verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi on H-14 RESET.7.4.2 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.7.4.3 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.4.4 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.4.4.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 8 of 207.4.5 Verify breaker H-15 (SU1 to H-1) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.4.6 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.4.7 Verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 OPEN (removes H-15 trip from feederundervoltage relay 127-15-1/X

-reference E-88 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.4.8 Verify SUW Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-15 tripfrom SUl Transformer Lockout 186-ST1-1

-reference E-88 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.4.9 Take H-15 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.4.9.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.7.4.10 Verify H-15 remote Control Switch on CIO in Normal-After-Close.

7.4.11 Take H-15 Sync Switch to ON.7.4.11.1 Check breaker H-14 Tripped.7.4.12 Take H-15 Sync Switch to OFF.7.5 H-15 (SU1 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure7.5.1 Verify breaker H-15 Closed.7.5.2 Take H-15 Remote Local switch to REMOTE.7.5.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.7.5.4 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.5.5 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.5.5.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed7.5.5.2 Check breaker H-15 Tripped.7.6 H-1 4 Trip Test on H-1 3 (SU2 to H-i) Closure7.6.1 Verify breaker H-14 Closed.7.6.2 Verify breaker H-13 (SU2 to H-i) racked up or in the test position with DC controlpower available.

7.6.3 Verify H-1 3 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL.7.6.4 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 OPEN (removes H-13 trip from feederundervoltage aux. relay 127-23-1/X

-reference E-89 SH 1, E-95 SH 1)7.6.5 Verify SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1 on C20 is RESET (removes H-13 tripfrom SU2 Transformer Lockout 186-ST2-1

-reference E-89 SH 1, E-94 SH 1)7.6.6 Take H-13 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.6.6.1 Check breaker H-13 Closed.7.6.7 Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 in Normal-After-Close.

7.6.8 Take H-13 Sync Switch to ON.7.6.8.1 Check breaker H-14 Tripped.7.6.9 Take H-13 Sync Switch to OFF.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 9 of 207.7 H-13 (SU2 to H-1) Trip on H-14 Closure7.7.1 Verify breaker H-13 Closed.7.7.2 Take H-1 3 Remote Local Switch to REMOTE.7.7.3 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.7.7.4 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.7.5 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.7.5.1 Check breaker H-14 Closed.7.7.5.2 Check breaker H-13 Tripped.7.8 H-14 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 bus lockout trip7.8.1 Remove the H-14 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL),and 151N (AK).7.8.2 Verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi (AT) RESET.7.8.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H1 indicates NORM.7.8.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-14:7.8.3.1 TS11-14 Switch A (186-Hi trip to H-15)7.8.3.2 TS1-14 Switch B (186-H1 trip to H-147.8.3.3 TS1-14 Switch C (186-H1 trip to H-13)7.8.4 Verify H-14 breaker CLOSED.7.8.5 Take H-13 Remote Local Switch to LOCAL.7.8.6 Take H-1 3 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.6.1 Check breaker H-13 Closed.7.8.7 Take H-15 Remote Local Switch to LOCAL.7.8.8 Take H-15 Local Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.8.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.7.8.9 Manually actuate H-14 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AJ).7.8.9.1 Check 151A (AJ) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.8.9.2 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) tripped.7.8.9.3 Check H-13 Tripped.7.8.9.4 Check H-14 Tripped.7.8.9.5 Check H-15 Tripped.7.8.9.6 Check H1 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A4 in the Control Room inalarm.7.8.9.7 Check HI/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP Annunciator K02-D4 in the ControlRoom in alarm.7.8.9.8 Check H14 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-2 Reflash Annunciator in backof C10.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 10 of 207.8.9.9 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H1 indicates TRBL.7.8.9.10 Take H-14 Sync Switch to ON.7.8.9.11 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to CLOSE and release.7.8.9.12 Take H-14 Sync Switch to OFF.7.8.9.12.1 Check H-14 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.8.9.13 Take H-14 remote Control Switch to TRIP and release to green flagcontrol switch (Normal-After-Trip).

7.8.9.14 Reset 151A (AJ) relay target indicator 7.8.9.15 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-HI (AT).7.8.10 Manually actuate H-14 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151B (AH).7.8.10.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.7.8.10.2 Check 151B (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.10.3 Reset 151B (AH) relay target indicator 7.8.10.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.8.11 Manually actuate H-14 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AL).7.8.11.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.7.8.11.2 Check 151 C (AL) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.11.3 Reset 151C (AL) relay target indicator 7.8.11.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.8.12 Manually actuate H-14 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).7.8.12.1 Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-HI (AT) trips.7.8.12.2 Check 151N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.8.12.3 Reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator 7.8.12.4 Reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.8.13 Install H-14 protective relay covers for 151A (AJ), 151B (AH), 151C (AL), and151N (AK).7.8.14 Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.15 Verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless otherwise directed byUnit 1 Operations.

7.8.16 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.8.17 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless directed otherwise byUnit 1 Operations.

7.9 H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PTs located in H-13) Circuit Tests (E-33)7.9.1 Verify H-1 Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-13 racked out.7.9.2 Verify H-13 fuses FU-22 (UD) and FU-23 (UE) ON / INSTALLED.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 11 of 207.9.3 Connect a 120 VAC 60 Hz source (de-energized)

HOT lead to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-13 TB G terminal12 (BO / Ground).NotePerformance of the following steps Is expected to bring in annunciator K02-C4 "H1NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm.7.9.4 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.4.1 Check K02-C4 "H1 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" in alarm (Device 127-NP/H1) -reference E-452 sh. 2.7.9.4.2 Check Ul SPDS point E1H1 indicates a nominal 7 kV (E-481 sh. 79)7.9.4.3 In H-13, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-13 (AK)terminal 5 to terminal 6.7.9.4.4 In H-15, check nominal 120 VAC across Sync Check relay 125-15 (AK)terminal 5 to terminal 6.7.9.5 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 3), check approximately zero (0) VAC from TBA3 scheme H01 terminal064 on internal side of TB opposite cable H01 N BK wire to cabinet ground.7.9.6 In Control Room panel C10, on panel A (rear, left door, panel on left, reference E-561 sh. 3), check nominal 120 VAC from TBA3 scheme H01 terminal 44 oninternal side of TB opposite cable H01 N WH wire to TBA3 scheme H01 terminal064 on internal side of TB opposite cable H01 N BK wire.7.9.7 At H-1 3, remove fuses FU-23 (UE).7.9.7.1 Check K02-C4 "H1 NEG SEQ OVERVOLTAGE" alarm clear.7.9.8 On H-14, place voltmeter selector switch to A-B phase7.9.8.1 Check local H-1 voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.8.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.9 De-energizel20 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.10 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13TB CC terminal 9 (AO).7.9.11 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead to H-1 3 PT secondary circuit at H-1 3TB CC terminal 10 (CO).7.9.12 Verify 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead connected at H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB G terminal 12 (B10 / Ground).7.9.13 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.14 On H-1 4, place voltmeter selector switch to B-C phase7.9.14.1 Check local H-1 voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.14.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7kV.7.9.15 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.16 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit atH-1 3 TB G terminal 12 (B0 / Ground).7.9.17 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz source NEUTRAL to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13TB CC terminal 9 (AO).

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 12 of 207.9.18 Verifyl20 VAC 60 Hz source HOT lead connected H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 10 (C0).7.9.19 Energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.20 On H-14, place voltmeter selector switch to C-A phase7.9.20.1 Check local H-i voltmeter on H-14 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.20.2 Check remote H-1 voltmeter on C10 indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.9.21 De-energize 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.9.22 Verify relay targets, if so equipped, are reset.7.9.23 Remove 120 VAC 60 Hz source from H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CCterminal 10 (C0) and terminal 9 (A0).7.9.24 At H-13, re-install fuses FU-23 (UE).7.10 H-1 Bus / Feeder Potential Transformer Sync Circuit tests (E-33).7.10.1 Verify Bus Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-13 racked out.7.10.2 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-14 racked out.7.10.3 Verify Feeder Potential Transformer (PT) drawer above H-i15 racked out.7.10.4 On Control Room panel C10, record as-found position of Sync Scope needle withall sync switches OFF:7.10.4.1 C10 Sync Scope as-found position:

NOTE: Two (2) 120 VAC 60 Hz supplies from the same sourcewill be needed in the following steps to check proper phasing ofthe bus and feeder PT circuits.

7.10.5 Connect one 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-13 PT secondary circuit at H-13 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-13 TB G terminal 12 (BO/Ground).7.10.6 Connect second 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-14 PT secondary circuit atH-14 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead at H-14 TB CC terminal 10(Ground).

7.10.7 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.10.8 At Control Room panel C1O, place H-14 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.8.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.8.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.8.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.10.9 At Control Room panel C10, place H-14 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.9.1 On 010, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.9.2 On C01, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.9.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.10 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT-6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 13 of 207.10.11 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-14 PT secondary circuit atH-14 TB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB CC terminal 10(Ground).

7.10.12 Connect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead to H-15 PT secondary circuit at H-15TB A terminal 1 (A0) and NEUTRAL lead at H-15 TB A terminal 2 (Ground).

7.10.13 Energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.10.14 At Control Room panel C10, place H-15 Sync Switch in the ON position.

7.10.14.1 On C10, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.14.2 On C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates a nominal 7 kV.7.10.14.3On C10, check Sync Scope indicates 12 o'clock.7.10.15 At Control Room panel C10, place H-15 Sync Switch in the OFF position.

7.10.15.1 On C01, check Incoming Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.15.20n C10, check Running Voltmeter indicates approximately 0 kV.7.10.15.3 On C10, check Sync Scope indicates as-found position.

7.10.16 De-energize common 120 VAC 60 Hz source.7.10.17 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-15 PT secondary circuit atH-15 TB A terminal 1 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead from TB A terminal 2 (Ground).

7.10.18 Disconnect 120 VAC 60 Hz supply HOT lead from H-13 PT secondary circuit atTB CC terminal 9 (AO) and NEUTRAL lead TB G terminal 12 (B0 / Ground).7.10.19 Verify PT drawer above H-13 returned to as-found condition or as directed by UlOperations.

7.10.20 Verify PT drawer above H-14 returned to as-found condition or as directed by UlOperations.

7.10.21 Verify PT drawer above H-15 returned to as-found condition or as directed by UlOperations.

7.11 H-1 Bus Loss of Voltage Alarm to Plant Computer7.11.1 At H-1 4, REMOVE connection plug(s) (pie plate(s))

from H-1 bus undervoltage relay 127-Hi-i (AF).7.11.1.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 HI UV indicates NORM.7.11.2 At H-14, INSERT connection plug(s) into undervoltage relay 127-Hi-1 (AF).7.11.2.1 Check PMS1 computer point YS1 H1 UV indicates TRBL.8.0 Restoration 8.1 Verify Breaker H-14 is tripped or racked down as directed by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Verify test jumper removed from C20.8.3 At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

  • TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1-2 switch 9 -Reactor Trip Generator Lockout ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 14 of 20* TS-286-G1-3 switch 2- Lockout Trip Generator Lockout8.4 At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass coverreinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:
  • Red knife switch" Black knife switches9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 15 of 2010.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusPage 16 of 2011.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Steo #Summary or Additional Information I Recorded Bv / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-04 Rev 00 SWGR H-1 4, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 Bus Page 17 of 2012.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 Test Change Notices ECT-44314-04 Rev 00ATrACHMENT 9.11SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusAttachment 12.1SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number ECT/STI:

44314-04 Rev 00, SWGR H-14, UAT Feeder to H-1 BusPage___of Name Title Signature Initials ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-1 4, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusAttachment 12.2(1] ArrACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOaSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44314-04 REV 00, SWGR H-1 4, UAT FEEDER TO H-1 Bus Page-ofDate Entry Initials4.4.4. 94. 94. 44. 44. 44. 4_____ I I. ______.1. 44. 4 ECT-44314-04 Rev 00SWGR H-14, UAT 6900V Feeder to H-1 BusAttachment 12.3(2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44314-04 REv 00, SWGR H-14, UAT FEEDERTO H-1 BUS Page.ofDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBERI 1~4 4-4 +4 .4.4 1.4 +I .4.4 .4.4 +I 1*9 4.4 4.9 1-4 .4.I 4.I 4.9- 4.t 1*

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 1 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of ITEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure 0] ECT WO El STI Procedure Page I of 22TEST #: ECT-44315-05 REV. #: 0 OualIty Class: El OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testing for Startup 1 Feeder Breaker H-25REVIEW (Prlnt/Slgn/Date)

-,Test Engineer (TE): A. Spencer ".Technical Reviewer:

D. Barton ,- 1'7CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations Department:

Y'-iM/v" 1X __-____:

NIQ"A /* Organization Maint. / 7-1,24? _______/_-/_"_____:___/,___

Organization

-Organization

______ ,A/,4 / _ ___: /Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE RE UIREMAENTS*-ý EN-LI-1-100 Review: A/ Attach[E Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

E equted [] Attached E] OtherOSRC Approval Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

,TE Supervisor:

_. '/ A. TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*:Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

.*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-25 Page 2 of 22Table of Contents1.0 Oblectives

..................................................................................

...........................

32.0 References

.................................................................

..................

33.0 Test Equipm ent ........................................................................................

44.0 Precautions and Limitations

..............................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

..................................................................................................

56.0 Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

57.1 Testing Setup .........................................................................................................

57.2 DC Power .............................................................................................................

77.3 Local Control ........................................................................................................

77.4 Alarm and Digital Com puter Point Test ..................................................................

87.5 Rem ote Operation

..............................................................................................

97.5.1 Indication Lights And Handswitch

........................................................

97.5.2 Rem ote Close/Trip

................................................................................

107.5.3 H-25 Auto Close to H-23 And Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection

........

127.6 H-25 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip ..... 137.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers

......................................................................

148.0 Restoration

....................................................................................................................

179.0 Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

1810.0 M&TE Instrum entation

....................................................................................

........

1811.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ..............................................................................................

1612.0 Attachm ents .............................................................................................................

18 ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 3 of 221.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-25, which supplies the H2 bus.Testing is being performed as a result of damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator DropEvent.1.2 This testing does not include system or performance testing of the load supplied by H-25.1.3 Testing performed per this ECT will be done with Bus Hi and H2 De-eneraized.

2.0 References

2.1 EC-44315 H2 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System2.4 E-17 Sh 1A Green Train Vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution.

2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram2.6 E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter And Relay Diagram 6900 volt System2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 10 LA (P30)2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.11 E-89 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.12 E93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Swltchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays2.13 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays2.14 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relays-Turb and Reactor2.15 E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Reflash Annunciator 2.16 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10)2.17 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10)2.18 E-480 sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs2.19 E-482 Sh 3 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs2.20 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs2.21 E-504 Sh 2 Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H-21 through H-252.22 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS2.23 E-560 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS2.24 E-561 Sh 3 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System2.25 E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C10 Electrical Auxiliary System2.26 E-8-AC-46 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.27 E-8-AC-47 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.28 E-8-AC-52 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.29 E-8-AC-55 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.30 E-8-AC-55 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 4 of 222.31 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.32 E-8-AC-57 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing)3.3 Test Jumpers3.4 Two 120 VAC power sources4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the HI and H2 Bus de-energized and H2 grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.10 Due to terminology differences, the word Check is means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.4.11 Due to terminology differences, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is notin the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences, the words trip and open have the same meaning whenverifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it isunderstood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing

jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution againstshorting.

4.15 Whenever

possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturbterminations (i.e. gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)4.16 Test connections may be made at points other than those specified with approval from acognizant test engineer.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 5 of 225.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Verify that 6900 volt switchgear H2 control power breaker (D21-01) is closed to H2switchgear.

(Ref E-17 sh 1A)5.2 Verify H-23, H-24 and H-25 are available for testing.5.3 Verify the following potential transformer fuses on H2 are withdrawn to prevent anypossibility of inadvertent back-feed during secondary circuit energized testing.

NOTE: Ifthe PT drawers are pulled, this step may be marked WA5.3.1 H-15 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA)5.3.2 H-23 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-55 Device PA)5.3.3 H-24 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-56 Device PA)5.3.4 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA)5.4 Verify that personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.5 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the OPEN position:

(This will allow the 286-Gl -1 and 286-G1-2 generator lockout relays to be reset. Ref Op-1305.029)

" Red Knife Switch" Black Knife Switches6.0 Instrumentation NONE7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Testing Setup7.1.1 Verify breaker H-25 is racked down and the patch cord is NOT installed.

7.1.2 At H-25, verify H-25 DC control power breaker (BA) is OPEN.7.1.3 At DC panel D21, verify 4160 volt switchgear H2 breaker D21-01 is closed.7.1.4 At H-25, verify Approximately 125 VDC at the line side H-25 DC control powerbreaker (BA).7.1.5 At H-25, verify polarity for the 125 VDC is correct at the line side of breaker BA.(terminal 1- terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-8-AC-55) 7.1.6 At H-25, verify load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC. (terminal 2 -terminal 47.1.7 At H-13, verify breaker is CLOSED.7.1.8 At H-13, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.9 At H-15, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.10 At H-23, verify breaker BA is CLOSED.7.1.11 At H-23, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.12 At H-23, verify control handswitch (1552/CS) in TRIP position7.1.13 At H-24, verify breaker BA is CLOSED.7.1.14 At H-24, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 6 of 227.1.15 At H-24, verify control handswitch (1 52/CS) in TRIP position7.1.16 At H-25, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.17 At H-25, verify control handswitch (1 52/CS) in TRIP position7.1.18 At C10, verify H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.19 At C10, verify H-23 sync switch (152-23/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.20 At C10, verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.21 At C10, verify H-24 sync switch (1 52-24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.22 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.23 At C10, verify H-25 sync switch (1 52-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.24 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch C, in the open position.

(186-H2 Trip to H-23)7.1.25 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch J, in the open position.

(127-23-2/X Trip to H-23)7.1.26 At H-24, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-H2-1.

(127-H2-1/X Close Enable H-23 & H-25)7.1.27 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch A, in the open position.

(1186-H2 Trip to H-25)7.1.28 At H-24, place TS1 -24, switch H, in the open position.

(127-15-2/X Trip to H-25)7.1.29 At C20, place TS-186-ST1-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-25), in theopen position.

(Ref E-88, E-94)7.1.30 At C20, place TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-23), in theopen position.

(Ref E-89, E-94)7.1.31 At C20, Place TS-286T switch 6 in the open position.

7.1.32 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-1 in the RESET position.

7.1.33 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.34 Verify H-23 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.35 Verify H-24 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.36 At C10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143-2) in the ST1 position.

(Ref E-87).7.1.37 At H-24, verify lockout relay 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) is RESET.7.1.38 At H-25, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-57) 7.1.38.1 UA (FU-54) C, 10 amp7.1.38.2 UA (FU-54) A, 10 amp7.1.38.3 UB (FU-50) +, 15 amp7.1.38.4 UB (FU-50) -,15 amp7.1.38.5 UC (FU-51) +, 15 amp7.1.38.6 UC (FU-51) -, 15 amp7.1.38.7 UD (FU-55) C, 10 amp7.1.38.8 UD (FU-55) A, 10 amp7.1.38.9 UE (FU-56) C, 10 amp7.1.38.10UE (FU-56) A, 10 amp ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 7 of 227.1.38.11 UR (FU-52) +, 35 amp7.1.38.12 UR (FU-52) -, 35 amp7.1.38.13 UT (FU-53) +, 35 amp7.1.38.14 UT (FU-53) -, 35 amp7.2 DC Power7.2.1 At H-25, place H-25 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position' 7.2.2 At H-25, verify approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations:

7.2.2.1 UB (FU-50) terminal 2 -to UB (FU-50) terminal 4+7.2.2.2 UC (FU-51) terminal 2-to UC (FU-51) terminal 4+7.2.2.3 UR (FU-52) terminal 2 -to UR (FU-52) terminal 4+7.2.2.4 UT (FU-53) terminal 2 -to UT (FU-53) terminal 4+7.2.3 At H-23, verify H-23 DC control power breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.2.4 At H-24, verify H-24 DC control power breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3 Local Control7.3.1 Place breaker H-25 in the racked up position.

7.3.2 At H-25, charge the breaker springs as follows:7.3.2.1 Pull the racking handle forward.7.3.2.2 Place H-25 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3.2.3 Release racking handle and check that springs charge.7.3.3 At H-25, check WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.3.4 At H-25, check AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.3.5 At H-25, check GREEN (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.3.6 At H-25, check RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A)NOTECIO RED, WHITE AND GREEN LIGHTS SHOULD ONLY BE ONWHEN THE LOCAL/REMOTE SWITCH IS IN REMOTE.7.3.7 At C1O, check H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.8 At C1O, check H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.9 At C1O, check H-25 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.10 At C10, check H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.11 At H-25, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.12 Check the following:

7.3.12.1 Breaker H-25 is closed.7.3.12.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON.7.3.12.3 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 8 of 227.3.12.4 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.3.12.5 At H-25, GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.7.3.12.6 At ClO, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON,7.3.12.7 At C1O, WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF.7.3.12.8 At C1O, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.12.9 At ClO, H-25 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.At H-25, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

Check breaker H-25 is tripped.7.3.137.3.147.4 Alarm And Digital Computer Point Test7.4.1 Verify annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10, is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6)7.4.2 At C1O, verify annunciator K02-D5 (H11/1-12 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )7.4.3 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1 H25. (Ref E-480 sh1 A)7.4.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1H25. (Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.4.5 Check the SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-25. (SPDS pointZ1 H25B)7.4.6 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position then checkthe following:

7.4.6.1 H-25 is TRIPPED.7.4.6.2 At C1O, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer)

IS NOT in alarm.7.4.6.3 Annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C1O, IS inalarm.7.4.6.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates TRIP for computer point HS1 H25.7.4.6.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H25.7.4.6.6 SPDS 6900 display Indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-25,7.4.7 At CIO, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.4.8 At H25, place handswitch (152/CS) in the close position.

7.4.9 At H25, place the local/remote handswitch (1 52/SEL SW) in the REMOTE position.

7.4.10 Check the following conditions:

7.4.10.1 H-25 is CLOSED.7.4.10.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer)

IS in alarm.7.4.10.3 Annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C1O, IS NOTin alarm.7.4.10.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H25.7.4.10.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates YES for computer point ZS1 H25.7.4.10.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates RED (CLOSED) for H-25.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 9 of 227.4.11 At C10, verify A-213 handswitch (152-213/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.12 At A-213, Install a jumper from TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) to TB-CC terminal 6 (11).7.4.13 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.14 At C-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/1) is in the ST2 position.

(ref E-87)7.4.15 At 0-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/2) is in the ST1 position.

(ref E-87)7.4.16 Check K02-B1 annunciator is NOT in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.4.17 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the pull to lock position.

7.4.18 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.4.19 At C10, verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.20 At A-213, remove the jumper from TB-DD terminal 6 (P1) to TB-CC terminal 6 (11).7.4.21 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.5 Remote Operation 7.5.1 Indication Lights and Handswitch 7.5.1.1 At H-25, remove both UA fuses (FU54). (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.2 At H-15, remove fuse UD (FU-17))

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52)

NOTE: Temporary 120 VAC power sources installed in the following stepsshall be from the same source. Installing these power sources will generatea Negative sequence alarm.7.5.1.3 At H-15, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to TB A terminal 1(line) and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral).

(Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7.5.1.4 At H-25, remove both UE (FU-56) fuses from H-25. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.5 At H-25, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source at TB G terminal 13(line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

7.5.1.6 At H-25, place H-25 local/remote handswitch in the remote position.

7.5.1.7 At C-10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.1.8 At CIO, place H-25 hand switch (152-25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.1.9 Check the following:

7.5.1.9.1 Breaker H-25 is CLOSED.7.5.1.9.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.3 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.7.5.1.9.4 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.5. 1.9.5 At H-25, GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.6 At C10, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.7 At C10, H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.7.5.1.9.8 At C10, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.5.1.9.9 At C10, H-25 GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.7.5.1.10 At C-10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 10 of 227.5.1.11 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP Position.

7.5.1.12 Check the following:

7.5.1.12.1 Breaker H-25 is tripped.7.5.1.12.2 At H-25, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.3 At H-25, RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.4 At H-25, GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.7.5.1.12.5 At H-25, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.7.5.1.12.6 At C10, H-25 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.7 At C10, H-25 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.7.5.1.12.8 At C10, H-25 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.9 At C10, H-25 GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.7.5.1.12.10 AT C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )7.5.1.12.11 At C10, check annunciator K1630-6 (H-25 BREAKER TRIP)inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6)7.5.1.12.12 SPDS computer 6900 display indicates breaker H-25 green(tripped).

(Ref E-482 sh 60)7.5.1.12.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer pointHS1H25. (6.9KV ACB STI/BUS 1H2) (Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.5.1.12.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H25.(Auto Close)(Ref E-480 sh 1 A)7.5.2 Remote Close/Trip (Ref E-88, E-561 Sh 4)7.5.2.1 At C20, check status of lockout relay 186-ST1-2.

7.5.2.2 If relay 186-ST1-2 is tripped, then perform the following:

7.5.2.2.1 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can be reset, then reset it.7.5.2.2.2 If lockout relay 186-STI-2 can not be reset, then install a jumperat C20, terminal block H25, terminal 11 to terminal

21. (ref E-560shl)7.5.2.3 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.4 Check H-25 is tripped.7.5.2.5 At H23, check continuity (closed contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1)and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H25 auto close to H23) (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.6 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.7 Check H-25 is CLOSED.7.5.2.8 At H23, check NO continuity (open contact) between TB-AA terminal 11(1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H25 auto close to H23) (ref E-89, E-504sh 2)7.5.2.9 At C10, remove the H-23 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89)7.5.2.10 At C10, remove the H-24 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 11 of 227.5.2.11 At H-23, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.12 At H-24, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.13 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.14 At H-23, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.15 At H-24, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.16 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.17 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.18 Check H-25 is TRIPPED.7.5.2.19 At H-23, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.20 At H-24, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.21 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.22 At C10, place ST1/ST2 selector switch 143-2 in the ST1 position.

(ref E-87)7.5.2.23 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 toterminal

61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.24 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.5.2.25 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal51 to terminal
61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.26 At C10, reinstall the H-23 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89)7.5.2.27 At 010, reinstall the H-24 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87)7.5.2.28 At C10, Place H-23 sync switch (1 52-H23/SS) in the on position.

7.5.2.29 At C10, place H-23 handswitch (152-H23/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.30 At H-23, place a hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 13 (12) to terminal14 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-55) 7.5.2.31 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.7.5.2.32 At H-23, remove the hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 13 (12) toterminal 14 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-55) 7.5.2.33 At C10, Place H-23 sync switch (152-H23/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.34 At C10, place H-23 handswitch (152-H23/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.35 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 toterminal

52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.36 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.5.2.37 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal51 to terminal
52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.38 At C10, Place H-24 sync switch (1 52-H24/SS) in the ON position.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 12 of 227.5.2.39 At C10, place H-24 handswitch (152-H24/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.40 At H-24, place a hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) to terminal 5(2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-56) 7.5.2.41 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.7.5.2.42 At H-24, remove the hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12),toterminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-56) 7.5.2.43 At C10, place H-24 sync switch (152-H24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.44 At C10, place H-24 handswitch (152-H24/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.45 At H-24, INSTALL the "pie plate" from relay 127-H2-1.

(127-H2-1/X CloseEnable H-23 & H-25)7.5.2.46 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 51 toterminal

52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.47 Check H-25 is Tripped.7.5.2.48 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal51 to terminal
52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.49 At 010, place H-25 sync switch (152-H25/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.50 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.51 Check H-25 is CLOSED.7.5.2.52 At H-24, place switch TS1 -24 switch H in the CLOSED position.

7.5.2.53 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY tripped.

(127-15-1/X trip)7.5.2.54 At H-24, place switch TS1 -24 switch H in the OPEN position.

(ref E-88)7.5.2.55 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (1 52-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.56 Check H-25 is CLOSED.7.5.2.57 At H-24, place a hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) toterminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.58 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

(186-H2 trip)7.5.2.59 At H-24, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5(2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.60 At C10, place H-25 handswitch (152-H25/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.61 Check H-25 is CLOSED.7.5.2.62 At C10, place H-24 sync switch (152-H24/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.63 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal 2P toterminal

29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.64 Check H-25 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

(186-ST1-1 trip)7.5.2.65 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H25, terminal2P to terminal

29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.3 H-25 Auto Close to H-23 and Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection 7.5.3.1 Verify H-24 is TRIPPED.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 13 of 227.5.3.2 At H-23, verify continuity from TB-BB terminal 1 (61) to terminal 3 (52). (E-89)7.5.3.3 At H-23, verify NO continuity from TB-DD terminal 11 (1A) to terminal 12(1 B). (E-93)7.5.3.4 At H-25, place the local/ remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCALposition.

7.5.3.5 At H-25, place the handswitch (1 52/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.3.6 At H-23, verify NO continuity from TB-BB terminal 1((61) to terminal 3(52).7.5.3.7 At H-23, verify continuity from TB-DD terminal 11 (1 A) to terminal 12 (1 B).7.5.3.8 At H-25, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.6 H-25 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip7.6.1 Remove the H-25 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),and 151N (AE).7.6.2 Verify H-2 bus lock-out relay 186-H2 (AT) RESET.7.6.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1H2 indicates NORM.7.6.3 At H-24, verify test switch TS1-24 switch A is closed.7.6.4 At H-25, place the local/remote (152/SEL SW) switch in the LOCAL position.

7.6.5 At H-25, place handswitch (15/CS) in the close position.

7.6.6 Verify H-25 breaker CLOSED.7.6.7 At H-25, place the local/remote (1 52/SEL SW) switch in the REMOTE position.

7.6.8 Manually actuate H-25 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 A (AH).7.6.8.1 At H-25, check 151A (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.6.8.2 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) tripped.7.6.8.3 Check H-25 Tripped.7.6.8.4 At C10, check H2 LO RELAY TRIP annunciator K02-A5 is in alarm.7.6.8.5 Check H-25 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-5 annunciator In back of C10.7.6.8.6 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H2 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H2 indicates TRBL.7.6.8.7 At C10, place H-25 sync switch (152-H25/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.8.8 At C10, place H-25 handswitch in the CLOSE position.

7.6.8.9 At C1 0, place H-25 sync switch (1 52-H25/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.8.9.1 Check H-25 remains TRIPPED).

7.6.8.10 At C10, place H-25 handswitch in the TRIP position.

7.6.8.11 At H-25, reset 151A (AH) relay target indicator.

7.6.8.12 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.6.9 At H-25, manually actuate "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AG).

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 14 of 227.6.9.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.6.9.2 At H-25, check 151 B (AG) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.6.9.3 At H-25, reset 151B (AG) relay target indicator.

7.6.9.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.6.10 At H-24, manually actuate "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AF).7.6.10.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.6.10.2 At H-25, check 151C (AF) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.6.10.3 At H-25, reset 151C (AF) relay target indicator.

7.6.10.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.6.11 At H-25, manually actuate H-25 ground Overcurrent Relay 151 N (AE).7.6.11.1 At H-24, check H-2 bus lockout relay 186-H2 (AT) trips.7.6.11.2 At H-25, check 151 N (AE) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.6.11.3 At H-25, reset 151 N (AE) relay target indicator 7.6.11.4 At H-24, reset H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 (AT).7.6.12 At H-25, install H-25 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151 B (AG), 151C (AF),and 151N (AE).7.6.13 Verify H-25 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.14 H2 Bus Voltage Transducer V-H2/T Check (Ref E-33 sh 1, E-88)7.6.14.1 Check that on the SPDS Unit 1, 6900 display, the H2 bus voltagedisplayed is approximately 7200 volts.7.6.14.2 At H-25, disconnect the temporary 120 VAC power source at TB Gterminal 13 (line), and TB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

7.6.14.3 Check that on the SPDS Unit 1, 6900 display, the H2 bus voltagedisplayed is approximately 0 volts.7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-25 bus compartment)

-Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-57 device "ZA".NOTE: Connecting plugs are tagged out for SU-1 TMOD. Test Plugs are not connecting plugs and can be installed in relays that are tagged out. Alternate connection points maybe used for connecting test equipment if approved by the test engineer.

7.7.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.7.7.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed from stud 4 tostud 5 and from stud 6 to stud 5.7.7.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 tostud 5.7.7.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C"7.7.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 2 Arange or in automatic range mode.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 15 of 227.7.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (ST1) differential current relays InC20 have their connection plugs removed:" 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B" 187ST1/C7.7.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and markedammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:* 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B* 187ST1/C7.7.1.8 Remove H-25 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect andaccess the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot nearone of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "Hi" forthe primary and "Xl" for the secondary.

7.7.1.9 Front C Phase CT7.7.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the sideof the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 1(EE3).7.7.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the testsetup hot lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polaritymark).NOTE: When H-25 differential relay CTs are energized fortesting, the corresponding H-15 differential CTs will also beenergized

-reference E-33.7.7.1.9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "A" and "B" phases isexpected to be a fraction of the current through "C" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.9.4 Verify that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:" 187ST1/A ammeter "A"" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"" 187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.7.1.9.5 Check that ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more current thanammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B.

7.7.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 16 of 227.7.1.10 Front A Phase CT7.7.1.10.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CTclosest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "A" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 3 (EEl).7.7.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the testsetup HOT lead to "A" phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polaritymark).7.7.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "B" and "C" phases isexpected to be a fraction of the current through "A" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:*187ST1/A ammeter "A"9187ST1/B ammeter "B"o187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.7.1.10.5 Check that ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A indicates more currentthan ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B and ammeter C" in relay187ST1/C.

7.7.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.7.1.11 Front B Phase CT7.7.1.11.1 Check that "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-57 for CT device "ZA", the "B"P phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 5 (EE2).7.7.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the testsetup HOT lead to "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polaritymark).7.7.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through uA" and "C" phases isexpected to be a small fraction of the current through "B"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187ST1/A ammeter "A"9187ST1/B ammeter "B"o 187ST1/C ammeter "C" ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 17 of 227.7.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B indicates more current thanammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.7.1.12 Re-install any H-25 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visuallyinspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primarydisconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.7.7.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the ST1differential current relays in C20.7.7.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer 1 (ST1) differential current relays in C20have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:" 187ST1/A" 187ST1/B" 187ST1/C8.0 Restoration 8.1 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up,tripped position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.2 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB A terminal 1 (line) and TBA, terminal 2 (neutral).

(Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.3 At H-25, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB G terminal 13 (line), andTB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

8.4 At H-25, reinstall both UA fuses (FU54).)

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 8.5 At H-15, reinstall fuse UD (FU-17) ) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.6 At H25, reinstall both UE (FU-56) fuses. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-56) 8.7 Place the following test switches in the closed position unless other wise directed by Unit 1Operations:

8.7.1 .H-24, TS1-24, switch C.8.7.2 H-24, TS1-24, switch J8.7.3 H-24, TS1-24, switch A8.7.4 H-24, TS1 -24, switch H8.7.5 C20, TS-186-ST1-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-25). (E-88, E-94)8.7.6 C20, TS-1 86-ST2-1 switch 2 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip A-23). (E-94, E-89)8.7.7 C20, TS-286T SWITCH 68.7.8 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source at TB A terminal 1 (line),and TB A terminal 2 (neutral).

8.8 IF PT fuses are not on a tagout, then Install the following potential transformer fuses on H-2:8.8.1 H-23 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-B-AC-55 Device PA)8.8.2 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 18 of 228.9 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the CLOSE position:

(This may cause the 286-G1-1 and 286-Gl-2 generator lockout relays to TRIP. Ref Op-1305.029)

  • Red Knife Switch* Black Knife Switches9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation NONE11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Deficiencies 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.8 -Test Change Notice12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 19 of 22Ar"ACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICESHEET 1 OF 1TEST CHANGE NOTICETEST EJECT [ECT WO [ STI Page 1 ofTYPE:TEST #: Change Notice No.: -Quality Class: CQOR [I NORTESTTITLE:Type of Change: [C Intent [] Non IntentDescription of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION List Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer:

Technical Reviewer:

/ or [I Non Intent Change(Signature not required for Non-intent

Changes, mark N/A and check box)STI Original EN-LI-100, process Applicability Determination:

C Not Impacted; C] Impacted and RevisedOSRC Approval:[]

Not Required Mtg No._ Date: Chairman:_

Operations Department:

/ : /Organization Organzatio

/ OranzaioOrganization Organization

__ _ _ _ / : /___Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

INote: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 20 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:____________________

Page ofDate Entry Initials4 t4 f.4 -F4 94 9.4 4.4- 44 4_ _ _ _ _ .I __.4 .44 4.9. J.

ECT-44315-05 Rev 000ATTACHMENT 9.10SHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:SWGR H-25Page 21 of 22TEST DEFICIENCY LOG ECT-44315-05 Rev 000SWGR H-25Page 22 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LoaSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:.

Page-OfName Title Signature Initials zID138ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 1 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.6TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure D ECT WO D STI Procedure Page 1 of 22TEST #: ECT-44314-05 REV. #: 0 Q Quality Class: E] OR Z NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testing for SiartuD 1 Feeder Breaker H-1 5REVIEW (Prlnt/SignrDate)

Test Engineer (TE): A. Spencer -'Technical Reviewer:

S, Mitchell I/ 746/CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations Department:

-/ 7//q//3 3 /Organization Maint. A ~&4'7 ZO 12 ______.Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-1 00 Review: [] Attached 0 Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

El Not Required C0 Attached C OtherOSRC Approval

[ Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:![/H1/ihTE Supervisor:

Viyrzt Am '( t /5 7011/31TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*:Test Engineer (TE): .Technical ReviewerTE Supervisor:

  • If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-15 Page 2 of 22Table of Contents1.0 Oblectives

........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

.......................................................................................................................

33.0 Test EquiDm ent ...............................................................................................................

44.0 Precautions and Lim itations

.........................................................................................

45.0 Prerequisites

....................................................................................................................

46.0 Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

57.0 Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

57.1 Testing Setup .............................................................................................................

57.2 DC Power .............................................................................................................

67.3 Local Control ........................................................................................................

77.4 Alarm and Digital Com puter Point Test .............................................................

87.5 Rem ote Operation

..............................................................................................

97.5.1 Indication Lights And Handswltch

.......................................................

97.5.2 Rem ote Close/Trip

....................................................................................

107.5.3 H-15 Auto Close to H-13 And Aux XFMR Breaker Fall Protection

........

127.6 H-15 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H1 Bus Lockout Trip .........

137.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers

......................................................................

147.8 H-15 Synchronizing Circuit .................................

178.0 Restoration

....................................................................................................................

179.0 Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

1810.0 M &TE Instrum entation

......................................................................................

.1811.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ...................................................................................................

1812.0 Attachm ents .............................................................................................................

18 ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 3 of 221.0 Oblectivea 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing of Swltchgear Cubicle H-15, which supplies the H-1 bus.Testing is being performed as a result of damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator DropEvent.1.21.3This testing does not Include system or performance testing of the load supplied by H-15.Testing performed per this ECT will be done with Bus H1 and H2 Deeneraized

2.0 References

2.1 EC-44314 H-1 SWITCHGEAR CHILD EC, STATOR RECONSTRUCTION 2.2 EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.3 E-3 Sh 1 Single Une Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System2.4 E-17 Sh 1 Red Train Vital AC and 125 VDC Single Line and Distribution.

2.5 E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram2.6 E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter And Relay Diagram 6900 volt System2.7 E-61 Sh 22 Panel Schedule No. 10 LA (P30)2.8 E-76 Sh 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900 V Switchgear 2.9 E-87 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.10 E-88 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.11 E-89 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 6900 V ACB'S2.12 E93 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout And Undervoltage Relays2.13 E94 Sh 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2 Lockout Relays2.14 E-138 Schematic Diagram Generator Protection And Lockout Relays-Turb and Reactor2.15 E-418 Sh 6 Schematic Diagram 4.16 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip Ref lash Annunciator 2.16 E-452 Sh 2 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C1 0)2.17 E-452 Sh 3 Schematic Diagram Annunciator K02 (ON Panel C10)2.18 E-480 sh 1A Schematic Diagram Computer Digital Inputs2.19 E-482 Sh 3 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs2.20 E-482 Sh 60 Connection Schedule Computer Digital Inputs2.21 E-504 Sh 1 Connection Diagram 6900 Volt Switchgear Units H-1I through H-152.22 E-560 Sh 1 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS2.23 E-560 Sh 2, Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C20 Plant Protective Relay & GenRecorder BDS2.24 E-561 Sh 3 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C1 0 Electrical Auxiliary System2.25 E-561 Sh 5 Connection Diagram Main Control Panel C1 0 Electrical Auxiliary System2.26 E-8-AC-50 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.27 E-8-AC-51 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.28 E-8-AC-52 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.29 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram2.30 E-8-AC-57 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 4 of 222.31 E-8-AC-56 Metal Clad Switchgear Connection Diagram3.0 Teat Equlpnmnt 3.1 Multi-meter 3.2 Lamp connection (for CT testing)3.3 Test Jumpers3.4 Two 120 VAC power sources4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Testing shall be done with the H1 and H2 Bus de-enerqized and H1 grounded.

4.3 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.5 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.6 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.7 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.8 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.9 The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.10 Due to terminology differences, the word Check is means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any further action to make it so.4.11 Due to terminology differences, the word VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is notin the desired position, place it in the desired position.

4.12 Due to terminology differences, the words trip and open have the same meaning whenverifying or placing a breaker, switch, etc. in a desired position.

4.13 Due to terminology differences, when a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it isunderstood that the switch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

4.14 When installing

jumpers, place tape on the adjacent terminals as a precaution againstshorting.

4.15 Whenever

possible, jumpers should be installed in a manner so as not to disturbterminations (i.e. gator clips, ez-hooks, etc.)4.16 Jumpers or test connections may be made at different points than those specified as longat they do not alter the intent of the test and have the approval of the test engineer.

5.0 Prereguisites

5.1 Verify that 6900 volt switchgear H-1 control power breaker (D1 1-01) is closed to H-1switchgear.

(Ref E-17 sh 1)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 5 of 225.2 Verify H-13, H-14 and H-15 are available for testing.5.3 Verify that 120 VAC space heater power breaker (1 OLA-32) is closed to the H-1switchgear.

(Ref E-61 sh 22)5.4 Verify the following potential transformer primary fuses are withdrawn to prevent anypossibility of inadvertent back-feed during secondary circuit energized testing.

NOTE:If the PT drawers are pulled for these cubicles, these steps may be marked N/A.5.4.1 H-25 Bus PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-50 Device PA)5.4.2 H-1 3 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA)5.4.3 H-14 PT Fuses (EJ-.1)(Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA)5.4.4 H-15 PT Fuses (EJ-1)(Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA)5.5 Verify that personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.6 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the OPEN position:

(This will allow the 286-Gli-1 and 286-G1-2 generator lockout relays to be reset. Ref Op-1305.029)

" Red Knife Switch* Black Knife Switches6.0 Instrumentation NONE7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Testing Setup7.1.1 Verify breaker H-15 is racked down and the patch cord is NOT installed.

7.1.2 At H-15, verify H-15 DC control power breaker (BA) is OPEN.7.1.3 At DC panel D11, verify 4160 volt switchgear H-1 breaker D1 1-01 is closed.7.1.4 At H-15, verify Approximately 125 VDC at the line side H-15 DC control powerbreaker (BA).7.1.5 At H-15, verify polarity for the 125 VDC is correct at the line side of breaker BA.(terminal 1- terminal 3 +) (Reference drawing E-8-AC-50) 7.1.6 At H-15, verify load side of DC input breaker BA is 0 VDC. (terminal 2 -terminal 47.1.7 At H-13, Verify breaker BA Is CLOSED.7.1.8 At H-13, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.9 At H-13, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position.

7.1.10 At H-14, Verify breaker BA is CLOSED.7.1.11 At H-14, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.12 At H-14, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position7.1.13 At H-15, verify Local/Remote handswitch in LOCAL.7.1.14 At H-15, verify control handswitch (152/CS) in TRIP position7.1.15 At C10, verify H-13 handswitch (152-13/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.16 At C10, verify H-13 sync switch (152-13/SS) in the OFF position.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 6 of 227.1.17 At C10, verify H-14 handswitch (152-14/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.18 At C10, verify H-14 sync switch (152-14/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.19 At C10, verify H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.1.20 At C10, verify H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.1.21 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch C, in the open position.

(186-Hi Trip to H-13)7.1.22 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch J, in the open position.

(127-23-1/X Trip to H-13)7.1.23 At H-14, remove the "pie plate" from relay 127-H1-1.

(127-Hl-i/X Close Enable H-13 & H-15)7.1.24 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch A, in the open position.

(186-H1 Trip to H-15)7.1.25 At H-14, place TS1-14, switch H, in the open position.

(127-15-1/X Trip to H-15)7.1.26 At C20, place TS-186-ST switch 1 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-15), in theopen position.

(Ref E-88, E-94)7.1.27 At C20, place TS-186-ST2-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 2 Lockout Trip H-13), in theopen position.

(Ref E-89, E-94)7.1.28 At C20, Place TS-286T switch 6 in the open position.

7.1.29 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1i1 in the RESET position.

7.1.30 At C20, verify generator lockout Relay 286-G1-2 in the RESET position.

7.1.31 Verify H-13 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.32 Verify H-14 is in the Breaker Racked UP/Open position.

7.1.33 At C10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143-1) in the STI position.

(Ref E-87).7.1.34 At H-14, verify lockout relay 186-Hi (H1 bus lockout) is RESET.7.1.35 At H-1 5, verify the following Fuses are installed:(Reference drawing E-8-AC-52) 7.1.35.1 UA (FU-7) +, 35 amp7.1.35.2 UA (FU-7) -, 35 amp7.1.35.3 UB (FU-3) +, 15 amp7.1.35.4 UB (FU-3) -, 15 amp7.1.35.5 UC (FU-4) +, 15 amp7.1.35.6 UC (FU-4) -, 15 amp7.1.35.7 UD (FU-17),

10 amp7.1.35.8 UE (FU-19),

10 amp7.1.35.9 UF (FU-18),

10 amp7.1.35.10UR (FU-5) +, 35 amp7.1.35.11 UR (FU-5) -, 35 amp7.1.35.12 UT (FU-6) +, 35 amp7.1.35.13 UT (FU-6) -, 35 amp7.2 DC Power7.2.1 At H-15, place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 7 of 227.2.2 At H-15, verify approximately 125 VDC is present at the following locations:

7.2.2.1 UA (FU-7) terminal 2 -to UA (FU-7) terminal 4+7.2.2.2 UB (FU-3) terminal 2 -to UB (FU-3) terminal 4+7.2.2.3 UC (FU-4) terminal 2 -to UC (FU-4) terminal 4+7.2.2.4 UR (FU-5) terminal 2 -to UR (FU-5) terminal 4+7.2.2.5 UT (FU-6) terminal 2 -to UT (FU-6) terminal 4+7.3 Local Control7.3.1 At H-15, place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the OPEN position.

7.3.2 Place breaker H-15 in the racked up position.

7.3.3 At H-15, charge the breaker springs as follows:7.3.3.1 Pull the racking handle forward.7.3.3.2 Place H-15 DC control breaker (BA) in the CLOSED position.

7.3.3.3 Release racking handle and check that springs charge.7.3.4 At H-1i5, check WHITE1(breaker springs charged) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.3.5 At H-15, check AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh 1A)7.3.6 At H-15, check GREEN (breaker tripped) light is ON. (Ref E76 sh IA)7.3.7 At H-15, check RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E76 sh 1A)NOTEC10 RED, WHITE AND GREEN LIGHTS SHOULD ONLY BE ONWHEN THE LOCAL/REMOTE SWITCH IS IN REMOTE.7.3.8 At C10, check H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.9 At O10, check H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light Is ON. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.10 At C10, check H-15 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.11 At 010, check H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF. (Ref E-88 sh 1)7.3.12 At H-15, place local handswItch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.3.13 Check the following:

7.3,13.1 Breaker H-15 is closed.7.3.13.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is ON.7.3.13.3 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.7.3.13.4 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.3.13.5 At H-15, GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.7.3.13.6 At C10, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is ON.7.3.13.7 At C10, WHITE (CHRGD) light is OFF.7.3.13.8 At C10, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.3.13.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker tripped) light is OFF.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 8 of 227.3.14 At H-15, place local handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.3.15 Check breaker H-15 is tripped.7.4 Alarm And Digital Computer Point Test7.4.1 Verify annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of ClO, Is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6)7.4.2 At C1 0, verify annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )7.4.3 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1 H15. (Ref E-480 sh1 A)7.4.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H15. (Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.4.5 Check the SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-15. (SPDS pointZ1H15B)7.4.6 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position then check thefollowing:

7.4.6.1 H-15 is TRIPPED.7.4.6.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer)

IS NOT in alarm.7.4.6.3 Annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of C10 IS inalarm.7.4.6.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates TRIP for computer point HS1H15.7.4.6.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZS1 H15.7.4.6.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates GREEN (tripped) for H-15.7.4.7 At CIO, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.4.8 At H-15, place handswitch (152/CS) in the close position.

7.4.9 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the REMOTEposition.

7.4.10 Check the following conditions:

7.4.10.1 H-15 is CLOSED.7.4.10.2 At C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1I/H2 Auto Transfer)

IS in alarm.7.4.10.3 Annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP) inside back of ClO, IS NOTin alarm.7.4.10.4 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer point HS1H15.7.4.10.5 Unit 1 PMS display indicates YES for computer point ZS1 H15.7.4.10.6 SPDS 6900 display indicates RED (CLOSED) for H-15.7.4.11 At CIO, verify A-113 handswitch (152-113/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.12 At A-1 13, install a jumper from TB-CC terminal 6 (11) to TB-DD terminal 6 (P1)7.4.13 At A-1 13, place the local/remote handswitch in the REMOTE position.

7.4.14 At C10, verify H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) is in the PULL TO LOCK position.

7.4.15 At C-10, verify STI/ST2 selector switch (143/1) is in the ST1 position.

(ref E-88)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 9 of 227.4.16 At C-10, verify ST1/ST2 selector switch (143/2) Is In the ST2 position.

(ref E-88)7.4.17 Check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.4.18 At C1O, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) is in the CLOSE position.

7.4.19 At C1O, check K02-B1 annunciator IS not in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.4.20 At A-1 13, remove the jumper from TB-CC terminal 6 (11) to TB-DD terminal 6 (P1)7.4.21 At C10, check K02-B1 annunciator IS in alarm. (ref E-452 sh 2)7.4.22 At C10, place A-I 13 handswitch in PULL TO LOCK position.

7.5 Remote Operation 7.5.1 Indication Lights and Handswitch 7.5.1.1 At H-25, remove both UA fuses (FU-54).

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 7.5.1.2 At H-15, remove fuse UD (FU-17))

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52)

NOTE: Temporary 120 VAC power sources installed in the following stepsshall be from the same source. The following steps will generate a negativesequence alarm.7.5.1.3 At H- 15, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to AL (127-15)terminal 5 (line) and terminal 6 (neutral).

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7.5.1.4 At A-13, remove both UA (FU-21) fuses. (Ret E-33, E-8-AC-50) 7.5.1.5 At H-13, connect a temporary 120 VAC power source to AK (125-13)terminal 5 (line), and terminal 6 (neutral).

(ref E-33, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.1.6 At H-15, place H-15 locaVremote handswitch in the remote position.

7.5.1.7 At C-10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.1.8 At C10, place H-15 hand switch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.1.9 Check the following:

7.5.1.9.1 Breaker H-15 is CLOSED.7.5.1.9.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.3 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.7.5.1.9.4 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.5.1.9.5 At H-15, GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.6 At C10, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.5.1.9.7 At C10, H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.7.5.1.9.8 At CIO, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is ON.7.5.1.9.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker trip) light is OFF.7.5.1.10 At C-10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.1.11 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP Position.

7.5.1.12 Check the following:

7.5.1.12.1 Breaker H-15 istripped.

7.5.1.12.2 At H-15, AMBER (breaker on local) light is OFF.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 10 of 227.5.1.12.3 At H-15, RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.4 At H-15, GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.7.5.1.12.5 At H-15, WHITE (breaker springs charged) light is ON.7.5.1.12.6 At CIO, H-15 AMBER (LOCAL) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.7 At C10, H-15 WHITE (CHRGD) light is ON.7.5.1.12.8 At C10, H-15 RED (breaker closed) light is OFF.7.5.1.12.9 At C10, H-15 GREEN (breaker trip) light is ON.7.5.1.12.10 AT C10, annunciator K02-D5 (H1/H2 Auto Transfer) is NOT inalarm. (Ref E-88, E-452 sh 3 )7.5.1.12.11 At C10, check annunciator K1630-3 (H-15 BREAKER TRIP)inside back of C10 is NOT in alarm. (Ref E-88, E-418 sh 6)7.5.1.12.12 SPDS computer 6900 display indicates breaker H-15 green(tripped).

(Ref E-482 sh 60)7.5.1.12.13 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NORM for computer pointHS1H15. (6.9KVACB ST1/BUS 1H1) (Ref E-480 sh 1A).7.5.1.12.14 Unit 1 PMS display indicates NO for computer point ZSI H1 5.(Auto Close) (Ref E-480 sh 1A)7.5.2 Remote Close/Trip (Ref E-88, E-561 Sh 4)7.5.2.1 At C20, check status of lockout relay 186-STI-2.

7.5.2.2 If relay 186-ST1-2 is tripped, then perform the following:

7.5.2.2.1 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can be reset, then reset it.7.5.2.2.2 If lockout relay 186-ST1-2 can not be reset, then install a jumperat C20, terminal block H-15, terminal 11 to terminal

21. (ref E-560 shl)7.5.2.3 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.4 Check H-15 is tripped.7.5.2.5 At H-13, check continuity (closed contact) between TB-AA terminal 11 (1)and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H-15 auto close to H-13) (ref E-89, E-504 sh1)7.5.2.6 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.7 Check H-15 is CLOSED.7.5.2.8 At H-13, check NO continuity (open contact) between TB-AA terminal 11(1) and TB-BB terminal 1 (61). (H-15 auto close to H-13) (ref E-89, E-504sh 1)7.5.2.9 At C10, remove the H-13 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89)7.5.2.10 At C10, remove the H-14 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87)7.5.2.11 At H-1 3, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.12 At H-14, check for continuity (CLOSED contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 11 of 227.5.2.13 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.14 At H-13, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-89, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.15 At H-14, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.16 At CIO, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.17 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.18 Check H-15 is TRIPPED.7.5.2.19 At H-13, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.20 At H-14, check for NO continuity (OPEN contact) between TB-AA terminal1 (P) and terminal 5 (2). (ref E-87, E-504 sh 2)7.5.2.21 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position, 7.5.2.22 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 toterminal

61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.23 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.5.2.24 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-1 5, terminal51 to terminal
61. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.25 At C10, reinstall the H-13 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-89)7.5.2.26 At C10, reinstall the H-14 RED (breaker closed) light. (ref E-87)7.5.2.27 At C10, Place H-13 sync switch (152-H-13/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.28 At C10, place H-13 handswitch (152-H-13/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.29 At H-1 3, place a hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 15 (12) to terminal16 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-50) 7.5.2.30 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.7.5.2.31 At H-1 3, remove the hand held jumper from TB-G, terminal 15 (12) toterminal 16 (2). (ref E-88, E-B-AC-50) 7.5.2.32 At C10, Place H-13 sync switch (1 52-H-13/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.33 At C10, place H-13 handswitch (152-H-13/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.34 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 toterminal

52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.35 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY CLOSED.7.5.2.36 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal51 to terminal
52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.37 At C10, Place H-14 sync switch (152-H-14/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.38 At C10, place H-14 handswitch (152-H-14/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.39 At H-14, place a hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) to terminal 5(2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.2.40 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 12 of 227.5.2.41 At H-14, remove the hand held jumper from TB-H, terminal 6 (12) toterminal 5 (2). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-51) 7.5.2.42 At C10, place H-14 sync switch (152-H-1 4/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.43 At C10, place H-14 handswitch (152-H-1 4/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.5.2.44 At H-14, INSTALL the "pie plate" from relay 127-H1-1.

(127-H1-1/X CloseEnable H-13 & H-15)7.5.2.45 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 51 toterminal

52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.46 Check H-15 is TRIPPED.7.5.2.47 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal51 to terminal
52. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.48 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the ON position.

7.5.2.49 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.50 Check H-15 is CLOSED.7.5.2.51 At H-14, place switch TS1-14 switch H in the CLOSED position.

.7.W,52 Check H-1i5 AUTOMATICALLY tripped.

(127-15-1/X trip).7.5.2.53 At H-14, place switch TSI-14 switch H In the OPEN position.

7.5.2.54 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

(ref E-54)7.5.2.55 Check H-15 is CLOSED.7.5.2.56 At H-14, place a hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5 (2P) toterminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.57 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

(186-H-1 trip)7.5.2.58 At H-14, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block D terminal 5(2P) to terminal 6 (29). (ref E-88, E-8-AC-47) 7.5.2.59 At C10, place H-15 handswitch (152-15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.2.60 Check H-15 is CLOSED.7.5.2.61 At C10, place H-14 sync switch (152-H-14/SS) in the OFF position.

7.5.2.62 At C20, place a hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal 2P toterminal

29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.2.63 Check H-15 AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED.

(186-ST1-1 trip)7.5.2.64 At C20, remove the hand held jumper from terminal block H-15, terminal2P to terminal

29. (ref E-88, E-560 sh 1)7.5.3 H-15 Auto Close to H-13 and Aux XFMR Breaker Fail Protection 7.5.3.1 Verify H-14 is TRIPPED.7.5.3.2 At H-1 3, verify continuity from TB-B5 terminal 1 (61) to terminal 3 (52).7.5.3.3 At H-13, verify NO continuity from TB-DD terminal 11(1A) to terminal 12(1B).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 13 of 227.5.3.4 At H-15, place the local/ remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCALposition.

7.5.3.5 At H-15, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.5.3.6 At H-13, verify NO continuity from TB-BB terminal 1((61) to terminal 3(52).7.5.3.7 At H-13, verify continuity from TB-DD terminal 11(1 A) to terminal 12 (11B).7.5.3.8 At H-15, place the handswitch (152/CS) in the TRIP position.

7.6 H-I5 Protective Relay Trip Functional Checks and H-1 Bus Lockout Trip7.6.1 At H-i5, remove the protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),and 151N (AK).7.6.2 At H-14, verify H-1 bus lock-out relay 186-Hi (AT) RESET.7.6.2.1 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YS1 H1 indicates NORM.7.6.3 Verify the following test switches are closed at H-14:7.6.3.1.

TSi-14 Switch A (186-H1 trip to H-i!5)7.6.4 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in the LOCAL position.

7.6.5 At H-15, place handswitch (152/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.5.1 Check breaker H-15 Closed.7.6.5.2 At C1O, place handswitch (152-H15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.5.3 At H-15, place the local/remote handswitch (152/SEL SW) in theREMOTE position.

7.6.6 AT H-15, manually actuate H-15 "A" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151A (AH).7.6.6.1 At H-15, check 151A (AH) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip.7.6.6.2 At H-14, check H-I bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) tripped.7.6.6.3 Check H-15 Tripped.7.6.6.4 Check H1 LO RELAY TRIP Annunciator K02-A4 in the Control Room inalarm.7.6.6.5 Check H15 Breaker Trip Alarm on K1630-3 Reflash Annunciator in back ofC1O.7.6.6.6 Check 6.9 KV BUS 1 H1 FAULT computer point (PMS1) YSI Hi indicates TRBL.7.6.6.7 At C10, place H-15 Sync Switch (I52-Hl5/SS) in the ON position.

7.6.6.8 At C1O, place H-15 handswitch (152-H15/CS) in the CLOSE position.

7.6.6.9 At C10, place H-15 Sync Switch (152-Hl5/SS) in the OFF position.

7.6.6.9.1 Check H-15 did not Close (remains Tripped).

7.6.6.10 At CIO, place H-15 handswitch in the TRIP position.

7.6.6.11 AT H-15, reset 151A (AH) relay target indicator 7.6.6.12 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 14 of 227.6.7 At H-1 5, manually actuate H-1 5 "B" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151 B (AG).7.6.7.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-HI (AT) trips.7.6.7.2 At H-15, check 151B (AG) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.6.7.3 At H-15, reset 151B (AG) relay target indicator 7.6.7.4 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.6.8 At H-15, manually actuate H-15 "C" Phase Overcurrent Relay 151C (AF).7.6.8.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.7.6.8.2 At H-15, check 151C (AF) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.6.8.3 At, H-15, reset 151C (AF) relay target indicator 7.6.8.4 At H-14, reset H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.6.9 At H-15, manually actuate H-15 Ground Overcurrent Relay 151N (AK).7.6.9.1 At H-14, check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi (AT) trips.7.6.9.2 At H-15, check 151N (AK) relay target indicator operates to indicate a trip7.6.9.3 At H-15, reset 151N (AK) relay target indicator

.7.6.9.4 At H-14, reset HW1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi (AT).7.6.10 At H-15, install H-15 protective relay covers for 151A (AH), 151B (AG), 151C (AF),and 151N (AK).7.6.11 At H-14, verify Test Switch H on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.12 Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE unless directed otherwise by Unit 1 Operations.

7.6.13 Verify Test Switch J on TS1-14 on H-15 CLOSED unless directed otherwise byUnit 1 Operations.

7.7 ST1 Differential Current Transformers (5000/5 in H-i 5 bus compartment)

-Reference E-33 and E-8-AC-52 device "ZA".NOTE: Connecting plugs are tagged out for SU-1 TMOD. Test Plugs are not connecting plugs and can be installed in relays that are tagged out. Alternate connection points can beused for this testing with approval from the test engineer.

7.7.1.1 Obtain three (3) GE protective relay test plugs.7.7.1.2 Verify the three (3) relay test plugs have shorting jumpers installed, connecting stud 3, stud 5 and stud 6.7.7.1.3 Connect three (3) digital ammeters to the three (3) relay test plugs from stud 3 tostud 5.7.7.1.4 Mark the ammeters with temporary labels "A", "B", & "C"7.7.1.5 Verify ammeters are connected and set to measure AC current in the 0 to 20 Arange or in automatic range mode.7.7.1.6 Verify the following Startup Transformer No. 1 (STI) differential current relays inC20 have their connection plugs removed:* 187ST1/A* 187STI/B ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 15 of 22* 187ST1/C7.7.1.7 Install the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) connected and markedammeters in the corresponding phase differential current relay:* 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B* 187ST1/C7.7.1.8 Remove H-15 front horizontal bus cover(s) as required to visually inspect andaccess the window type CTs between the breaker primary disconnects and the H-1 horizontal bus.NOTE: CT polarity marks are typically a round dot nearone of the two secondary wiring terminals or marks "HI" forthe primary and "XI" for the secondary.

7.7.1.9 Front C Phase CT7.7.1.9.1 Check "C" left phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is on the sideof the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "C" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 1 (EE3).7.7.1.9.2 Install the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT by connecting the testsetup HOT lead to "C" phase CT secondary terminal 1 (near polaritymark).NOTE: When H-1 5 differential relay CTs are energized fortesting, the corresponding H-25 differential CTs will also beenergized

-reference E-33.7.7.1,9.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "A" and "B" phases isexpected to be a fraction of the current through 'V" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.9.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in the C20ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:* 187ST1/A ammeter "A"" 187ST1/B ammeter "B"" 187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.7.1.9.5 Check that ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C indicates more current thanammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B.

7.7.1.9.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the C Phase CT.7.7.1.10 Front A Phase CT7.7.1.10.1 Check "A" middle phase CT polarity mark is on the side of the CTclosest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "A" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 3 (EEl).

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 16 of 227.7.1.10.2 Install the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT by connecting the testsetup HOT lead to "A" phase CT secondary terminal 3 (near polaritymark).7.7.1.10.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "B" and "C" phases isexpected to be a fraction of the current through "A" phase ifthe CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.10.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 STI differential current relays indicate current flow:.187ST1 /A ammeter "A".187ST1/B ammeter "B"*187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.7.1.10.5 Check that ammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A indicates more currentthan ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1/B and ammeter C" in relay187ST1/C.

7.7.1.10.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the A Phase CT.7.7.1.11 Front B Phase CT7.7.1.11.1 Check that "B" right phase (viewed from front) CT polarity mark is onthe side of the CT closest to the horizontal bus (top side).NOTE: Per E-8-AC-52 for CT device "ZA", the "B" phaseCT secondary terminal that corresponds with the polaritymark is terminal 5 (EE2).7.7.1.11.2 Install the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT by connecting the testsetup HOT lead to "B" phase CT secondary terminal 5 (near polaritymark).7.7.1.11.3 Energize the CT lamp test circuit from a 120 VAC supply.NOTE: All three test ammeters should indicate somecurrent flow, but current through "A" and "C" phases isexpected to be a small fraction of the current through "B"phase if the CT circuit is connected properly.

7.7.1.11.4 Check that all three ammeters connected to the test plugs in theC20 ST1 differential current relays indicate current flow:*187ST1/A ammeter "A"*187ST1/B ammeter "B"*187ST1/C ammeter "C"7.7.1.11.5 Check ammeter "B" in relay 187ST1 /B indicates more current thanammeter "A" in relay 187ST1/A and ammeter "C" in relay 187ST1/C.

7.7.1.11.6 Remove the lamp test setup for the B Phase CT.7.7.1.12 Re-install any H-15 front horizontal bus cover(s) that were removed to visuallyinspect and access the window type CTs between the breaker primarydisconnects and the A-1 horizontal bus.

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 17 of 227.7.1.13 Remove the three (3) relay test plugs with three (3) ammeters in the ST1differential current relays in C20.7.7.1.14 Verify the following Startup Transformer 1 (STI) differential current relays In C20have their connection plugs re-installed or tagged out:* 187ST1/A* 187ST1/B0 187ST1/C7.8 H-15 Synchronizing Circuit (Ref E-31 Sh 1, E-33, E-561 Sh 3)7.8.1 At C10, place H-15 sync switch (152-15/SS) in the OFF position.

7.8.2 At C10, check that approximately 120 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to ground.7.8.3 At C10, check that approximately 120 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to terminal063.7.8.4 At H-1 5, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source to TB A terminal 1 (line)and TB A, terminal 2 (neutral).

(Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 7i8.5 At C10, check that approximately 0 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to ground.7.8.6 At C10, check that approximately 0 VAC from TBA3-H01 terminal 43 to terminal063.8.0 Restoration 8.1 All switchgear breakers manipulated during this testing should be left in the racked up,tripped position with the DC control power energized unless otherwise directed.

8.2 At H-15, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB A terminal 1 (line) and TBA, terminal 2 (neutral).

(Sync Relay) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.3 At H-25, remove the temporary 120 VAC power source from TB G terminal 13 (line), andTB CC terminal 9 (neutral).

8.4 At H-25, reinstall both UA fuses (FU54). ) (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-57) 8.5 At H-15, reinstall fuse UD (FU-17))

(Ref E-33, E-8-AC-52) 8.6 At H-1 3, reinstall both UA (FU-21) fuses. (Ref E-33, E-8-AC-56) 8.7 Place the following test switches in the closed position unless other wise directed by Unit 1Operations:

8.7.1 H-14, TS1-14, switch C.8.7.2 H-14, TS1-14, switch J8.7.3 H-14, TS1-14, switch A8.7.4 H-14, TS1-14, switch H8.7.5 H-14, reinstall the "pie plate" in relay 127-Hi-1.

8.7.6 C20, TS-186-ST1-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 1 Lockout Trip H-15). (E-88, E-94)8.7.7 C20, TS-186-ST2-1 switch 1 (Startup XFMR 2 Lockout Trip H-13). (E-94, E-89)8.7.8 C20, TS-286T SWITCH 6 ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 18 of 228.8 IF PT fuses are not on a tagout, then Install the following potential transformer fuses on H-1:8.8.1 H-13 PT Fuses (EJ-l) (Reference E-8-AC-50 Device PA)8.8.2 H-14 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-51 Device PA)8.8.3 H-15 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-52 Device PA)8.8.4 H-25 PT Fuses (EJ-1) (Reference E-8-AC-57 Device PA)8.9 At C20, remove the glass cover for Loss Of Field Relay (240) then place the following switches in the CLOSE position:

(This may cause the 286-Gl -1 and 286-Gl -2 generator lockout relays to TRIP. Ref Op-1 305.029)* Black Knife Switches0 Red Knife Switch9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation NONE11.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test Deficiencies 12.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.8 -Test Change Notice12.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 19 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.8 TEST CHANGE NOTICESHEET I OF ITEST CHANGE NOTICETEST -ECT JECT WO 1STI Page I ofTYPE:TEST #: Change Notice No.: _ Quality Class: [ OR 0] NORTESTTITLE:Type of Change: [I Intent [0 Non IntentDescription of Change(s):

TCN POSTING INSTRUCTION Ust Page(s) being Replaced (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Added (N/A, if not applicable):

List Page(s) being Deleted (N/A, if not applicable):

REVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer.

ITechnical Reviewer:

/ or 0 Non intent Change(Signature not required for Non-intent

Changes, mark N/A and check box)STI Original EN-LI.100, process Applicability Determination:

0l Not Impacted; 0 Impacted and RevisedOSRC Approval:Q Not Required Mtg No._ Date:_ Chairman:_

operations Department:

/ _ /Organization Organzatio

/ Orgnizti

/Organization Organization Organization Organization On Site Risk Assessment Group:APPROVAL (Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:.

Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-1 5Page 20 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LoaSHEET 1 OFi1Test Number: ECT/STI:_____________________

Page ofDate Entry Initials4* I+ I ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 21 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.10TEsT DEFICIENCY LooSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:Page....ot_

DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER ECT-44314-05 Rev 000SWGR H-15Page 22 of 22ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IoENTrICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:-

Page...otf Name Title Signature Initials4 44. 4 I4 4 I4 4 I4. 4 I4. 4.4 .4 44 4 44 4 I_ _ _ _ I _ _ I _ __ I _

I 3 IECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 1 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of ITEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure C ECT WO C STI Procedure Page 1 of 19TEST #: ECT-44"315-03 REV. #: 0Q- Quality Class: C3 OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: Functional Testina of Start-up Transformer

  1. 2 H-2 Feeder Breaker H-23REVIEW (Print/SIgn/Date)

,Test Engineer (TE): Chris Shively 7118/11Technical Reviewer:

VjJ &N"7-/) LCROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations Department:

o-ig- / 7/tq, o{', :Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: EC Attached EC Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

C Not Required

[] Attached C OtherOSRC Approval C Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPOVA(Print/Sign/Date)

-9//TE Supervisor:

'I j Iilf'4 2TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): ITechnical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/'It required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 2 of 19Table of Contents1. Oblectives

.........................................................................................................

32. References

.......................................................................................................................

33. Test Eauipm ent ..........................................................................................................
54. Precautions and Lim itations

....................................................................................

55. Prerequisites

....................................................................................................................

66. Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

67. Test Instructions

.......................................................................................................

78. Restoration

....................................................................................................................

139. Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

1410. M&TE Instrum entation

..............................................................................................

1411. Sum m ary Inform ation ..............................................................................................

1512. Attachm ents: ............................................................................................................

16 ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 3 of 191. Oblectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-23, 6900 v feed fromStartup 2 transformer.

Testing is being performed as a result of switchgear reconstruction due to damage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus H-2 DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

1.3. Differential Current Transformer testing (H01T and 2H02P) will be completed under thecurrently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 and EC 43758due to the Unit 1 reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

1.4. Synchronizing circuits to relay 125-13 (H02M) and Synch switch 152-23 (H02K) tested byECT-44315-04, H-24 UAT Feeder Breaker Dead Bus Test.1.5. Load shed circuit to relay 194-ST2/H (H07C) tested by ECT-44314-03, H-13 ST2 FeederBreaker Dead Bus Test2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT I TOASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 22.3. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLERVCH-2B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, ANDLOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-1&2]

2.4. OP-1416.006 "Unit 1 H2 Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.5. E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System (EC 43686, TempA3 Feed from ST1; EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2disconnected from bus)2.6. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC 43758, Temp power fromST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.7. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC 43758, Temppower from ST2; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.8. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9. E-87 Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's2.10. E-88 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans. 6900V ACB's2.11. E-89 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 6900V ACB2.12. E-93 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.13. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays2.14. E-95 Schematic
Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.15. E-118 Schematic
Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to StartupTransformer ST22.16. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays -Turb. AndReactor2.17. E-418 Sh 6 Schematic
Diagram, 6.9 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Ref lash Annunciator 2.18. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)2.19. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 4. of 192.20. E-480 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9814, C9815 &C98282.21. E-481 Sh 79 Connection
Schedule, Computer Analog Inputs (reference EC 1885, EC5000111917, no effect)2.22. E-482 Sh 4 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000114246, as built in Rev 9)2.23. E-482 Sh 12 Computer Digital I/0 Signals (reference EC 5000118043, corrected pointID for HS1H23)2.24. E-482 Sh 19 Computer Digital I/O Signals2.25. E-482 Sh 60 Connection
Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs2.26. E-504 Sh 1 Connection
Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC5000109806, Cable H23C moved from A16 to CC1; TMEC 43763, ST2disconnected) 2.27. E-504 Sh 2 Connection
Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.28. E-560 Sh 1, Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &Generator Recorder BOS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add)2.29. E-561 Sh 3 Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System(EC 5000118107, EC 12880, no effect)2.30. E-561 Sh 5 Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System(EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG Interconnect; EC5000111199, EC 12923, EC 12881, no effect)2.31. E8-AC-45 Sh 1 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 21871, noeffect)2.32. E8-AC-45 Sh 2 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram2.33. E8-AC-46 Metalclad Switchgear, Interconnection Diagram (EC 5000113001, EC5000113053, no effect)2.34. E-8-AC-50 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000118739, no effect)2.35. E-8-AC-51 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000111543, EC5000116736, EC 5000118740, no effect)2.36. E-8-AC-52 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000118741, EC 21871,no effect)2.37. E-8-AC-55 Metalclad Switchgear, Connection Diagram (EC 5000117599, no effect)2.38. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 5000108438

& EC 5000109577; no effect)

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 5 of 193. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. Two (2) temporary test jumpers configured for attachment so that terminals do not need tobe disturbed to insert jumper.4. Precautions and Umitations 4.1. Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the H-1 and H-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.3. Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuitmay be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in theTest Log.4.5. Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of theSignature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.9. The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-117 section 5.2 [11] (b).4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, thefollowing definitions will be utilized:

  • Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any furtheraction to make it so.* VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it inthe desired position.

" TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker,switch, etc. in a desired position.

" When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that theswitch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 6 of 195. Prereaulsites 5.1. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to H-2 switchgear; breaker D21 -01 closed(reference E-17 Sh 1).5.2. Verify H2 switchgear is ready for DC power to be energized.

5.3, Verify H-13, H-23, H-24 and H-25 are available for testing.5.4. Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.5. Verify that the H-23 Testing Work Order WO 00354190 task 01 has been authorized.

6. Instrumentation 6.1. No instrumentation is required.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 7 of 197. Test Instructions 7.1.1. Verify H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.1.2. Verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) at C10 in PULL TO LOCK7.1.3. Verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) at C1 0 in PULL TO LOCK.7.1.4. Verify breaker H-23 is racked up and open.7.1.5. Verify DC Control Power breaker (BA) located inside H-23 breaker cubicle isclosed.7.1.6. Check nominal 125 VDC at line side of DC input breaker (BA) points 1 (-) and 3 (+)at H-23 (reference E-8-AC-55).

7.1.7. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UA" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.7.1.8. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UB" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.7.1.9. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UC" points 2 (-) and 4(+) at H-23.7.1.10. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UR" points 2 (-) and 4(+) at H-23.7.1.11. Check nominal 125 vDC at load side of fuses "UT" points 2 (-) and 4 (+) at H-23.7.1.12. Verify breaker H-24 is racked up and open.7.1.13. Verify breaker H-25 is racked up and open.7.2. H-23 Permissive Setup for Remote Operation 7.2.1. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open the following knifeswitches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20 (reference E-1 36 Sh 1 and OP-1305.029).

7.2.1.1.

Red knife switch open.7.2.1.2.

Black knife switches open.7.2.2. At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.2.1.

TS-286T switch 6 -Generator Lockout7.2.2.2.

TS-286-G1-2 switch 9 -Reactor Trip7.2.2.3.

TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 -Generator Lockout 286 G1-1 and 27.2.3. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-17.2.4. Reset Generator Lockout Relay 286-Gl -27.2.5. Verify ST1 NOT locked out at 186-ST1-1 in C20 (references E-89, E-94).7.2.6. Verify ST2 NOT locked out at 186-ST2-2 in C20 (references E-89, E-94, M-201-62& E-560 Sheet 1).7.2.7. Verify test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #7 open in C20 to disable Unit Aux TransProt to L.O. H-2 (reference E-93 Sh 1).7.2.8. Verify bus Al NOT locked out at 186-H2 in H-24 (references E-89, E-93 Sh 1).7.2.9. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch J open in H-24 to disable feeder undervoltage H-23 trip.7.2.10. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch C open in H-24 to disable bus lockout H-23 trip.7.2.11. Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 open in C20 to disable transformer lockout H-23 trip.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 8 of 197.2.12. Remove connection plugs (pie plate) for H-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay127-H2-1 in H-24, to defeat the undervoltage load trip condition.

7.2.13. Verify undervoltage auxiliary relay 127-H2-1/X in H-23 de-energized.

7.2.14. Install jumper H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1/X contacts 9 to 10 in H-24 forautomatic transfer undervoltage permissive (reference E-93 Sh 1 & E-8-AC-51)].

7.3. Relay 127-23-1/X Test (Ref E-89, E-95)7.3.1. Verify relay 127-23-1/X contacts 11 to 12 OPEN in H-13.7.3.2. Remove connection plug (pie plate) for ST#2 Undervoltage relay 127-23 in H-23.7.3.3. Verify relay 127-23-1/X contacts 11 to 12 CLOSED in H-13.7.4. H-23 Breaker Local / Remote Manual Operation 7.4.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in LOCAL.7.4.1.1.

Check amber LOCAL indicating light at panel C10 is ON.7.4.2. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in REMOTE.7.4.2.1.

Check H-23 white CHARGED indicating light at panel C10 is ON.7.4.2.2.

Check H-23 amber LOCAL indicating light at panel C10 is OFF.7.4.2.3.

Check H-23 amber LOCAL indicating light at panel H-23 is OFF.7.4.3. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS ON at C10.7.4.4. Place H-23 CONTROL SWITCH (152-23/CS) at C10 in CLOSE.7.4.4.1.

Check red CLOSED light at C10 is ON.7.4.4.2.

Check green TRIPPED light at C10 is OFF.7.4.4.3.

Check breaker H-23 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.5. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS OFF at C1O.7.4.6. Trip H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C107.4.6.1.

Check green TRIPPED light at C10 is ON.7.4.6.2.

Check red CLOSED light at C10 is OFF.7.4.6.3.

Check breaker H-23 TRIPPED per local indication.

7.5. Relay 152X-111 Test (Ref E-89, E-561 Sh 5)7.5.1. Verify approximately 125 VDC in C10 at TBA3 between terminal H23 N3 andterminal 31.7.5.2. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.5.3. Verify approximately 0 VDC in C10 at TBA3 between terminal H23 N3 andterminal

31.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 9 of 197.6. DC OPS CHECK -Automatic Transfer Unit Auxiliary Transformer Trip H-23 CloseNOTETest conditions required are:Simulated Generator trip with STI not available (H-25 open).7.6.1. Select ST2 as the preferred standby power source at 143-2 on CIO (reference E-87).7.6.2. Verify Unit Auxiliary Transformer NOT locked out at 286-G1-1 on C20.7.6.3. Install jumper C20 scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 61 to simulateGenerator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1-1 contacts 1 TO IC for H-23close permissive (reference E-138, E-560 Sheet 1 & M-201-62).

7.6.4. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-24 in LOCAL.7.6.5. Place local control switch at H-24 in CLOSE position (to open 152-24/b contact 1-1T).7.6.6. Verify H-24 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.6.7. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch H open in H-24 to disable the H-25 (127-15-2/x) feeder undervoltage H-25 trip.7.6.8. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch A open in H-24 to disable the H-2 bus lockout H-25 trip.7.6.9. Verify test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #2 open in C20 to disable the H-25 Startup#1 Feed to H-2 lockout H-25 trip.7.6.10. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-25 in LOCAL.7.6.11. Place local control switch at H-25 in CLOSE position.

7.6.12. Verify H-25 Startup Transformer

  1. 1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.7.6.13. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in CLOSE position.

7.6.14. Verify H-23 feeder breaker remains OPEN.7.6.15. Verify PDS point HS1 H23 "6.9KV ACB ST2/BUS 1H2" TRIP7.6,16. Trip H-25 using local control switch.7.6.17. Verify H-23 closes automatically.

7.6.18. Verify PDS point HS1 H23 "6.9KV ACB ST2/BUS 1H-2" NORMAL7.6.19. Remove jumper C20 wire scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 61(reference E-138, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.6.20. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in TRIP position.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 10 of 197.7. DC OPS CHECK -Automatic Transfer SUT #1 not Available or Tripped(+ Annunciator

+ Computer)

NOTETest conditions required are:Simulated STI disconnect with Auxiliary Transformer not available (H-24 open).7.7.1. Place H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 in PULL TO LOCK.7.7.2. Install jumper C20 scheme H23 In C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 52 to simulateST1 Transformer locked out at 186-ST1-1 for H-23 close permissive (reference E-94, E-560 Sheet 1 & M-201-62).

7.7.3. Place local control switch at H-25 in CLOSE position (to open 152-25/b contact 1-1T).7.7.4. Verify H-25 Startup Transformer

  1. 1 (ST1) feeder breaker closed.7.7.5. Verify H-24 Unit Auxiliary Transformer feeder breaker closed.7.7.6. Take H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 to TRIP.7.7.7. Verify H-23 feeder breaker remains OPEN.7.7.8. Verify Annunciator K02/D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" not lit.7.7.9. Verify PDS point ZS1 H23 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-23" NO7.7.10. Verify SPDS point Z1H23B "6900V SYS ST2 TO H2 BKR STAT' TRIPPED7.7.11. Trip H-24 using local control switch.7.7.12. Verify H-23 closes automatically.

7.7.13. Verify Annunciator K02/D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" lit.7.7.14. Verify PDS point ZS1 H23 "AUTO CLOSE ACB 152-23" YES7.7.15. Verify SPDS point Z1 H23B "6900V SYS ST2 TO H2 BKR STAT" NORMAL7.7.16. Trip H-25 using local control switch.7.7.17. Remove jumper C20 scheme H23 in C20 at terminal 51 to terminal 52 (reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.8. DC OPS CHECK -Manual Transfer to ST #17.8.1. Verify H-23 closed7.8.2. Take H-23 handswitch (152-23/CS) on C10 to CLOSE (to establish Normal afterClose contact).

NOTEK1630 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel C10.7.8.3. Verify Annunciator K1630/4 "H23 Breaker Trip" not lit.7.8.4. Verify Annunciator K02/D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not lit.7.8.5. Take H-25 Local Control Switch to CLOSE.7.8.6. Check breaker H-25 Closed.7.8.7. Verify H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) on C10 in Normal after Close.7.8.8. Take H-25 Sync Switch to ON.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 11 of 197.8.9. Verify H-23 trips automatically.

NOTEK1630 Is a reflash unit located Inside panel CIO.7.8.10. Verify Annunciator K1630/4 "H23 Breaker Trip" lit.7.8.11. Verify Annunciator K02/D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" lit.7.8.12. Take H-25 Sync Switch to OFF.7.8.13. Trip H-25 using local control switch.7.8.14. Take H-25 handswitch (152-25/CS) on C10 to TRIP to reset.7.9. DC OPS CHECK -Manual Transfer to Auxiliary Transformer 7.9.1. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS ON at C10.7.9.2. Close H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C1O.7.9.3. Verify H-23 closes.7.9.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS OFF at CO.7.9.5. Take H-24 Local Control Switch to CLOSE.7.9.6. Check breaker H-24 Closed.7.9.7. Verify H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) on C10 in Normal after Close.7.9.8. Take H-24 Sync Switch to ON.7.9.9. Verify H-23 trips automatically.

7.9.10. Take H-24 Sync Switch to OFF.7.9.11. Trip H-24 using local control switch.7.9.12. Take H-24 handswitch (152-24/CS) oh C010 to TRIP to reset.7.10. DC OPS CHECK -Trip Transformer Lockout7.10.1. Place Synchronization switch 152-23/SS ON at CO.7.10.2. Close H-23 using handswitch 152-23/CS on C10.7.10.3. Verify H-23 closed.7.10.4. Place Synchronization Switch 152-23/SS OFF at C1O.7.10.5. IF 186-ST2-1 is TRIPPED,THEN perform the following:

7.10.5.1.

Place test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 in C20 CLOSE.7.10.5.2.

Verify H-23 trips.7.10.6. IF 186-ST2-1 Is NOT TRIPPED,THEN perform the following:

7.10.6.1.

Install jumper C20 scheme H23 terminal 2P to terminal 29 tosimulate ST2 Transformer locked out at 186-ST2-1 on C20(reference E-94, E-560 Sh 1 & M-201-62).

7.10.6.2.

Verify H-23 trips.7.10.6.3.

Remove jumper C20 scheme H23 terminal 2P to terminal

29.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 12 of 197.11. Unit AUX XFMR Protection (1 86-H2) (H2 bus lockout)

(Ref E-89, E-93 Sh 1)7.11.1. Place breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch at H-23 in LOCAL.7.11.2. Place H-23 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.3. Verify H-24 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.4. Verify H-25 local control switch in the TRIP position.

7.11.5. At H-24, verify TS1-24 switch B is in the OPEN position.

7.11.6. At H-24, verify TS1-24 switch C is in the OPEN position.

7.11.7. Install jumper C20 scheme H06 in C20 at terminal P to terminal 1 to simulateGenerator locked out (generator tripped) at 286-G1 -2 contacts 11 TO 11 C(reference E-93, E-138 & E-560 Sh 1).7.11.8. Place local control switch at H-24 in CLOSE position.

7.11.9. Verify H-24 feeder breaker closed.7.11.10.

Verify 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) lockout is NOT tripped at H-24.7.11.11.

Place local control switch at H-23 in CLOSE position.

7.11.12.

Verify H-23 feeder breaker closed.7.11.13.

Verify 186-H2 (H2 bus lockout) lockout is TRIPPED at H-24.7.11.14.

Place local control switch at H-23 in TRIP position.

7.11.15.

Place local control switch at H-24 in TRIP position.

7.11.16.

Verify H-23 feeder breaker open.7.11.17.

At H24, reset 186-H2 lockout.7.11.18.

Remove jumper C20 scheme H06 in C20 at terminal P to terminal

1.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 13 of 198. Relstoration 8.1. Verify breaker H-23 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.2. At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations (ref. E-138 sh. 1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-G1-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1

-2 switch 9 -Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1

-3 switch 2 -Lockout Trip Generator Lockout8.3. At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass coverreinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations:

  • Red knife switch* Black knife switches8.4. Place test switch TS-286-G1-2 switch #7 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.5. Place test switch TS-186-ST1-1 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.6. Verify test switch TS-186-ST2-1 switch #2 closed in C20 or as directed by Operations.

8.7. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch A closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.8. Verify test switch TS1-24 switch B closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.9. Verify test switch TS1 -24 switch C closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.10. Place test switch TS1-24 switch J closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.11. Place test switch TS1-24 switch H closed in H-24 or as directed by Operations.

8.12. Replace connection plugs (pie plate) for H-2 bus Undervoltage Load Tripping relay 127-H2-1 In H-24.8.13. Remove jumper H-2 bus undervoltage relay 127-H2-1/X contacts 9 to 10 in H-24.8.14. Replace connection plug (pie plate) for ST#2 Undervoltage relay 127-23-1 in H-23.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 14 of 199. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used I ECT-44316-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 15 of 1911. Summary Information Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / DateTest Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency in theTest Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, ST2 Feeder Page 16 of 1912. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC- 117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3. EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.4. Test Change Notices ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 17 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDEN1IFICAT1ON LaOSIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET I F SITest Number: ECT/STI:

44315.03 Rev 000 SWGR H-23, Startup Transformer 2 FeederPage of._Name Title Signature Initialsr I 1I I 4.1 4 4.I 4 4.I 4 4.1 1I 4 4.I 4 4.I 4 +

ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 18 of 19(1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEST LoaSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

44315-03 REv 000 SWGR H-23, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEWER PageofDate Entry Initials4 -4I 4I .4 ECT-44315-03 Rev 000SWGR H-23, ST2 FeederPage 19 of 19[2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LooSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44315-03 REv 000 SWGR H-23, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDERPage__ofDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEMTMENUMBER IDOC 40 1ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 1 of 23ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: 0 ECT Procedure El ECT WO 0l STI Procedure Page 1 of 23TEST #: ECT-44314-03 REV. #: 0 Quality Class: [: OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: H-13 Functional

Testing, Start-up Transformer
  1. 2 (SU2) feeder to H-1REVIEW (Print/Slgn/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Alan Smith /7 8Technical Reviewer:

6& /Operations Department:* -.7 J r, : ./ 1__-_____/

" t__ " Organization Orga'nization Organization

// 414Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: t6t) ai"I"- [] Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

E Not R -I Attached El OtherOSRC Approval I Reiured Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)/

TE Supervisor:

,V TEST COMPLETION REVIEW / ACCEPTANCE

-'JSummary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): ITechnical Reviewer

/__"TE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)bi 37 ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 2 of 23Table of Contents1. Oblectives

........................................................................................................................

32. References

.......................................................................................................................

33. Test Equipm ent ..........................................................................................................
54. Precautions and Lim itations

....................................................................................

55. Prerequisites

...............................................................................................

...... 66. Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

67. Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

68. Restoration

...............................................................................................................

179. Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

1810. M &TE Instrum entation

..............................................................................................

1811. Sum m ary Inform ation ..............................................................................................

1912. Attachm ents: .............................................................................................................

20 ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 3 of 231. Oboectives 1.1. This ECT provides functional testing of Switchgear Cubicle H-13, 6900 v feed from Startup2 transformer.

Testing is being performed as a result of switchgear reconstruction due todamage which occurred during the ANO-1 Stator Drop Event.1.2. Testing performed per this ECT will be done with bus A-1, H-1 and H-2 DE-ENERGIZED.

1.3. SU2 Differential Relay and associated Current Transformer (CT) testing will be completed under the currently installed Temporary Modification removal testing per EC 43763 andEC 43758 due to the Unit 1 reconnection and the Unit 2 coordination scheduling.

2. References 2.1. EN-DC-1 17 Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions 2.2. EC 43763 DISCONNECT SU # 2 4.16 KV AND 6.9 KV BUSSES FROM UNIT 1 TOASSURE RELIABILITY OF THE FEED TO UNIT 22.3. EC 43758 PROVIDE TEMPORARY POWER TO FIRE PUMP P-6A, MAIN CHILLERVCH-1B, CIRC WATER PUMPS P-3A & P-3D, SWGR A-3 & A-4, ANDLOAD CENTERS B1, B2, AND B3 [REV-1 / PHASE-I&2]

2.4. OP-1416.005 "Unit 1 HI Bus Switchgear Inspection" 2.5. E-3 Sh 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System (EC 43686, TempA3 Feed from STI; EC-43758, Temp power from ST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.6. E-31 Sh 1 System Phasing & Synchronizing Diagram (EC-43758, Temp power fromST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.7. E-33 Sh 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram, 6900 Volt System (EC-43758, Temppower from ST2; TMOD EC-43763, ST2 disconnected from bus)2.8. E-76 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V & 4160V Switchgear 2.9. E-82 sh. 1 Schematic
Diagram, RCP Power Monitors C152.10. E-87 Schematic
Diagram, Unit Auxiliary Trans. 6900V ACB's2.11. E-88 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans. 6900V ACB's2.12. E-89 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Trans No 2, 6900VACB.

2.13. E-93 Sh 1 Schematic

Diagram, Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.14. E-94 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Startup Transformers No. 1 & No. 2, Lockout Relays2.15. E-95 Schematic
Diagram, Transformer Undervoltage Relays2.16. E-1 18 Schematic
Diagram, Load Shedding on Fast Transfer to StartupTransformer ST22.17. E-138 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Generator Protection and Lockout Relays -Turb. AndReactor2.18. E-196 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pump2.19. E-196 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pumps2.20. E-196 Sh 3 Schematic
Diagram, Reactor Coolant Pump P32B2.21. E-418 Sh 6 Schematic
Diagram, 6.9 KV Bus Feeder Breaker Trip, Reflash Annunciator 2.22. E-452 Sh 2 Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 4 of 232.23. E-452 Sh 3 Schematic

Diagram, Annunciator K02, (On Panel C10)2.24. E-480 Sh 1 Schematic
Diagram, Computer Digital Inputs, Schemes C9814, C9815 &C98282.25. E-481 Sh 79 Connection
Schedule, Computer Analog Inputs (reference EC 1885, EC5000111917, no effect)2.26. E-482 Sh 4 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000114246, as built in Rev 9)2.27. E-482 Sh 12 Computer Digital I/O Signals (reference EC 5000118043, corrected pointID for HS1 H1 3)2.28. E-482 Sh 19 Computer Digital I/O Signals2.29. E-482 Sh 60 Connection
Schedule, Computer Digital Inputs2.30. E-504 Sh 1 Connection
Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H 11 Through H15 (EC5000109806, Cable H13C moved from A16 to CC1; TMEC 43763, ST2disconnected) 2.31. E-504 Sh 2 Connection
Diagram, 6900 Volt Switchgear, Units H21 Through H25 (EC500116015, no effect; TMEC 43763, ST2 disconnected) 2.32. E-560 Sh 1, Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &Generator Recorder BDS (TMEC 43763, TB850 add)2.33. E-560 Sh2 Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C20, Plant Protective Relay &Generator Recorder BDS (EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; TMEC43763, terminal box; EC 11038, EC 12923, EC33142, EC 44585 & EC5000107429, no effect)2.34. E-561 Sh 5 Connection
Diagram, Main Control Panel C10, Electrical Auxiliary System(EC 43758, Temp power from ST2; disabled EDG interconnect; EC5000111199, EC 12923, EC 12881, no effect)2.35. E-573 sh. 1 Connection
Diagram, C152.36. E8-AC-45 1 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram H-13, H-14, H-15 (EC 21871, noeffect)2.37. E8-AC-45 2 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram H-1 1, H-1 22.38. E8-AC-46

.H-21, H-22, H-23 Switchgear Interconnection Diagram (EC 5000113001, EC 5000113053, no effect)2.39. E-8-AC-50 H-13 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000118739, no effect)2.40. E-8-AC-51 H-14 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000111543, EC 5000116736, EC 5000118740, no effect)2.41. E-8-AC-52 H-15 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000118741, EC 21871, noeffect)2.42. E-8-AC-55 H-23 Switchgear Connection Diagram (EC 5000117599, no effect)2.43. M-201-62 Wiring Diagram for Plant Protective Relays & Generator Recorder BoardC20 (EC 5000108438

& EC 5000109577; no effect)2.44. M-201-126 C15 RCP Power Monitor Vendor Wiring Diagram2.45. M-201-127 C15 RCP Power Monitor Vendor Wiring Diagram ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 5 of 233. Test Equipment 3.1. Multi-meter 3.2. 120 VAC 60 Hz source with isolated output with two (2) sets of output leads with alligator or grabber type clips for connecting to terminals without disturbing installed connections.

3.3, One (1) temporary test jumper with momentary switch with alligator or grabber type clipsfor attachment to terminals so that installed connections do not need to be disturbed toinsert jumper.3.4. One (1) temporary test jumper with maintained switch with alligator or grabber type clipsfor attachment to terminals so that installed connections do not need to be disturbed toinsert jumper.4. Precautions and Limitations 4.1, Circuit Breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2. Testing will be done with the A-i, H-1 and H-2 Bus DE-ENERGIZED and grounded.

4.31 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.4. In the event that a TB terminal is inaccessible, alternate terminations of the same circuitmay be used as authorized by the Test Engineer and the TB change documented in theTest Log.4.5, Control Room alarms not required for test verification may occur, but are not specifically identified by the test steps.4.6. Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.7. M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.8. Personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections of theSignature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.9, The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 perrequirements of EN-DC-1 17 section 5.2 [11].(b).

4.10. Test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.11. The Test Engineer shall provide a post test summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.4.12. Due to terminology differences between groups reviewing and performing this ECT, thefollowing definitions will be utilized:

" Check means to verify an expected condition exists without taking any furtheraction to make it so.* VERIFY will mean if a breaker, switch, etc. is not in the desired position, place it inthe desired position.

  • TRIP and OPEN have the same meaning when verifying or placing a breaker,switch, etc. in a desired position.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 6 of 23When a breaker is placed in the closed or trip position, it is understood that theswitch handle will be released unless stated to hold in a position.

5. Prerequisites 5.1. Verify that the H-13 Testing Work Order WO 00354192 task 01 has been authorized andset to WORKING.5.2. Ensure that test personnel are on the appropriate clearances.

5.3. Verify that 125 VDC panel breaker D-1 101 is not tagged out of service (provides 125 VDCcontrol power to H-1 switchgear

-reference E-1 7 Sh 1).5.4. Verify H-1 switchgear is ready for DC power to be energized.

5.5. Verify breaker H-13 (SU2 Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available fortesting.5.6. Verify breaker H-14 (UAT Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available fortesting.5.7. Verify breaker H-15 (SU1 Feeder to H-i) is installed in the cubicle and available fortesting.5.8. Verify that 125VDC control Power is available to A-1 switchgear (specifically A-111);breaker D11-03 closed (needed for testing relay 152X-13 -reference E-17 Sh 1 & E-92).6. Instrumentation 6.1. No instrumentation is required.

7. Test Instructions 7.1. 125 VDC Control Power for H-1[Cables D1 101 and D1101A]7.1.1. Verify 125 VDC panel breaker D-1101 supply to H-1 switchgear is OPEN. (E-1 7Shl)7.1.2. Verify H-13 DC Control Power Breaker BA located inside H-13 cubicle is OPEN.(E-8-AC-50) 7.1.2.1.

CHECK approximately 0 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker-BA topline side terminals 1 (-) and 3(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.3. CLOSE DC panel breaker D-1101. (E-17 Shi)7.1.3.1.

CHECK nominal +125 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker BA fromtop line side terminal 1 (-) to terminal 3(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.3.2.

CHECK approximately 0 VDC at H-13 DC control power breaker BA onbottom load side terminal 2(-) and terminal 4(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4. CLOSE H-13 DC control power breaker BA. (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4.1.

CHECK +125 VDC is present at breaker BA bottom load side terminal 2(-)to terminal 4(+). (E-8-AC-50) 7.1.4.2.

CHECK +125 VDC is present at bottom load side terminal 2(-) to terminal4(+) on the following fuse blocks: (E-8-AC-50)

  • UB(15Amp)
  • UC (15 Amp)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 7 of 23" UE(10Amp)

  • UL(10Amp)

" UR (35 Amp)" UT (35 Amp)" UTT(10Amp) 7.2. H-13 Permissive Setup for Remote Operation 7.2.1. Verify breaker H-13 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.7.2.2. Verify breaker H-14 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.7.2.3. Verify breaker H-15 is racked up or in the test position and TRIPPED.7.2.4. At C20, open the following test switches:

7.2.4.1.

TS-286T switch 6 -Generator Lockout7.2.4.2.

TS-286-Gl-2 switch 9- Reactor Trip7.2.4.3.

TS-286-G1-3 switch 2 -Generator Lockout 286 G1-1 and 27.2.5. Request Relay technician remove glass cover and open the following knifeswitches for Loss of Field relay (240) in C20 (reference E-1 36 Sh 1 and OP-1305.029).

7.2.5.1.

Red knife switch.7.2.5.2.

Black knife switches.

7.2.6. Verify Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-1 is reset.7.2.7. Verify Generator Lockout Relay 286-G1-2 is reset.7.2.8. Verify ST1 lockout relay 186-ST1-1 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94)7.2.9. Verify ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-1 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94)7.2.10. Verify ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-2 in C20 is reset (ref. E-89, E-94)7.2.11. Verfy connection plug(s) installed in SU2 Feeder Undervoltage Relay 127-23 onbreaker H-23.7.2.11.1.

Check SU2 Feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-2/X on H-23 picked up.7.2.11.2.

Check SU2 Feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-1/X on H-13 picked up.[Cable H04C wires 27, 72]7.2.12. Remove connection plug(s) from SU2 Feeder Undervoltage Relay 127-23 onbreaker H-23.7.2.12.1.

Check SU2 feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-2/X on H-23 not picked up.7.2.12.2.

Check SU2 feeder UV auxiliary relay 127-23-1/X on H-13 not picked up(removes SU2 Feeder Undervoltage trip relay contact 9-10 from H- 13and closes H- 13 auto close permissive contact 11-12 -ref E-89)7.2.13. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi in H-14 is reset (ref. E-89, E-93-1).7.3. H CLOSE / TRIP -MANUAL -LOCAL7.3.1. Verify H-13 breaker is TRIPPED / OPEN ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 8 of 237.3.2. Verify H-13 breaker LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch in LOCAL.7.3.2.1.

Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.2.2.

Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.2.3.

Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is OFF.7.3.2.4.

Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.2.5.

Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C10 is ON.7.3.2.6.

Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.2.7.

Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.2.8.

Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.2.9.

Check SPDS1 point Z1H13B indicates TRIPPED (E-89, E-482-60) 7.3.3. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release7.3.3.1.

Check annunciator K02-D4 "H1-H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" in alarm (E-89,E-452-3).

7.3.3.2.

Check ref lash annunciator K1630 in C10 indicates H13 BREAKER TRIPin alarm (E-89, E-418-6)[Cable K02K1 wires E, F]7.3.3.3.

Check PMS1 point HS1H13 indicates TRIP.7.3.4. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release7.3.4.1.

Check annunciator K02-D4 "H1/H2 FEEDER BRKR TRIP" not in alarm(E-89, E-452-3)7.3.4.2.

Check reflash annunciator K1630 in C10 indicates H13 BREAKER TRIPnot in alarm (E-89, E-418-6).

7.3.4.3.

Check PMS1 point HS1H13 indicates NORM (E-89, E-480-1).

7.3.5. Take H-1 3 breaker local Control Switch to CLOSE and release7.3.5.1.

Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.5.2.

Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is OFF.7.3.5.3.

Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.5.4.

Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is ON.7.3.5.5.

Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C1 0 is ON.7.3.5.6.

Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.5.7.

Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.5.8.

Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.7.3.5.9.

Check SPDS1 point Z1H13B indicates CLOSED (E-89, E-482-60) 7.3.5.10.

Check annunciator K02-D5 "Hl1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" in alarm (E-89,E-452-3).

[Cable K02K1 wires D, G]7.3.5.11.

Check PMS1 point ZS1H13 indicates YES (E-89, E-480-1).

7.3.6. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE and release ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 9 of 237.3.6.1.

Check annunciator K02-D5 "H1/H2 AUTO TRANSFER" not in alarm (E-89, E-452-3).

7.3.6.2.

Check PMS1 point ZS1H13 indicates NO (E-89, E-480-1).

7.4. H CLOSE / TRIP -MANUAL -REMOTE[Cable H13C wires P, 3A, 3G, 3W, cable H13F wire P1, 2, Ni]7.4.1. Take H-13 breaker LOCAL/REMOTE handswitch to REMOTE.7.4.1.1.

Check local white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on H-13 is ON.7.4.1.2.

Check local green Breaker Tripped lamp on H-13 is ON.7.4.1.3.

Check local red Breaker Closed lamp on H-13 is OFF.7.4.1.4.

Check local amber Breaker On Local lamp on H-13 is OFF.7.4.1.5.

Check remote amber Breaker On Local lamp on C10 is OFF.7.4.1.6.

Check remote white Breaker Springs Charged lamp on C10 is ON.7.4.1.7.

Check remote green Breaker Tripped lamp on C10 is ON.7.4.1.8.

Check remote red Breaker Closed lamp on C10 is OFF.7.4.2. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.4.3. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to CLOSE.7.4.4. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.4.4.1.

Check H-13 remote red CLOSED light at C10 is ON.7.4.4.2.

Check H-13 remote green TRIPPED light at C10 is OFF.7.4.4.3.

Check breaker H-1 3 CLOSED per local indication.

7.4.5. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.7.4.5.1.

Check H-13 remote green TRIPPED light at C10 is ON.7.4.5.2.

Check H-13 remote red CLOSED light at C10 is OFF.7.4.5.3.

Check breaker H-13 TRIPPED per local indication.

.. ..... ..: ..~. ... ... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....7.5. Relay 152X-1 3 and annunciator K02-C3 "SU2 Selected Not Avail Test" (Ref E-87 & E-89& E452 sh. 2)[Cable H13C wire N3]NOTE: The following steps associated with A-1 11 are necessary to energize152X-11I and open 152X-111 N.C. contact 4-8 that is in parallel with 152X-13contact 4-8 in annunciator circuit.7.5.1. Verify connection plug(s) removed for SU2 Feeder to A-1 bus UV relay 127-111 onA-11l (reference E-95).7.5.2. Verify SU2 Feeder to A-1 UV auxiliary relay 127-11 1-1/X on A-111 not picked up.7.5.3. Verify A-111 breaker Local-Remote selector switch in REMOTE.7.5.4. Verify A-111 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.5.5. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on CIO not in Pull-To-Lock.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 10 of 237.5.6. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-2 & H-2 (143-2) on C10 in ST#1position.

7.5.7. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in ST#2position.

7.5.7.1.

Check annunciator K02-C3 "SU2 SELECTED NOT AVAIL." is not in alarm(E-452-2).

7.5.8. Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to Pull-To-Lock.

7.5.8.1.

Check annunciator K-02-C3 "SU2 SELECTED NOT AVAIL." is in alarm(E-452-2).

7.5.9. Return ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-2 & H-2 (143-2) on C10 to Unit1 Operations desired position.

7.5.10. Return ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in toUnit 1 Operations desired position.

7.5.11. Remove H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 from Pull-To-Lock 7.5.12. Install connection plug(s) for A-111 (SU2 Feeder to A-i) UV relay 127-111 on A-111 unless otherwise directed by U1 Operations or tag out.7.5.13. Place A-111 breaker Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out.7.6. H-13 -CLOSE -AUTOMATIC TRANSFER

-H-1 Bus UNDERVOLTAGE with ST#1 NotAvailable and main generator lockout[Cable H13D wires 11,61, cable H13E wires 21, 51, cable H13F wires 31, 41]7.6.1. Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE.7.6.2. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.6.3. Verify ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on C10 in ST#2position.

7.6.4. Verify breaker H-14 DC control power breaker BA CLOSED.7.6.5. Verify H-1 4 fuse block FU-12 (UA) installed in the ON position....

7.6.6. Verify connection plug(s) installed in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-H1-1 (E-93-1).

7.6.6.1.

Check auxiliary UV load tripping relay 127-H1-1/X on H-14 picked up(N.O. contact 9-10 provides automatic transfer close permissive for H-13-reference E-89, E-93-1).7.6.7. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 is RESET.7.6.8. Verify breaker H-15 Racked Up or in the Test Position.

7.6.9. Verify breaker H-15 Tripped.7.6.10. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 on the internal wiring side ofterminal block scheme H13 terminal 51 (opposite cable H13E WH wire) toterminal 61 (opposite cable H1 3D BL wire). (simulates generator lockout relay286-Gl-l contact 1-iC closure -reference E-89, E-560-1).

7.6.11. Momentarily close switch on test jumper in C20 across TB scheme H1 3 terminals 51 and 61.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 11 of 237.6.11.1.

Check breaker H-13 CLOSED.7.6.12. Remove test jumper from C20 scheme H1 3 terminals 51 & 61.7.7. H-13 -TRIP -MANUAL TRANSFER TO ST#1 (H-15)[Cable H13C wire 12]7.7.1. Verify H-13 breaker CLOSED.7.7.2. Verify breaker H-15 DC control power breaker BA CLOSED.7.7.3. Verify H-15 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL7.7.4. Take H-i5 local Control Switch to CLOSE.7.7.4.1.

Check H-15 breaker Closed.7.7.5. Verify H-15 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.7.6. Take H-15 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.7.7. Take H-15 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.7.7.1.

Check H-13 breaker Tripped.7.8. H-13 -CLOSE -AUTOMATIC TRANSFER

-UAT H-14 TRIPPED -IN SYNC (No UV)with simulated ST#1 lockout and bus PT meterina checks[Cable H13D wire 52, cable H02M wires 061 141, cable C573E wires 21, 22]7.8.1. Take ST#1 / ST#2 preferred selector switch for A-1 & H-1 (143-1) on CIO to theST#1 position (opens 143-1 contact 2-2T in H-13 auto close string -ref E-87, E-89).7.8.2. Take H-15 remote Control Switch on C1 0 to Pull-To-Lock (ensures relay 152X- 15de-energized and contact 7-3 in H-13 auto close string is closed -ref E-88 & E-89).7.8.3. Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.7.8.4. Remove connection plug(s) in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-Hi-i.. ...(E 3 -1 ). ... .. .. ....... .. ...... .....: ..7.8.4.1.

Check auxiliary UV load tripping relay 127-H1-1/X on H-14 not picked up(opens N.O. contact 9-10 in H-13 auto close path -reference E-89, E-93-1).NOTE: The following steps setup to energize feeder and bus PTs in H-23 and H-13 with 120 VAC source to allow in-sync automatic closure ofH-13 with simulated ST#1 lockout and checks PT metering circuits.

7.8.5. Verify fuses UE in H-23 installed in the ON position.

7.8.6. Verify fuses UF in H-23 installed in the ON position.

7.8.7. Verify H-23 terminal block A terminal 2 is connected to ground via installed jumper(H-23 PT BO ground reference).

7.8.8. Verify H-13 terminal block G terminal 12 is connected to ground via installed jumper (H-13 PT BO ground reference).

7.8.9. Install one (1) set of leads from the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-13 Bus PT circuitas follows:

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 12 of 237.8.9.1.

Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block CC terminal 9 (PTAO).7.8.9.2.

Connect NEUTRAL 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block G terminal 12(PT B0).7.8.10. Install one (1) set of leads from the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-23 SU2 Feeder PTcircuit as follows:7.8.10.1.

Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-23 terminal block A terminal 1 (PTAO).7.8.10.2.

Connect NEUTRAL 120 VAC lead to H-23 terminal block A terminal 2(PT B10).7.8.11. Energize 120 VAC 60 HZ source.7.8.11.1.

Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) in alarm. (E-33-1, E-452-2)7.8.11.2.

Check SPDS1 Point El HI indicates approximately 4 KV. (E-33-1)7.8.12. Take H-14 local Voltage Selector Switch to A-B position.

(E-33-1)7.8.12.1.

Check local H-1 bus voltage meter on H-14 indicates approximately 4KV.7.8.12.2.

Check remote H-1 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4KV. (E-33-1, Cable H01N wires 61V, 62V)7.8.13. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.8.13.1.

Check Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV7.8.13.2.

Check Running Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 4 KV7.8.13.3.

Check Sync Scope on CIO indicates 12 o'clock (E-33-1, E-31-1, cableH01N wires 064 & 44, cable H02K wires 41 & 061)7.8.14. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 on the internal wiring side ofterminal block scheme Hi 3 terminal 51 (opposite cable H1 3E WH wire) toterminal 52 (opposite cable H13D OR wire). (simulates ST1 lockout relay 186-ST1-1 contact 2-2C closure -reference E-89, E-560-1).

..7.8.15. Momentarily close switch on test jumper in C20 across TB scheme H13 terminals 51 and 52.7.8.15.1.

Check breaker H-13 CLOSED.7.8.16. Remove test jumper from C20 scheme H13 terminals 51 & 52.7.9. H-13 -TRIP -MANUAL TRANSFER TO UAT (H-14) and check 120 VAC oower to RCPMonitor relays in C15[Cable H01 V wires OP, 9P].7.9.1. Verify H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL7.9.2. Take H-14 local Control Switch to CLOSE.7.9.2.1.

Check H-14 breaker Closed.7.9.3. Verify H-14 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock.

7.9.4. Take H-14 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 13 of 237.9.5. Take H-14 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.9.5.1.

Check H-13 breaker Tripped.7.9.6. De-energize 120 V 60 HZ source.7.9.6.1.

Check annunciator K02-C4 (HI Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.7.9.7. Remove 120 VAC 60 HZ source HOT lead from H-1 3 terminal block CC terminal9.7.9.8. Connect 120 VAC 60 HZ source HOT lead removed in previous step to H-13terminal block CC terminal 10 (H-13 PT C0).7.9.9. Energize 120 VAC source.7.9.9.1.

Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) in alarm.7.9.9.2.

Check approximately 0 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2, schemeH01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01V BK wire toground (H-13 BO PT circuit to relays 137-11/1

& 137-12/1

-reference E-33-1, E-573, M-201-126).

7.9.9.3.

Check approximately 120 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2,scheme H01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01VBK wire to terminal 9P opposite cable HO1V WH wire (H-13 BO to C0PT circuit to relays 137-11/1

& 137-12/1

-reference E-33-1, E-573, M-201-126).

(cable H01V wires OP & 9P)7.9.10. De-energize 120 V 60 HZ source.7.9.10.1.

Check annunciator K02-C4 (H1 Neg. Seq. Overvoltage) alarm clear.7.9.10.2.

Check approximately 0 VAC in C15 bottom right section, TB-2, schemeH01, terminal OP on internal side of TB opposite cable H01V BK wire toterminal 9P opposite cable H01V WH wire.7.10. H-13 -INTERLOCK-TRIP H-14 ON H-13 CLOSURE7.10.1. Take H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch to LOCAL7.10.2. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE.7...10.2.1.

Check H-13 CLOSED.7.10.3. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock 7.10.4. Verify H-14 breaker CLOSED7.10.5. Verify H-14 Local -Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE7.10.6. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON7.10.6.1.

Check H-1 4 breaker TRIPPED.7.10.7. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.11. H-13 -INTERLOCK-TRIP H-15 ON H-13 CLOSURE7.11.1. Verify H-13 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL7.11.2. Take H-1 3 local Control Switch to CLOSE.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 14 of 237.11.2.1.

Check H-13 CLOSED.7.11.3. Verify H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 not in Pull-To-Lock 7.11.4. Verify H-15 breaker CLOSED.7.11.5. Verify H-15 Local -Remote Selector Switch in REMOTE7.11.6. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to ON7.11.6.1.

Check H-1 5 breaker TRIPPED.7.11.7. Take H-13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.12. Load Shedding on 6.9 KV Buses H1 & H2 (relay 194-ST2/H

-ref. E-89, E-118):[Cable H07C wires 1, 11; cable H21T wires 29, 29A]7.12.1. Verify H- 13 breaker CLOSED.7.12.2. Verify H-11 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.7.12.3. Verify H-12 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.7.12.4. Verify H-22 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.7.12.5. Verify H-23 breaker TRIPPED or racked down.7.12.6. Connect test jumper with maintained switch OPEN in H-23 across open STAcontact 20-20T terminals.

(E-1 18)7.12.6.1.

Check no continuity from H-1 1 terminal block A terminal 17 (Hi1-A17) to H-12 terminal block J terminal 4 (H12-J4).

(E-8-AC-45, E-8-AC-50)7.12.6.2.

Check no continuity from H-22 terminal block G terminal 12 (H22-G12) to terminal 13 (H22-G13) on the internal side of the TB opposite fieldcable H21T WH & BK wires (E-504 sh. 1 & 2, E-8-AC-45, E-8-AC-50) 7.12.7. CLOSE test jumper maintained switch across H-23 STA contact 20-20T.7.12.7.1.

Check continuity exists from H-11 terminal block A terminal 17 (H11-A17) to H-12 terminal block J terminal 4 (H12-J4).

7A12.7.2.

lCheck continuity exists from- H-22 lterimhaiblock G terminal 12 (H22-G12) to terminal 13 (H22-G13) on the internal side of the TB oppositefield cable H21T WH & BK wires.7.12.8. OPEN test jumper maintained switch across H-23 STA contact 20-20T.7.12.9. Remove switched test jumper from H-23 STA contact 20-20T.7.13. Unit Aux XFMR BRKR Failure Protection and H-13 Trip on Bus Lockout (E-89, E-93-1)[Cable H05B wires P, 117.13.1. Verify H-13 breaker CLOSED7.13.2. Verify H-15 breaker TRIPPED or racked down7.13.3. Verify H-14 DC control breaker BA CLOSED7.13.4. Verify H-14 fuse block UA for 186-Hi circuit installed in the ON position7.13.5. Verify H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi is RESET ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 15 of 237.13.6. Verify test switch C on TS1-14 on H-14 CLOSED7.13.7. Take H-14 Local-Remote Selector Switch to LOCAL7.13.8. Take H-14 local Control Switch to CLOSE7.13.8.1.

Check H-14 breaker CLOSED7.13.9. Install test jumper with maintained switch in the OPEN position in C20 across TBscheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1 on the internal side of the terminal blockopposite cable H05B BK wire and WH wire (jumper across lockout relay 286-Gi -2output contact 10-10C to simulate a lockout relay trip -reference E-560-1).

NOTE: The following step will cause H bus lockout tripalarm in the Control Room.7.13.10.

Close test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 1.7.13.10.1.

Check H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi TRIPPED7.13.10.2.

Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED7.13.10.3.

Check H-14 breaker TRIPPED7.13.11.

Open test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P to terminal 17.13.12.

Remove test jumper with switch from C20 TB scheme H05 terminal P toterminal 17.13.13.

Take H-1 bus lockout relay 186-Hi on H-14 to RESET.7.13.14.

Take H-13 breaker local Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.13.15.

Take H-14 breaker local Control Switch to TRIP and release.7.13.16.

Take H-13 remote Control Switch on C10 to TRIP and release.7.14. H-13 TRIP-TRANSFORMER LOCKOUT (E-89, E-560 sh. 1)[Cable H13D wires 2P, 29]7.14.1. Verify H-1i3 Local-Remote Selector Switch in LOCAL7.14.2. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE7.14.2.1.

Check H-13 breaker CLOSED7.14.3. Verify test switch 1 on TS-186-ST2-1 on C20 CLOSED (ref E-89 & E-94)7.14.4. Install test jumper with momentary switch in C20 across TB scheme H13 terminal2P to terminal 29 on the internal side of the terminal block opposite cable H13DRD wire and BK wire (jumper across ST2 lockout relay 186-ST2-1 output contact2-2C to simulate a lockout relay trip -reference E-89 & E-560-1).

7.14.5. Momentarily close and release test jumper switch across C20 TB scheme H1 3terminal 2P to terminal 29.7.14.5.1.

Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED7.14.6. Remove test jumper with momentary switch in C20 across TB scheme H13terminal 2P to terminal 29.7.15. H-13 TRIP- FEEDER UNDERVOLTAGE (E-89, E-95)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 16 of 237.15.1. Take H-13 local Control Switch to CLOSE7.15.1.1.

Check H-13 breaker CLOSED7.15.2. Verify test switch J on TS1-14 on H-14 is CLOSED7.15.3. Verify H-23 DC Control Power breaker BA CLOSED7.15.4. Verify H-23 DC fuse block UA installed in the ON positionNOTE: The following step may cause a breakertrip alarm in the Control Room depending on remote control switch position7.15.5. Insert connection plug(s) into SU2 6.9 KV Feeder UV relay 127-23 on H-23.7.15.5.1.

Check H-13 breaker TRIPPED ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 17 of 238. Restoration 8.1. Verify breaker H-13 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.2. Verify breaker H-14 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.3. Verify breaker H-15 is tripped and racked down, or as directed by Operations.

8.4. At C20, verify the following test switches are closed unless otherwise directed by Unit 1Operations or tag out (ref. E-138 sh. 1):NOTE: Closing the following test switches will likely result in tripping Generator Lockout Relays 286-GI-1 and 286-G1-2.

" TS-286T switch 6 -Turbine Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1

-2 switch 9 -Reactor Trip Generator Lockout* TS-286-G1

-3 switch 2 -Lockout Trip Generator Lockout8.5. At C20, verify the following switches in Loss of Field relay 240 are closed and glass coverreinstalled unless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations or tag out:* Red knife switch* Black knife switches8.5.1. Install connection plug(s) in H-1 bus undervoltage load tripping relay 127-Hi-i (E-93-1).8.5.2. Remove the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-13 Bus PT circuit.8.5.2.1.

Connect HOT 120 VAC lead to H-13 terminal block CC terminal 9 (PT8.5.3. Remove the 120 VAC 60 Hz source in H-23 SU2 Feeder PT circuit.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 18 of 239. Test Results and Evaluation 9.1. No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10. M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 19 of 2311. Summary Information Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / DateTest Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency in theTest Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, SU2 Feeder Page 20 of 2312. Attachments:

12.1. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3. EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log12.4. Test Change Notices (as required)

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 21 of 23ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHeEET OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44312-05 Rev 000 SWGR H-13, Startup Transformer 2 FeederPageýOLfName Title Signature InitialsI ~4 4.4 4 4.I 4 4.4 4 4.4 4 4.... .. .. .. ... .... _ _.. ... ...._... ............_ _.._._..._..1

.. .._.. ... ... .......... ....4 4 4.t I4 4 4.4 4 4.t 1 4.& A4 4 4.4 4 4.& J 4.

ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 22 of 23[1] ATrACHMENT 9.9 TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44312-05 REV 000 SWGR H-13, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDER Page-ofDate Entry Initials__ 1~ :1 ___ 1* 44 ECT-44314-03 Rev 000SWGR H-13, SU2 FeederPage 23 of 23[2] ATrACHMENT9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LoaSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44312-05 REv 000 SWGR H-13, STARTUP TRANSFORMER 2 FEEDERPage ofDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER4. 14. I1* t4. __________

4. I4. 44. 4 ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage I of ISATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of ITEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: [D ECT Procedure El ECT WO El STI Procedure Page 1 of 18TEST #: ECT-44312-02 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: O OR El NORTEST TITLE: SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestREVIEW (Print/Sign/Dae)ll Test Engineer (TE): ." / 7'C/u./.,i0 Technical Reviewer:

7 "/.jCROSS-DISCIPLINE REVI WOperations Departmeln 3~.J/7 II______Organization

?12 /1____________

Or~anization Organization 7 Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: El Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

Cl Not Required E] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/Sign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

vnefý&TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANCE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/iff required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 4 of 192.192.202.212.222.232.242.252.262.272.282.292.302.312.322.332.342.352.362.372.38E-212 Sh. 1E-241 Sh. 1E-275 Sh. 1E-276 Sh. 1E-294 Sh. 1E-372 Sh. 1E-2005 Sh. 2E-2034 Sh. 2E-2042 Sh. 1E-2042 Sh. 2E-2042 Sh. 3E-2116 Sh. 1M-405 Sh. 1M-412 Sh. 1STM 2-33OP-2104.037 OP-1107.006 OP-1 107.007OP-1107.002 OP-1 104.026Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pump BSchematic Diagram Reactor Building Spray PumpsSchematic Diagram Service Water Pump ASchematic Diagram Service Water Pump BSchematic Diagram EFW Pump P7BSchematic Diagram Main ChillerSingle Line Meter & Relay Diagram AMC Generator Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram AAC Generator SystemLogic Diagram AAC Gen. Gen Lockout & Gen BreakerLogic Diagram AAC GenLogic Diagram AAC GenSchematic Diagram-AAC Generator SYSTEM 2A-902(BUS 2A-4)Functional Description

& Logic Dia. Circ. WaterFunctional Description

& Logic Dia. Emergency Diesel Generator Alternate AC Diesel Generator Alternate AC Diesel Generator Operations ESF Electrical Bus OutageNON-ESF Electrical Bus OutageES System Electrical Operation Chilled Water System2.39 CR-ANO-C-2013-00888 CA-1 5 "ANO Unit 1 Electrical System Recovery:

Returning 4160volt buses to original design configuration."

3.0 Test EauiDment 3.1 5 KV or higher rated Hot Sticks3.2 Phasing meter or sensors rated to operate at 4.16 kV3.3 Thermal Imaging Device capable of interfacing with switchgear spy ports.4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequencechange documented in the Test Log.4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per therequirements of EN-DC-117, Section 5.2 [11] (b).

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 5 of 194.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test

summary, including evaluation of test results inSection 11.0.5.0 PrerequIsites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sectionshave been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY A-1 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY A-2 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.3 VERIFY H-15 (SU1 Feeder to H-i) dead bus testing and construction testing isFINISHED.

5.1.4 VERIFY H-25 (SU1 Feeder to H-2) dead bus testing and construction testing isFINISHED5.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has beenrestored to Unit 1. Reference TMCN 45525 (SUI T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-117, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 None.7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup) 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to A-1 Switchpear 7.1.1 VERIFY A-1 bus is De-energized, and use OP-1 107.007 attachment A as areference guide to verify any applicable A-1 bus outage conditions that must be inplace to restore A-1 to SU Transformer

  1. 1.7.1.2 VERIFY breakers H-15 and H-25 are TAGGED OPEN.7.1.3 VERIFY breaker A-501 is TAGGED OPEN.7.1.4 VERIFY A-111, A-1 12, A-1 10, A-103, A-102 and A-1 14 are TAGGED OPEN.7.1.5 VERIFY ALL A-1 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.7.1.6 VERIFY A-1 Lockout Relay 186-Al is RESET.7.1.7 VERIFY A-309 breaker is TRIPPED (OPEN) and RACKED DOWN.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 6 of 19NOTE:Installing the Pie Plates for the differential relay will be installed ONLY to verify no faultconditions exist on the non-segregated phase bus and must be removed BEFORE loadingthe A-1 Bus. No load shall be added with the pie plates installed UNTIL the applicable ECT for testing the differential relay has been performed.

7.1.8 If A-2 is already energized from SU 1,THEN the following three (3) sub-steps are not applicable and may be marked N/A7.1.8.1 VERIFY Startup Transformer

  1. 1 Differential Relay Pie Plates on C20 areINSTALLED.

7.1.8.2 ENERGIZE Startup Transformer

  1. 1.7.1.8.3 VERIFY SUl differential relay does NOT initiate a transformer lockout toSUl when energized.

7.1.9 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the A-1 bus.7.1.10 VERIFY A-1 13 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.7.1.11 VERIFY A-113 Sync Switch 152-113/SS in C10 control panel is ON.7.1.12 CLOSE A-1 13 breaker via 152-113/CS control switch in CIO control panel.7.1.13 Verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.14 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.1.15 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.1.16 Take A-1 13 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.1.17 CHECK remote A-1 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.NOTE:Al is available for 2A-903, AACPhase Checks at this point. Reference"2K-9 AAC DieselGenerator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan.7.1.18 CHECK SPDS1 computer point ElAl for correct bus voltage.7.1.19 CHECK local analog volt meter at A-I for proper voltage.7.1.20 Verify Startup #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates on C20 removed.7.1.21 IF DESIRED, Using an available load, bump a motor fed from A-1 or connected load center/ MCC for rotation.

Document results in test log.NOTE:Other sections of this test plan can be performed while adding loads on A-1.7.1.22 Using available loads, load A-I to allow thermography (recommend B-7, VCH-1Aand P-3C). Document loads applied to A-i in test log.7.1.23 Perform thermography of A-1 (as a minimum the exterior of the horizontal buscovers and A-113 Cubicle).

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 7 of 197.1.24 While A-1 is LOADED; CHECK Remote analog volt meter for A-1 at C10 for propervoltage.7.1.25 While A-1 is LOADED; CHECK Ammeter at A-1 13 and Verify proper currentreading.7.1.26 NOTIFY U I Operations that the Startup 1 Transformer (SU 1) feed to AlSwitchgear testing is finished.

7.2 Al Switchgear Feed to A-3 ES Switchaear 7.2.1 VERIFY A-1 bus is ENERGIZED.

7.2.2 VERIFY A-310 breaker is OPEN and A-3 bus is DE-ENERGIZED.

7.2.3 VERIFY ALL A-3 Breakers are open.7.2.4 IF B-5 is DE-ENERGIZED; THEN OPEN test switch "J" on TS2-309 in A-309; (Reference E-97 sh. 1)OTHERWISE N/A.7.2.5 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.2.6 CLOSE A309 REMOTELY to energize A3 from Al.7.2.7 CHECK Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock.7.2.8 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV7.2.9 CHECK Running Voltmeter on Cl0 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.2.10 CHECK A-3 Sync Check Relay 125S-A3 in C10 has the PICKUP LED illuminated.

7.2.11 Take A-309 Sync Switch on CIO to OFF.NOTE:A-3 is available for 2A-901, AAC Phase Checks at this point. Reference "2K-9 AACDiesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan.7.2.12 PERFORM an UNCOUPLED motor bump for rotation on EFW Pump P-7B.7.2.13 VERIFY P-7B rotates in correct direction.

7.2.14 LOAD A-3 bus as desired.NOTE:Additional thermography will be performed with K-4A EDG operating in parallel with A-1and the grid.7.2.15 After A-3 is ENERGIZED from A-1, perform thermography of A-101 and A-309cable connections.

7.2.16 Verify B-5 Loadcenter is ENERGIZED.

7.2.17 IF OPENED PREVIOUSLY, THEN CLOSE Test Switch "J" on TS2-309 in A-309;OTHERWISE N/A.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 8 of 192K-9 AAC Diesel Generator to A-1 (2A-903)

Phasing ChecksNOTE:2A-903 and 2A-901 Phase Checks may be performed in parallel.

7.2.18 Verify 2A-903 to A-101 power cable replacement construction testing isFINISHED.

7.2.19 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SUl.7.2.20 VERIFY 2A-903 breaker is RACKED OUT and Removed.7.2.21 VERIFY 2K-9 is LOADED on 2A-1. (Reference OP2104.037, Section 9.1)7.2,22 PERFORM 2A-903 phase checks using WO-00354184-07.

7.2.23 Document results of 2A-903 to A-101 phasing checks in test log.7.2.24 IF DESIRED, RACK IN 2A-903 breaker.72.25 IF DESIRED, UNLOAD AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037 Section 9.2)7.2.26 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11.0)7.3 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator to A-3 (2A-901)

.Phasing ChecksNOTE:2A-901 and 2A-903 Phase Checks may be performed in parallel.

7.3.1 VERIFY 2A-901 splices to A-310 construction testing is FINISHED.

7.3.2 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.7.3.3 VERIFY, A-3 Energized from A-1.7.3.4 VERIFY 2A-901 breaker is RACKED OUT and Removed.7.3.5 CLOSE A-310 breaker to energize 2A-901 breaker stabs on the load side.7.3.6 VERIFY 2K-9 is LOADED on 2A-1. (Reference OP2104.037, Section 9.1)7.3.7 PERFORM 2A-901 phase checks using WO-00354184-07.

7.3.8 Document results of 2A-901 to A-310 phasing checks in test log.7.3.9 IF DESIRED, OPEN A-310 breaker.7.3.10 IF DESIRED, RACK IN 2A-901 breaker.7.3.11 IF DESIRED, UNLOAD AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 9.2)7.3.12 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11.0)

ECT44312-02 Rev DOOSU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 9 of 197.4 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Switchqear (2A-9) feed to A-3 Switchqear 7.4.1 VERIFY 2A-901 splices to A-310 construction testing is FINISHED.

7.4.2 Energize A-3 from 2A-9 (Reference OP-1 107.002 Section 37.0)7.4.3 IF, A-1 is energized from SU1,THEN, perform the following sub-steps, OTHERWISE, mark the following sub-steps N/A7.4.3.1 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.4.3.2 Check Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock7.4.3.3 Check Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV7.4,3.4 Check Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.4.3.5 Take A-309 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.4.4 IF the "2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan hasNOT been completed, THEN PERFORM P-7B uncoupled BUMP for rotation, OTHERWISE N/A.7.4.5 Request U1 Operations ADD load to A-3 bus while being supplied from 2A-901 toallow thermography of power cables from 2A-901 to A-310 -recommend one (1)service water pump (P-4A or P-4B fed from A-3) AND decay heat pump P-34A.7.4.6 PERFORM thermography of power cable terminations in 2A-901 and power cablesplices in tray in A-3 switchgear room NE corner in overhead (immediately andafter 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />).7.4.7 Request Ul Operations to secure loads on A-3 bus.7.4.8 Secure AAC Diesel Generator line up to A-3. (Reference OP-1 107.002, Section38.0)7.4.9 IF DESIRED, SECURE AACDG 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section .11).7.4.10 IF DESIRED, Restore A-3 feed from an available source.7.5 2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Switchqear (2A9) feed to Al Switch-gear.

7.5.1 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.7.5.2 IF the "2K-9 AAC Diesel Generator Phasing Checks" section of this test plan hasnot been completed, THEN PERFORM 2A-903 phase checks using WO-00354184-07, OTHERWISE N/A.7.5.3 PLACE AAC Diesel, 2K-9 on A-1. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 10.1)7.5.4 LOAD 2K-9 (>2500KW).

7.5.5 USING thermography monitor A-101 and 2A-903 connections for at least onehour.

ECT44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 10 of 197.5.6 UN-LOAD 2K-9 from A-I. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 10.2)7.5.7 IF DESIRED, SECURE 2K-9. (Reference OP-2104.037, Section 11)7.6 K-4A Emeraencv Diesel Supply to A-1 Switchaear 7.6.1 VERIFY A-1 is powered from SU1.7.6.2 VERIFY A-3 Energized from A-1.7.6.3 START and LOAD K-4A Emergency Diesel Generator on A-3 (>2500KW) per OP-1104.036, Section 7.7.6.4 PERFORM thermography of A-101 and A-309 connections.

7.6.5 Reduce K-4A load to approximate demand load on A-3.7.6.6 OPEN Breaker A-309 to separate A-3 from A-1 (K-4A feeding A-3).7.6.7 SYNC and CLOSE Breaker A-309 to verify A-3/K-4A can be tied (synchronized) toA-1.7.6.8 SECURE K-4A Emergency Diesel Generator if desired, per OP-1 104.036, Section8.7.7 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) Feed to A-2 Switchgear 7.7.1 VERIFY A-2 bus is De-energized, and use OP-1 107.007 Attachment B as areference guide to verify any applicable A-2 bus outage conditions that must be inplace to restore A-2 to SU Transformer

  1. 17.7.2 VERIFY breakers H-15 and H-25 are TAGGED OPEN.7.7.3 VERIFY breaker A-213 is OPEN.7.7.4 VERIFY breaker A-501 is TAGGED OPEN.7.7.5 VERIFY A-21 1, A-212, are TAGGED OPEN.7.7.6 VERIFY ALL A-2 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.7.7.7 VERIFY A-202, A-208 and A-209 are TAGGED OPEN.7.7.8 VERIFY A-2 Lockout Relay 186-A2 is RESET.7.7.9 VERIFY the cables from A-201 to A-409 are disconnected in A-201 and A-201cable termination points are insulated.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 11 of 19NOTE:Installing the Pie Plates for the differential

'relay will be installed ONLY to verify no faultconditions exist on the non-segregated phase bus and must be removed BEFORE loadingthe A-2 Bus. No load shall be added with the pie plates installed UNTIL the applicable ECT for testing the differential relay has been performed.

7.7.10 If SU 1 is already connected to the A-1 bus,THEN, the following three (3) sub-steps are not applicable and may be markedN/A.7.7.10.1 VERIFY Startup Transformer

  1. 1 Differential Relay Pie Plates areINSTALLED.

7.7.10.2 ENERGIZE Startup Transformer

  1. 1.7.7.10.3 VERIFY SU1 differential relay does NOT initiate a transformer lockout toSUl when energized.

7.7.11 Verify the grounding has been removed from the A-2 bus7.7.12 VERIFY A-213 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.7.7.13 VERIFY A-213 Sync Switch 152-213/SS in C10 control panel is ON.7.7.14 CLOSE A-213 breaker via 152-213/CS control switch in CIO control panel.7.7.15 Verify sync scope on C10 reads 12:00 position.

7.7.16 Check Incoming Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 4 KV.7.7.17 Check Running Voltmeter on C 10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.7.18 Take A-213 Sync Switch on CIO to OFF.7.7.19 Check remote A-2 bus voltage meter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.7.20 CHECK SPDS1 computer point E1A2 for correct bus voltage.7.7.21 CHECK local analog A-2 bus volt meter at A-212 for proper voltage.7.7.22 Verify Startup #1 Differential Relay Pie Plates removed.7.7.23 Using an available load, bump a motor fed from A-2 or connected load center/MCC for rotation.

Document results in test log.NOTE:Other sections of this test plan can be performed while adding loads on Al.7.7.24 Using available loads, load A2 to allow thermography (recommend B2, B4, and P-3B or P3D). Document loads applied to A-2 in test log.7.7.25 PERFORM thermography of A-2 (as a minimum the exterior of the horizontal buscovers and A-213 Cubicle).

7.7.26 While A-2 is LOADED; CHECK Remote analog volt meter for A-2 at C10 for propervoltage.

(Ref. 2.1)

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 12 of 197.7.27 While A-2 is LOADED; CHECK Ammeter at A-213 and Verify proper currentreading.7.7.28 NOTIFY Ul Operations that the Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to A2Switchgear testing is finished.

8.0 Restoration

NOTE:P-7B motor may be re-coupled to the pump after correct rotation is verified.

8.1 None9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By I DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 13 of 19 ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 14 of 1911.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test SteD #Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date4 411.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44312-02 Rev 000 SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus Test Page 15 of 1912.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 16 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of 2Date Entry Initials ECT-44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 17 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44312-02 Page 2 of 2Date Entry InitialsDate Entry Initials ECT,44312-02 Rev 000SU 1 Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 18 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.10TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of 1DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER___ I I ____4. 1*4..6. ++ 4.+ _______________

4. .1..6. +4. +4. 4.4. 4.4. 4.4. 4.4 4.4 4.4 4 ECT44312-02 Rev 000SU I Al and A2 Live Bus TestPage 19 of 19ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECTISTI:

ECT-44312-02 Page 1 of IName Title Signature Initials4 4 II I Ii i 4I I 4 ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 1 of 17ATTACHMENT 9.0 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of iTEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: S ECT Procedure C ECT WO C] STI Procedure Page 1 of 17TEST #: 44316:02 REV. #: 001 Quality Class: O OR [I NORTEST TITLE: C2069 Conduit and Circ Pump Controls Miscellaneous Functional TestingREVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

.Test Engineer (TE): Susan Mitchell l,15r111-

" naa"- I /i4/.Technical Reviewer:

&I P64e#1C SSDI CIPLINEROperations Departmen

0 */ Maintenance:

qj'v & /Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI QONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: EDAtter¶S"r C Other10CFR5O.59 Evaluation:

[I Not Rq v I"1 Attached 0l OtherOSRC Approval

[]AW g1equired Mtg No. Date: Chairman:_,

__APPROVAL(PrlntISign/Date)

-P .TE.,,Supervisor:

, 4')4VI4.

Al, AIW, **ý .TEST COMPLETION REVIEW I ACCEPTANQE Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*:Test Engineer (TE): ITechnical Reviewer

/__TE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)B/3q ECT-44316-02 Flev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 2 of 17Table of Contents1.0 Q ble t lves ..........................................................................................................................................................

32.0 l nce 3.. ...............................................

33.0 T est E ul m e .nt .................................................................................................................................................

34.0 Precautilons and Limitations

............................................................................................................................

35.0 Pm ulltes ..............................................................

...............................................

46.0 Instrum entation

.................................................................................................................................................

47.0 T est In structIons

...............................................................................................................................................

47.1 Cable A601C, cable A602C and cable RA203A -P4B Bus Select MOD Control Circuit and Power ...... 47.2 Cable 51335D, D1, D2 -Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-25 Trouble Annunciation

......................

57.3 Cable B1346D, D1, D2 -Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-32 Trouble Annunciation

......................

57.4 Cable K05WP, W P1, WP2 -Traveling Screen System Trouble Annunciation

....................................

57.5 Cable K1ODG, DGI, DG2 -Service Water Discharge Pressure High Annunciation

..........................

67.6 Cable K10DL, DL1, DL2 -Service Water Pump P-4B Strainer AP HI Annunciation

...........................

67.7 Cable K10DM, DM1, DMS -Service Water Pump P-4A Strainer AP Hi Annunciation

........................

67.8 Cable K1 2C2, C21, C22 -Fire Pump P-6A Trip Annunciation

............................................................

67.9 Cable K16B2, B21, B22 -Oily Water Separator pH Control Panel Annunciation

................................

77.10 Cable U01L, L1, L2 -Diesel Fire Pump P-61 Remote Handswitch

....................................................

77.11 Cables K02C1, K02E1 and SIS wire #137 -Annunciator K02-F7 A1/A2 Auto Transfer

.....................

77.12 Cable J021 R -Clrc Pump Trip on All Inlet Valves Closed .................................................................

87.13 Cables J021J, J021 K, J021 L, L1, L2 -Circ Pump Aux Controls

.........................................................

87.14 Cables B1333F, B1333F1, and B1333F2 -Valve CV-3621 Auto Close ..........................................

107.15 Cables B2333C, B2333C1, and B2333C2 -Valve CV-3617 Auto Open .........................................

107.16 Cables B2333F, 62333F1, and B2333F2 -Valve CV-3617 Auto Close ..........................................

108.0 R esto iratio n .......................................................................................................................................................

119.0 Test Results and Evaluation

..........................................................................................................................

1110.0 M TE Instrmentatoion

....................................................................................................................................

1211.0 Summary Information

.....................................................................................................................................

1312.0 Attachments:

...................................................................................................................................................

1412.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ..............................................................

1512.2 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log .............................................................................................

1612.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log ...........................................................................

17 ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 3 of 171.0 Obiectlves 1.1 This ECT provides functional testing for cables routed through conduit C2069. Testing isbeing performed as a result of cables impacted by the damage which occurred during theANO-1 Stator Drop Event or the subsequent temporary modification and repair efforts.2.0 References 2.1 EC-44316, 2.2 EN-DC- 117,2.3 E-17 sh. 1A,2.4 E-83 sh. 1,2.5 E-276 sh. 2,2.6 E-276 sh. 3,2.7 E-334 sh. 1,2.8 E-347 sh. 1,2.9 E-455 sh. 3,2.10 E-460 sh. 2, 3,2.11 E-462 sh. 2,2.12 E-474 sh. 2,2.13 E-474 sh. 3,2.14 E-508 sh. 4,2.15 E-527sh.

1,2.16 E-531 sh. 8,2.17 E-532sh.

2,2.18 VP M-32-22,3.0 lTe Eiiulomg3.1 Multi-meter Miscellaneous Electrical Equip Child EC, Stator Reconstruction Post Modification Testing and Special Instructions Green Train, Vital AC and 125V DC, Single Line and Distribution Typical 480 Volt Motor Control Center, Full Voltage Non-Reversing StartersSchematic

Diagram, Service Water Pump P4B, Disconnect Switch189-601Schematic
Diagram, Service Water Pump P4B, Disconnect Switch189-602Schematic
Diagram, Intake Structure Exhaust FansSchematic
Diagram, Diesel Driven Fire PumpSchematic
Diagram, Annunciator K05, (On Panel C11)Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K1 0, (On Panel C1 6)Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K12, (On Panel C19)Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator K1 5, (On Panel C26)Schematic
Diagram, Annunciator KI 6, (On Panel C26)Connection
Diagram, 480 Volt MCC -Intake Structure, B13Connection
Diagram, Screen Wash SystemConnection
Diagram, Terminal Box (TB132)Connection
Diagram, Local Control Panels (A703)Schematic Wiring Diagram for Model 68 Control3.2 Temporary test jumper with maintained or momentary switch and configured forattachment so that terminals do not need to be disturbed to insert jumper.4.0 Precautlons and Limitations 4.1 Test steps shall be performed in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and thesequence change documented in the Test Log.4.2 Any leads lifted or jumpers installed shall be controlled using a Lifted Lead and JumperSheet.4.3 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.4 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.5 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per therequirements of EN-DC- 117, Section 5.2 (11](b).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 4 of 174.6 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.7 The Test Engineer shall provide a post-test

summary, including evaluation of test results,in Section 11.0.5.0 Prereaulshtes 5.1 Verify that the Testing Work Order Task for this test has been set to working.5.2 Perform a Pre-test Brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

5.3 Verify 125 VDC breaker DI 1-22 Is closed.5.4 Check that A-303, A-403, P-4B, and P-6B can be secured, and that A-601, A-602, Bi 3,C16, C18, C19, C26, C1 I, C146, C160, RA2-03, TB132, VEF-25, and VEF-32 areavailable.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 No instrumentation is required.

7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Cable A601C (E-276-2),

cable A602C (E-276-3) and cable RA203A (E-276-2, E-17-1 A) -P46 Bus Select MOD Control Circuit and MOD Power7.1.1 Check that both SW Pump P-4B supply breakers are open.7.1.1.1 On C18, A-303 indicates open.7.1.1.2 On C16, A-403 indicates open.7.1.2 Verify DC power from breaker RA2-03 is available.

7.1.3 Verify local control power breakers 72-601 and 72-602 on A-601 and A-602 areCLOSED.7.1.3.1 On A-601 DC CONTROL POWER AVAILABLE white indicating light lit.7.1.3.2 On A-602 DC CONTROL POWER AVAILABLE white indicating light lit.7.1.4 Record position of P46 Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 on C18.7.1.5 On C18, verify P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 selected to BUS A3.7.1.5.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 red indicating light lit.7.1.5.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 green indicating light lit.7.1.6 On C18, place P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 to the BUS A4 position.

7.1.6.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 green indicating light lit.7.1.6.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 red indicating light lit.7.1.7 On C18, verify P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 selected to BUS A3.7.1.7.1 On C18, check MOD TO BUS A3 red indicating light lit.7.1.7.2 On C16, check MOD TO BUS A4 green indicating light lit.7.1.8 On C18, return P4B Bus Select MOD Control HS-3608 to the original positionunless otherwise directed by Unit 1 Operations.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 5 of 177.2 Cable B1 335D, D1, D2 -Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-25 Trouble Annunciation (E-334-1, E-83-1, E-474-2)7.2.1 Verify Breaker B-1335 is closed.7.2.2 Verify annunciator K15-B7, INTAKE STRC FAN TROUBLE, at panel C26 is NOTin alarm.7.2.3 Install a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position at MCC B-1335 between terminal points 6 and 51 (Ref. E-508 sh. 4).7.2.4 Close switch and check annunciator K15-B7 at panel C26 is in alarm.7.2.5 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals 6 and 51 at MCC B-1335.7.2.6 Check annunciator K15-B7 at panel C26 is NOT In alarm.7.3 Cable B1 346D, D1, D2 -Intake Structure Exhaust Fan VEF-32 Trouble Annunciation (E-334-1, E-83-1, E-474-2)7.3.1 Verify Breaker B-1 346 is closed.7.3.2 Check annunciator K15-B7, INTAKE STRC FAN TROUBLE, at panel C26 is NOTin alarm.7.3.3 Install a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position at MCC B-1346 between terminal points 6 and 51 (Ref. E-506 sh. 4).7.3.4 Close switch and check annunciator K1 5-17 at panel C26 is in alarm.7.3.5 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals 6 and 51 at MCC B-1346.7.3.6 Check annunciator K1 5-B7 at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.7.4 Cable K05WP, WP1, WP2 -Traveling Screen System Trouble Annunciation (E-455-3) 7.4.1 Check annunciator K05-F1, TRAV SCREEN SYSTEM TROUBLE, at panel C1I isNOT In alarm.7.4.2 At panel C160, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPENposition, across terminals K05 KF1 and K05 PF1 (Ref. E-527 sh. 1).7.4.3 Close switch and check annunciator K05-Fi at panel ClI is in alarm.7.4.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K05 KF1 and K05PF1 at panel C160.7.4.5 Check annunciator K05-Fl at panel Cll Is NOT In alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 6 of 177.5 Cable K1ODG, DG1, DG2 -Service Water Discharge Pressure High Annunciation (E-460-2) 7.5.1 Verify annunciator K10-B3, SW PUMP DISCH PRESS HI, at panel C16 is NOT inalarm.7.5.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in theOPEN position, across terminals K10 KB3 and K10 PB3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).7.5.3 Close switch and check annunciator K10-B3 at panel C16 is In alarm.7.5.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K1 0 KB3 and K1 0PB3 in TB1 32.7.5.5 Check annunciator K10-B3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.7.6 Cable K10DL, DL1, DL2 -Service Water Pump P-4B Strainer AP HI Annunciation (E-460-3) 7.6.1 Check annunciator K10-D3, SW PUMP P4B STRAINER AP HI, at panel C16 isNOT in alarm.7.6.2 At terminal box TB1 32, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in theOPEN position, across terminals K10 KD3 and K10 PD3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).7.6.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1O-D3 at panel C16 Is in alarm.7.6.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K10 KD3 and K10PD3 in TB1332.7.6.5 Check annunciator K1O-D3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.7.7 Cable K10DM, DM1, DMS -Service Water Pump P-4A Strainer AP Hi Annunciation (E-460-2) 7.7.1 Check annunciator K10-C3, SW PUMP P4A STRAINER AP HI, at panel C16 isNOT in alarm.7.7.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in theOPEN position, across terminals KI0 KC3 and K10 PC3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).7.7.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1O-C3 at panel 016 Is In alarm.7.7.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals KI 0 KC3 and K1 0PC3 In TB1 32.7.7.5 Check annunciator K1O-C3 at panel C16 is NOT in alarm.7.8 Cable K12C2, C21, C22- Fire Pump P-6A Trip Annunciation (E-462-2) 7.8.1 Check annunciator K12-C1, FIRE PUMP P6A TRIP, at panel C19 is NOT in alarm.7.8.2 At A703, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in the OPEN position, across terminals K12 PC1 (82) and K12 KC1 (84) (Ref. E-532 sh. 2).7.8.3 Close switch and check annunciator K1 2-Cl at panel C1 9 is in alarm.7.8.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K12 PCI (82) andK12 KC1 (84) in TB132.7.8.5 Check annunciator K12-C1 at panel C19 is NOT in alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 7 of 177.9 Cable K1 6132, 621, B22 -Oily Water Separator pH Control Panel Annunciation (E-474-3) 7.9.1 Check annunciator K1 6-B1, OILY WATER SEPARATOR

TROUBLE, at panel C26is NOT In alarm.7.9.2 At terminal box TB132, place a temporary switchable jumper, with switch in theOPEN position, across terminals K16 KB1 and K16 PBI (Ref. E-531 sh. 8).7.9.3 Close switch and check annunciator K16-B1 at panel C26 is in alarm.7.9.4 Open switch and remove temporary jumper across terminals K1 6 KB1 and K1 6PB1 In TB132.7.9.5 Check annunciator K16-B1 at panel C26 is NOT in alarm.7.10 Cable U0IL, Li, 12 -Diesel Fire Pump P.6B Remote Handswitch (E-347-1, M-32-22)7.10.1 Start Diesel Fire Pump P-6B using remote handswitch HS-3605 at C19, perprocedure OP-1 104.032.7.10.2 Secure Diesel Fire Pump P-6B per procedure OP-1 104.032.7.11 Cables K02C1 (wires Al, Ki), K02E1 (wire N1) and SIS wire #137 (per Electrical Recovery Master Ust database)

-Annunciator K02-F7 AL/A2 Auto Transfer (Ref. E-452sh. 3)7.11.1 Verify breaker A-2i1 Is tripped/racked out.7.11.2 Verify breaker A-213 is tripped/racked out.7.11.3 Check Annunciator window K02-F7 is NOT In alarm.7.11.4 Verify A-211 control switch (152-211/CS) at C10 is in the Normal-After-Trip position.

7.11.5 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-211 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 is in alarm.7.11.6 Return STA switch In cubicle A-211 to breaker tripped condition and checkAnnunciator window K02-F7 Is NOT in alarm.7.11.7 Verify A-213 control switch (152-213/CS) at CIO is in the Normal-After-Trip position.

7.11.8 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-213 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check Annunciator window K02-F7 is in alarm.7.11.9 Return STA switch in cubicle A-213 to breaker tripped condition and checkAnnunciator window K02-F7 is NOT in alarm.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 8 of 177.12 Cable J021 R -Circ Pump Trip on All Inlet Valves Closed (Ref. E-271 sh. 2)NOTE: This test will provide a trip signal to breakers A-109, A-110, A-209and A-210. This test should be performed prior to placing any Circulating Water Pumps on A-1 or A-2.7.12.1 Check condenser inlet valve CV-3622 is closed.7.12.2 Check condenser inlet valve CV-3630 is closed.7.12.3 With switch OPEN, install a switchable jumper in TB1 12 between terminal J021-P2and terminal J021-P4 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.12.4 Check relay CR1-J021/1 in C30 is deenergized.

7.12.5 Close switchable jumper In TB1 12 between terminal J021 -P2 and terminal J021-P4.7.12.6 Check relay CR1-J021/1 in C30 is energized.

7.12.7 Open and remove switchable jumper in TBI 12 between terminal J021-P2 andterminal J021-P4.7.13 Cables J021J, J021K, J021L, Li, L2 -Circ Pump Aux Controls (Ref. E-271 sh. 2)7,13.1 Verify breaker A-109 tripped or racked out.7.13.2 Verify breaker A- 110 tripped or racked out.7.13.3 Verify breaker A-209 tripped or racked out.7.13.4 Verify breaker A-210 tripped or racked out.7.13.5 Verify breaker B-2342 open.7.13.6 Verify breaker B-1333 open.7.13.7 Check P-3B Discharge Valve CV-3625 is 100% closed.7.13.8 Check P-3C Discharge Valve CV-3621 is 100% closed.7.13.9 Check P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is 100% open or 100% closed.7.13.10 Check P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is 100% open or 100% closed.7.13.11 Check relay CR3-J021 in C30 is energized.

7.13.12 Lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021P in TB111 from TB point J021-P1 (Ref.E-531 sh. 4).7.13.13 Lift and tape BK conductor of cable J021N in TB1 11 from TB point J021-P1 (Ref.E-531 sh. 4).7.13.14 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, THEN lift and tape BK conductor ofcable J021 0 in TB1 11 from TB point J021 -P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.13.15 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, THEN lift and tape BK conductor ofcable J021 M in TB1 11 from TB point J021-P1, otherwise N/A this step (Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 9 of 177.13.16 Check the following relays in C30 are deenergized:

  • CR2-J021* CR3-J021* CR4-J021* CR5-J0217.13.17 If P-3A Discharge Valve CV-3629 is closed, install a jumper in TB1 11 betweenterminal J021-2 and terminal J021-3 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3), otherwise N/A this step.7.13.18 Manually actuate the STA switch In cubicle A-1 10 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check relay CR2-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.19 Return STA switch in cubicle A-1 10 to bredkr tripped condition and check relayCR2-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.20 If installed, remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-2 and terminalJ021-3, otherwise N/A this step.7.13.21 Install a jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021 -5 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.13.22 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-21 0 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check relay CR3-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.23 Return STA switch in cubicle A-210 to breaker tripped condition and check relayCR3-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.24 Remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-4 and terminal J021-5.7.13.25 Install a jumper in TB1 11 between terminal J021-6 and terminal J021-7 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3).7.13.26 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-109 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check relay CR4-J021 In C30 is energized.

7.13.27 Return STA switch in cubicle A-1 09 to breaker tripped condition and check relayCR4-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.28 Remove switch in TB111 between terminal J021-6 and terminal J021-7.7.13.29 If P-3D Discharge Valve CV-3617 is closed, install a jumper in TBI 111 betweenterminal J021-8 and terminal J021 -9 (Ref. E-531 sh. 3), otherwise N/A this step.7.13.30 Manually actuate the STA switch in cubicle A-209 to simulate breaker closedcondition and check relay CR5-J021 in C30 is energized.

7.13.31 Return STA switch in cubicle A-209 to breaker tripped condition and check relayCR4-J021 is deenergized.

7.13.32 If installed, remove switch in TB1 11 between terminal J021-6 and terminalJ021-7, otherwise N/A this step.7.13.33 Re-terminate BK conductor of cable J021 P in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4)7.13.34 Re-terminate BK conductor of cable J021 N in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1 (Ref. E-531 sh. 4)7.13.35 If BK conductor of cable J021Q was previously lifted, THEN re-terminate BKconductor of cable J0210 in TB1 11 at TB point J021-P1, otherwise N/A this step(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 10 of 177.13.36 If BK conductor of cable J021M was previously lifted, THEN re-terminate BKconductor of cable J021 Q in TB1 11 at TB point J021 -P1, otherwise N/A this step(Ref. E-531 sh. 4).7.13.37 Check the following relays in C30 are energized:

  • CR2-J021* CR3-J021* CR4-J021* CR5-J0217.14 Cables B1333F, B1333F1, and B1333F2 (wires 11R and 1R)- Valve CV-3621 AutoClose (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh. 1, E-508 sh. 4)7.14.1 Verify that breaker B-1333 is open.7.14.2 Verify that breaker A-109 is racked down.7.14.3 At MCC B-1 333, check for continuity between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1 Racross from cable B1 333F wires 11 R and 1 R.7.14.4 While monitoring continuity at B13 between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1R,7.14.4.1 Manually actuate the STA at A-1097.14.4.2 Observe a change to no continuity 7.14.5 At MCC B-1 333, check for continuity between TB B1333 terminals 2R and 1 Rwhen the STA at A-109 is returned to the open position.

7.15 Cables B2333C, B2333C1, and B2333C2 (wires 2F and 12F) -Valve CV-3617 AutoOpen (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh, 1, E-509 sh. 4)7.15.1 At A-209, with the switch OPEN install a switchable jumper between terminals 4and 6 of relay 162-209/4 (RB).7.15.2 Check that cable B2333C is lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758.

(Note: cable B2333C may be relabed B2333C1 prior to this testingbeing performed.)

7.15.3 Check no continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 2F and 12F of lifted cableB2333C.7.15.4 While monitoring continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 2F and 12F of the liftedcable B2333C,7.15.4.1 CLOSE the jumper switch at A-2097.15.4.2 Observe a change to continuity 7.15.5 At A-209, OPEN the jumper switch and remove the jumper.7.15.6 At MCC B-2333, check no continuity between wires 2F and 12F of lifted cableB2333C.7.16 Cables B2333F, B2333F1, and B2333F2 (wires 11 R and 1 R) -Valve CV-3617 AutoClose (Ref. E-272, E-84 sh. 1, E-509 sh. 4)7.16.1 Verify that breaker A-209 is racked down.7.16.2 Check that cable B2333F is lifted in MCC B-2333 per Temporary Modification EC43758.

(Note: cable B2333F may be relabed B2333F1 prior to this testingbeing performed.)

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 11 of 177.16.3 At MCC B-2333, check for continuity between wires 11 R and 1 R of lifted cableB2333F.7.16.4 While monitoring continuity at MCC B-2333 between wires 11 R and 1 R of liftedcable B2333F7.16.4.1 Manually actuate the STA at A-2097.16.4.2 Observe a change to no continuity 7.16.5 When the STA at A-209 is returned to the open position7.16.5.1 At MCC B-2333, check for continuity between wires 11 R and 1 R of liftedcable B2333F8.0 Festoration 8.1 Verify removal of temporary jumpers and restoration of any switch manipulations asdirected by Unit 1 Operations.

8.2 Place breaker B-2342 in position as directed by Unit 1 Operations (N/A this step if breakeris danger tagged open).8.3 Place breaker B-1333 in position as directed by Unit 1 Operations (N/A this step if breakeris danger tagged open).9.0 Tlst Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 12 of 1710.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Information Record Test Step for -Recorded By / Date(e.g. Instrument

  1. , cal due date, which the M&TE wasinstrument range, etc.) used ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingPage 13 of 1711.0 Summary Informatlon 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded in section 7 orthe Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log In section 12.0.

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional Testing Page 14 of 1712.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.3 EN-DC-1 17 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingAttachment 12.1ATrACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LoaSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional TestingPage-ofName Title Signature InitialsI & &I- & &I I II I II I II 9 9I & &

ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingAttachment 12.2[1] ATTACHMENT 9.9 TEsT LOGSHEEl I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional Testing Page-of-Date Entry Initials4 4.'P4 4.* 4.4 4.1 .9.4 4.__ _I I__ _I I ECT-44316-02 Rev 001C2069 Conduit Miscellaneous Functional TestingAttachment 12.3[2] ATTACHMENT 9.10 TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECTISTI:

44316-02 Rev 001 C2069 Conduit Misc. Functional TestingPage__ofDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER4 44. 44. 44. 94 94. 94. 94. 14 44 44. 44. 44. 44. 4-14. 44 4* ¶+4 44. 4.4 4..9. 1*4 4.4 4.4. 1*

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 1 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet I of ITEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure 0l ECT WO E] STI Procedure Page l of 11TEST #: ECT-44314-06 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: E] OR [0 NQRTEST TITLE: H1 Energized from SU I Live Bus TestREVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): A.

/Technical Reviewer:

r I zl~ 3IA 7-22CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations et -A 1 : /fOprainsDpa/

Organization Organization Organization Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other1 OCFR50.59 Evaluation:

El Not Required El Attached El OtherOSRC Approval E] Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)

TE Supervisor.

O~lpj~4qldJ

//M O4011?-.TEST- MPLATI .RE 4 CC P PA .. .. .........

...... ......Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: ITest Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer ITE Supervisor:

/*If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)S140 ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 HI Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 2 of 11Table of Contents1.0 Objectives

........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

.......................................................................................................................

33.0 Test Equipm ent ...........................................................................................................

34.0 Precautions and Lim itations

.....................................................................................

35.0 Prerequisites

............................................................................................................

36.0 Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

47.0 Test Instructions

........................................................................................................

48.0 Restoration

.......................................................................................................................

59.0 Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

510.0 M&TE Instrum entation

..............................................

...............................................

511.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ................................................................................................

612.0 Attachm ents ................................................................................................................

7 ECT-44314-06 Rev 000H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 3 of I1I1.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing for the Startup 1 Transformer (SU1)feed to H-1 Switchgear.

1.2 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence.

Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.2.0 References 2.1 E-3 Sh. 12.2 E-4 Sh. 12.3 E-31 Sh. 12.4 E-33 Sh. 12.5 E-76 Sh. 1A2.6 E-93 Sh. 12.7 E-20032.8 TMCN 45342Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt SystemSingle Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt System, Main SupplySystem Phasing and Synchronizing DiagramSchematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System Main SupplySchematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160VSchematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage RelaysSingle Line Meter & Relay Diagram 6900 Volt SystemSU1 T-MOD removed3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 NONE4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequencechange documented in the Test Log.4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per therequirements of EN-DC-1 17, Section 5.2 [11] (b).4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test

summary, including evaluation of test results inSection 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sectionshave been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY H-1 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY H-15 (SUL1 Feeder to H-i) dead bus testing and construction testing isFINISHED.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 4 of 115.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has beenrestored to Unit 1. Reference TMCN 45342 to EC-43686 (SU1 T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 None.7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to H-1 Switchgear 7.1.1 VERIFY breakers H-13 and H-14 are TAGGED OPEN.7.1.2 VERIFY ALL H-1 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.7.1.3 VERIFY H-1 Lockout Relay 186-Hi is RESET. (E-93 Sh. 1)7.1.4 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the H-1 bus.7.1.5 VERIFY H-15 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.7.1.6 VERIFY H-15 Sync Switch 152-15/SS in C10 control panel is ON.7.1.7 CLOSE H-15 breaker via 152-15/CS control switch in C10 control panel.7.1.8 At C10, verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.9 Visually verify that H-15 (125 -15) sync check relay is picked up.7.1.10 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.7.1.11 CHECK Running Voltmeter on CIO indicates approximately 7 KV.7.1.13 CHECK remote H-1 bus voltage meter on C 10 indicates approximately 7 KV.7.1.14 CHECK SPDSl computer point E1H1 for correct bus voltage.7.1.15 CHECK local analog volt meter at H-1 for proper voltage.7.1.16 With P32A running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPA current indication iswithin normal range.7.1.17 With P32C running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPC current indication iswithin normal range.NOTEIf P32A and P32C are started at approximately the same time, steps 7.1.18and 7.1.19 may be marked N/A.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 5 of 117.1.18 With P32A running monitor H-1 5 and H-1 2 cubicles initially and after at least onehour of running, with thermography.

7.1.19 With P32C running monitor H-15 and H-1 1 cubicles initially and after at least onehour of running, with thermography.

7.1.20 With Both P32A and P32C running, monitor H-15, H-11 and H-12 cubicles initially and after at least one hour of running, with thermography.

8.0 Restoration

8.1 None9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cat which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44314-06 Rev 000Hi Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 6 of 1111.0 Summary Information 11.1 TestSummary Record any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # I Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000 Hi Energized from SU I Live Bus Test Page 7 of 1112.0 Aftachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44314-06 Rev 000Hi Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 8 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44314-06 Page 1 of 2Date I Entry I Initials4 .1.I 4I 1~4.* 4.9 4.* 4.I II I4. 44. 1 ECT-44314-.06 Rev 000HI Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test-Page 9 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44314-06 Page 2 of _2_Date Entry I Initials* 4.9 4.& 4.* 4-9 4.9 49 4.9 4.t __________

II_ _ I.1 __4. 41. 4 ECT-44314-06 Rev 000HI Energized from SU I Live Bus TestPage 10 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.10SHEET 1 OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-4431a-06 TEST DEFICIENCY LOGPage 1 of IIDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBERI I.* 4I 4* 4I- 44.I 4* 4* 4I 4.1.* +__ I __

ECT-44314-06 Rev 000H1 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 11 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44314-06 Page 1 of 1Name Title Signature Initials4 4 44 4 44 4 44 4 44 1 44 4 J4 4 4I 4- 49 4I I 4& II I II 4 44 9 4t 9 9--------------------.-.-

~ -- 9~.4 4 £.4 9 4.4- 9 9.4- 9 4__ I __ ___ _

DOC 45ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 1 of 13ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet I of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: [ ECT Procedure El ECT WO [3 STI Procedure Page I of 13TEST #: ECT-44313-08 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: O OR [] NORTEST TITLE: A2 to A4 Live Bus TestREVIEW (Print/Sign/Date)

Test Engineer (TE): Brad Risner _ / /22Technical Reviewer:

Al Soencer / Z/iL/.iCROSS-DISCIPLINE R SVlS INOperations Depa/ /en:Organization Organization

' Organization

__ _ _ _ _ _ /Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

E] Not Required E] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval

[3 Not Required Mtg No. Date:- Chairman:

APPROVAL(Print/SignrDate)

TE Supervisor:

ziiaIi rPM+(/id Ii#/7 7431-TS-ONREP W#ACE PTANC f... it"Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: /Test Engineer (TE): /Technical Reviewer

/TE Supervisor:

/If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 3 of 131.0 Oblectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing of the following:

1.1.1 A-2 Switchgear Feed to A-4 ES Switchgear.

1.1.2 K-4B Emergency Diesel Supply to A-2 Switchgear.

1.2 Thermography will be performed for the following connections:

1.2.1 A-409 to A-2 bus.1.3 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence.

Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.2.0 References 2.1 E-4 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System, Main Supply2.2 E-8 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 480V Load Centers2.3 E-31 Sh. 1 System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram2.4 E-34 Sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System Main Supply2.5 E-35 sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 4160V System, Engineered Safeguard 2.6 E-76 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160V2.7 E-76 Sh. 2D Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker A409 4160V Swgr2.8 E-90 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Unit Auxiliary Trans 4160V ACB's2.9 E-91 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Trans No. 1 4160V Air Ckt Bkrs2.10 E-92 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Startup Trans No. 2 4160V Air Ckt Bkrs2.11 E-97 Sh. 1A SchematicDiagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguards Bus Feeder ACB's2.12 E-98 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguard Bus Tie ACB's2.13 E-98 Sh. 1 A Schematic Diagram 4160V Eng'd Safeguard Bus Tie ACB's2.14 E-100 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Diesel Generator DG2 ACB2.16 E-102 Sh. 2B Sch Dia- Emer Diesel Gen #2 Relay Contact Dev Tables2.17 E-181 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Decay Heat Removal Pump P34B2.18 E-211 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pumps P36C2.19 E-212 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Primary Makeup Pump P36B2.20 E-241 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Reactor Building Spray Pump P35B2.21 E-275 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump P4C2.22 E-276 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Service Water Pump P4B2.23 M-412 Sh. 1 Functional Description

& Logic Dia. Emergency Diesel Generator 2.24 OP-1 107.006 ESF Electrical Bus Outage2.25 OP-1 107.007 NON-ESF Electrical Bus Outage2.26 OP- 1107.002 ES System Electrical Operation ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 4 of 132.27 CR-ANO-C-2013-00888 CA-15 "ANO Unit 1 Electrical System Recovery:

Returning 4160volt buses to original design configuration."

3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 Thermal Imaging Device capable of interfacing with switchgear spy ports.4.0 Precautions and Umitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequencechange documented in the Test Log.4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per therequirements of EN-DC-117, Section 5.2 [11] (b).4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test

summary, including evaluation of test results inSection 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 VERIFY A-2 bus energized from SU1 testing per ECT-44312-02 is FINISHED.

5.2 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.5.3 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.4 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.5.5 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-1 17, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.1 None.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 5 of 137.0 Test Instructions 7.1 A2 Switch-gear Feed to A-4 ES Switchaear 7.1.1 VERIFY A-2 bus is ENERGIZED.

7.1.2 VERIFY A-410 breaker is OPEN and A-4 bus is DE-ENERGIZED.

7.1.3 VERIFY ALL A-4 Breakers are open.7.1.4 IF B-6 is DE-ENERGIZED; THEN OPEN test switch "J" on TS2-409 in A-409; (Reference E-97 sh. 1A)OTHERWISE N/A.7.1.5 Take A-409 Sync Switch on C10 to ON.7.1.6 CLOSE A409 REMOTELY to energize A4 from A2.7.1.7 CHECK Sync Scope on C10 indicates 12 o'clock.7.1.8 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV7.1.9 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 4 KV.7.1.10 CHECK A-4 Sync Check Relay 125S-A4 in C10 has the PICKUP LED illuminated.

7.1.11 Take A-409 Sync Switch on C10 to OFF.7.1.12 PERFORM a motor bump for rotation on Reactor Bldg Spray Pump P-35B.7.1.13 VERIFY Reactor Bldg Spray Pump P-35B rotates in correct direction.

7.1.14 LOAD A-4 bus as desired.NOTE:Additional thermography will be performed with K-4B EDG operating in parallel with A-2and the grid.7.1.5 After A-4 is ENERGIZED from A-2, perform thermography of A-201 and A-409cabme co nr l -7.1.16 After A-4 is ENERGIZED from A-2, perform thermography of splices for thefollowing cables;" Cable A409A conductor Al to Cable A409AA* Cable A409A conductor B1 to Cable A409AB* Cable A409A conductor C1 to Cable A409AC* Cable A409B conductor A2 to Cable A409BA* Cable A409B conductor B2 to Cable A409BB* Cable A409B conductor C2 to Cable A409BC7.1.17 Verify B-6 Loadcenter is ENERGIZED.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 6 of 137.1.18 IF OPENED PREVIOUSLY, THEN CLOSE Test Switch "J" on TS2-409 in A-409;OTHERWISE N/A.7.2 K-4B Emergency Diesel Suoply to A-2 Switchaear 7.2.1 VERIFY A-2 is powered from SU1.7.2.2 VERIFY A-4 Energized from A-2.7.2.3 START and LOAD K-4B Emergency Diesel Generator on A-4 (>2500KW) per OP-1104.036, Section 8.7.2.4 PERFORM thermography of A-201 and A-409 connections.

7.2.5 PERFORM thermography of splices for the following cables:* Cable A409A conductor Al to Cable A409AA0 Cable A409A conductor B1 to Cable A409AB@ Cable A409A conductor Cl to Cable A409AC0 Cable A409B conductor A2 to Cable A409BA* Cable A409B conductor B2 to Cable A409BBa Cable A409B conductor C2 to Cable A409BC7.2.6 Reduce K-4B load to approximate demand load on A-4.7.2.7 OPEN Breaker A-409 to separate A-4 from A-2 (K-4B feeding A-4).7.2.8 SYNC and CLOSE Breaker A-409 to verify A-4/K-4B can be tied (synchronized) toA-2.7.2.9 SECURE K-4B Emergency Diesel Generator if desired, per OP-1l104.036, Section10.... .. ..... ...............- ............. .... ....... ....... .-_ .L ~ .'L -.- .-. ... -..---_ ............. ... ...8.0 Restoration 8.1 None ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 7 of 139.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By / DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 8 of 1311.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information I Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000 A2 to A4 Live Bus Test Page 9 of 1312.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10- Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44313-08 Rev 000ATTACHMENT 9.9A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 10 of 13TEST LoaSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 2Date Entry Initials* -.... .... .... ... .. -----. ... ...- .... ..... ..--L .. ....... ...-- .... ... ... .... .. .... ... .... -.... ... ... .... ... ........-..

.._____ _______________

I ____9 I ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2. to A4 Live Bus TestPage 11 of 13ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET1 OF1Test Number: ECT/STI:ECT-4431 3-08Page 2 of 2Date Entry Initials4.4 4.4 4.I 1*J 4.4 44 4.

ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 12 of 13ATTACHMENT 9.10TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 1DEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATE/TIME NUMBER____ I I _____+ +0 41' 4.4. 4'p1- 4'1 1'I 4I I ECT-44313-08 Rev 000A2 to A4 Live Bus TestPage 13 of 13ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET 1 OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44313-08 Page 1 of 1Name Title Signature InitialsF _________________________________________

_______________

I *-.------------.----I

&4 44 444 4 44 4 4-L&

ECT-44315.06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPagelI of 11ATTACHMENT 9.6 TEST PROCEDURE COVER SHEETSheet 1 of 1TEST COVER SHEETTEST TYPE: Z ECT Procedure C1 ECT WO Dl STI Procedure Page 1 of 11TEST #: ECT-44315-06 REV. #: 000 Quality Class: Ol OR 0 NORTEST TITLE: H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestREVIEW (Print/Sign/DateX Test Engineer (TE): ;V1 4' .f"C "zTechnical Reviewer:

("CJ RiJ .1C 4 /d , I7-t't3CROSS-DISCIPLINE REVIEWOperations De /_____.Organization

£ti/L',11/_,3

__ __.Orgahization Organization

_ _ _ _ _ _/ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Organization Organization ADDITIONAL STI (ONLY) PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS EN-LI-100 Review: [] Attached El Other10CFR50.59 Evaluation:

El Not Required

[] Attached El OtherOSRC Approval El Not Required Mtg No. Date: Chairman:

APPROVAL(PrintlSign/Date)

TE Supervisor:

-- TEST-GOLM PLETIO N REVIEW --ACCEPT-ANCE

-- .-------..................

Summary of Test Results:Responsible Engineer (RE)*: !Test Engineer (TE):Technical ReviewerTE Supervisor:

  • If required for confirmation of assumptions made in the development of the EC.Note: Signatures may be obtained via electronic processes (e.g., AS)

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 2 of 11Table of Contents1.0 Objectives

........................................................................................................................

32.0 References

.......................................................................................................................

33.0 Test Equipm ent ...........................................................................................................

35.0 Prerequisites

...............................................................................................................

36.0 Instrum entation

..........................................................................................................

47.0 Test Instructions

.........................................................................................................

48.0 Restoration

.......................................................................................................................

59.0 Test Results and Evaluation

.....................................................................................

510.0 M &TE Instrum entation

..............................................................................................

511.0 Sum m ary Inform ation ...............................................................................................

612.0 Attachm ents ............................................................................................................

7 ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 3 of 111.0 Objectives 1.1 This ECT provides energized bus "Live Bus" testing for the Startup I Transformer (SU 1)feed to H-2 Switchgear.

1.2 Sections of this ECT may be worked out of order with Test Engineer and Operations concurrence.

Sequence will be documented in TEST LOG.2.0 References 2.1 E-3 Sh. 1 Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System2.2 E-4 Sh. I Single Line Meter & Relay Diagram 4160 Volt System, Main Supply2.3 E-31 Sh. 1 System Phasing and Synchronizing Diagram2.4 E-33 Sh. 1 Schematic Meter & Relay Diagram 6900V System Main Supply2.5 E-76 Sh. 1A Schematic Diagram Typical Circuit Breaker 6900V and 4160V2.6 E-93 Sh. 1 Schematic Diagram Switchgear Bus Lockout and Undervoltage Relays2.7 E-2003 Single Line Meter& Relay Diagram 6900 Volt System2.8 TMCN 43542 SU1 T-MOD removed3.0 Test Equipment 3.1 NONE4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Circuit breakers associated with this testing have high levels of potential energy. Exercisecaution when working in the area if equipment is energized.

4.2 Energized bus testing will require some components to be ENERGIZED.

4.3 Test steps shall be done in order unless authorized by the Test Engineer and sequencechange documented in the Test Log.4.4 All M&TE equipment used during testing shall be recorded in section 10.0.4.5 All personnel performing test steps in this ECT shall complete the appropriate sections ofthe Signature Identification Log in section 12.0.4.6 The Test Engineer or designee shall maintain the Test Log in Section 12.0 per therequirements of EN-DC-1I17, Section 5.2 [11] (b).4.7 All test discrepancies shall be documented in the Test Deficiency Log in Section 12.0,including evaluation and resolution of each discrepancy.

4.8 Test Engineer shall provide a post-test

summary, including evaluation of test results inSection 11.0.5.0 Prerequisites 5.1 Ensure that construction and dead bus testing associated with the applicable sectionshave been completed:

5.1.1 VERIFY H-2 dead bus testing and construction testing is FINISHED.

5.1.2 VERIFY H-25 (SUl Feeder to H-2) dead bus testing and construction testing isFINISHED ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 4 of I115.2 VERIFY SU1 Transformer 4160VAC and 6900VAC Non-Segregated Bus has beenrestored to Unit 1. Reference 45342 TMCN to EC-43686 (SU1 T-MOD removed).

5.3 Verify that the testing work order task for this test has been set to WORKING.5.4 VERIFY Industrial Safety Boundaries are established prior to energizing equipment.

5.5 VERIFY Fire Brigade has been briefed for electrical fires.5.6 Perform a pre-test brief per EN-DC-117, Attachment 9.12, Pre-Test Briefing Guidelines.

6.0 Instrumentation

6.1 None.7.0 Test Instructions 7.1 Startup 1 Transformer (SU1) feed to H-2 Switchpear 7.1.1 VERIFY breakers H-23 and H-24 are TAGGED OPEN.7.1.2 VERIFY ALL H-2 breakers are RACKED down or OPEN.7.1.3 VERIFY H-2 Lockout Relay 186-H2 is RESET. (E-93 Sh. 1)7.1.4 VERIFY the grounding has been removed from the H-2 bus.7.1.5 VERIFY H-25 breaker is RACKED UP and Local/Remote Handswitch in Remote.7.1.6 VERIFY H-25 Sync Switch 152-25/SS in CIO control panel is ON.7.1.7 CLOSE H-25 breaker via 152-25/CS control switch in C10 control panel.7.1.8 At C1O, verify sync scope reads at 12:00 position.

7.1.9 Visually verify that H25 Sync check relay 125-25 is picked up.7.1.10 CHECK Incoming Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.7.1.11 CHECK Running Voltmeter on C10 indicates approximately 7 KV.------- .

tch--on C1O to OFFR_ -... ...... .. ......7.1.13 CHECK remote H-2 bus voltage meter on CIO indicates approximately 7 KV.7.1.14 CHECK SPDS1 computer point El H2 for correct bus voltage.7.1.15 CHECK local analog volt meter at H-2 for proper voltage.7.1.16 With P32B running, check SPDS computer point A1RCPB current indication iswithin normal range.7.1.17 With P32D running, check SPDS computer point Al RCPD current indication iswithin normal range.NOTEIf P32B and P32D are started at approximately the same time, steps 7.1.18and 7.1.19 may be marked N/A.

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 5 of 117.1.18 With P32B running monitor H-25 and H-22 cubicles, initially and after at least onehour of running, with thermography.

7.1.19 With P32D running monitor H-25, H-21 cubicles and the P32D cable splice incable tray DH007, initially and after at least one hour of running, withthermography.

7.1.20 With Both P32B and P32D running, monitor H-25, H-21, H-22 cubicles and theP32D cable splice in cable tray DH007, initially and after at least one hour ofrunning, with thermography.

8.0 Restoration

8.1 None9.0 Test Results and Evaluation 9.1 No test data sheets are required for this test. See section 11.0 for discussion of testresults / summary.10.0 M&TE Instrumentation Record the appropriate information for all M&TE equipment used in the following table.Record the applicable M&TE Record Test Step for Recorded By I DateInformation (e.g. instrument

  1. , cal which the M&TE wasdue date, instrument range, etc.) used ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 6 of 1111.0 Summary Information 11.1 Test SummaryRecord any additional pertinent information obtained during testing not recorded insection 7 or the Test Log and provide a post test summary.Test Step # Summary or Additional Information Recorded By / Date11.2 Test Deficiencies Record any test deficiencies and document the evaluation

/ resolution of the deficiency inthe Test Deficiency Log in section 12.0.

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000 H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus Test Page 7 of 1112.0 Attachments:

12.1 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.9 -Test Log12.2 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.10 -Test Deficiency Log12.3 EN-DC-117 Attachment 9.11 -Signature Identification Log ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU I Live Bus TestPage 8 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44315-06 Page 1 of 2Date Entry Initials ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 9 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.9TEST LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECT/STI:

ECT-44315-06 Page 2 of 2Date Entry Initials4 44 ++4 4I +

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 10 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.10TEST DEFICIENCY LOGSHEET I OF 1Test Number: ECT/STI:

ECT.44315.06 Page 1 of IDEFICIENCY DEFICIENCY DESCRIPTION DATEITIME NUMBER__ 1 1: __i4 .4.*1-+

ECT-44315-06 Rev 000H2 Energized from SU 1 Live Bus TestPage 11 of 11ATTACHMENT 9.11SIGNATURE IDENTIFICATION LOGSHEET I OF ITest Number: ECTISTI:

ECT-44315-06 Page 1 of 1Name Title Signature Initials~

Latta, RobertFrom:Sent:To:

Subject:

Attachments:

MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSH.R@entergy.com>

Tuesday, July 23, 2013 7:26 AMPYLE, STEPHENIE L; JAMES, DALE E; Willoughby, Leonard; SULUNS, GARY V; Melfi, Jim;Latta, RobertAIT Meeting ScheduleAIT.docAttached is the latest. I had to move some meetings around this afternoon to accommodate Dale's calendar.

Thanks!13/43 Latta, RobertFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L <SPYLE@entergy.com>

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 1:01 PMTo: Latta, Robert

Subject:

RE: Call with Technical ExpertThanks -I will schedule the call.From: Latta, Robert imailto:Robert.Latta(~nrc.gov]

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:50 PMTo: PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Farnholtz, Thomas

Subject:

RE: Call with Technical ExpertStephenie, Yes I am available.

My phone number is (817) 200-1532.

Thanks for facilitating this discussion.

BobFrom: PYLE, STEPHENIE L fmailto:SPYLE(entergy.com]

Sent: Wednesday, August 21, 2013 12:36 PMTo: Latta, RobertCc: Hall, Michael; MOSHER, NATALIE B

Subject:

Call with Technical ExpertBob,Would you be available at 1200 tomorrow to have a call with the Technical Expert regarding the Bigge calculation?

Thanks,Stephenie 1

FO0-C5-1:"

Melfi, JimFrom: MOSHER, NATALIE B <NMOSHER@entergy.com>

Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 4:10 PMTo: Melfi, JimCc: PYLE, STEPHENIE L; Hall, Michael

Subject:

RE: Risk Analysis for the second stator liftSee #98 in IMS.From: Melfl, Jim rmailto:Jim.Melfi~nrc.gov]

Sent: Thursday, August 29, 2013 11:17 AMTo: Melfi, Jim; MOSHER, NATALIE B; Hall, Michael; PYLE, STEPHENIE LCc: Willoughby, Leonard

Subject:

Risk Analysis for the second stator liftNatalie Stephanie Put the risk analysis of the stator lift (2nd time) onto IMS?JIM......

ENTERGY OPERATIONS INCORPORATED ARKANSAS NUCLEAR ONETITLE: CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS DOCUMENT NO. CHANGE NO.1005.002 025WORK PLAN EXP. DATE REACTIVITY IMPACTNIA EJYES QINPR ON0SET# SAFETY-RELATED IPTESYES []NO []YES ONOTEMP MOD LEVEL OF USEE]YES ONO [I CONTINUOUS 0 REFERENCE

[I INFORMATIONAL PROGRAMMATIC EXCLUSION PER EN-LI-100

-]EYES ONOWhen you see these TRAPS Get these TOOLSTime Pressure Effective Communication Distraction/interruption Questioning AttitudeMultiple Tasks Placekeeping Overconfidence Self CheckVague or Interpretive Guidance Peer CheckFirst ShIft/Last Shift Knowledge Peer Pressure Procedures Change/Off Normal Job BriefingPhysical Environment CoachingMental Stress (Home or Work) TurnoverVERIFIED BY DATE TIMEFORM TITLE: FORM NO. CHANGE NO.VERIFICATION COVER SHEET 1000.006A 055ý Iý/I4(o PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 1 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION PAGE NO.1.0 P U R P O S E .................................................................................................................

22 .0 S C O P E .....................................................................................................................

23.0 R E FE R E N C E S .........................................................................................................

24 .0 D E F IN IT IO N S ............................................................................................................

55.0 R E S PO N S IB ILIT IE S ..................................................................................................

56.0 IN ST R U C T IO N S .......................................................................................................

.67.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS .................................................................................

77.1 ATTACHMENTS 7.1.1 Attachment 1, "Load Table". .................................................

8-187.1.2 Attachment 2, "Heavy Load Progression Path" ....................

197.1.3 Attachment 3, "Crane Hoist Speeds" .....................

207.2 FORMS7.2.1 Form 1005.002A, "Heavy Load Lifting Permit" ......................

21 PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 2 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0251.0 PURPOSEThe purpose of this procedure is to provide the requirements for the handling of heavyloads at ANO.2.0 SCOPE2.1 This procedure applies to all heavy load manipulations for the following ANOcranes:L2 -Unit I Reactor Building Polar CraneL3 -Fuel Handling Crane Unit I Auxiliary Fuel Handling CraneL7 -Intake Structure CraneL21 -CRD Crane -This crane is only used for General Maintenance andshall not be used with loads in excess of 2,000 lbs.2L2 -Unit 2 Containment Polar Crane2L35 -Unit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane2L10 -Unit 2 MSIV CraneL-37 -Unit I Containment Building Pedestal Crane2.2 This procedure applies to the Turbine Building Cranes when moving loaded fuelcasks utilizing the VSC-24 cask system.L-1 Unit 1 Turbine Building Crane2L-1 Unit 2 Turbine Building Crane2.3 This procedure, in its entirety, assures compliance with one or more of thecommitments listed in Section 3.3, "Regulatory Correspondence Containing NRCCommitments Implemented In This Procedure" 2.4 The lift elevation values used in Attachment 1 (Load Table) for the ANO craneslisted in this procedure are approximate elevations.

Lift elevations should be inaccordance with general lift requirements listed in EN-MA-1 19, "Material Handling Program."

2.5 This procedure applies to mobile cranes and portable lifting devices (chain falls,etc.) when these devices are used to lift heavy loads over safety relatedcomponents.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 REFERENCES

USED IN PROCEDURE PREPARATION:

3.1.1 NRC letter dated December 22,1980; from D. G. Eisenhut; Subject -Control of Heavy Loads3.1.2 ANO memorandum 81-4274 dated May 22,1981; from Dalton Bennett;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One Crane Loads3.1.3 NDC memorandum 10052 dated July 13,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject -Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2, Procedure for Handlingof Unexpected Heavy Loads at ANO (File 81S-00114).

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 3 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0263.1.4 NDC memorandum 10239 dated October 29,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject;

-Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG-0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads" Updated Plan of Attack.3.1.5 NDC memorandum 10290 dated December 7,1981; from W. H. Jones;Subject;

-Arkansas Nuclear One -Units I & 2 NUREG- 0612 "Control ofHeavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants" -Design Loading for SlingsPurchased per ANSI B30.9-1971.

3.1.6 Conversation Memo, David Baughman to Dwight Johnson dated8/25/85, Subject "NUREG612, Heavy Loads Phase II, Ref. LIR L82-0666".3.1.7 E 234-104, Refueling Pool Seal Details & Assembly Drawing3.1.8 LCP 91-O-6026 3.1.9 Drawing M-2880, Rev. 53.1.10 Condition Report C-2000-0187 3.1.11 1 CNA080507; Amendment No.225,dated August 30,2005; Subject;Arkansas Nuclear One, Unit No. 1 -Issuance of Amendment RE:Revision to Safety Analysis Report to allow the use of a tripod toremove and install the Reactor Vessel Head and other Reactor VesselInternals (TAC NO. MC5450)3.1.12 EC-15480, Evaluation of MSI Load Sensing Pin for 2L-2.

3.2 REFERENCES

WHICH MAY BE USED DURING PERFORMANCE OF THISACTIVITY:

3.2.1 ANSI B30.2-1976, Overhead Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge, MultipleGirder)3.2.2 NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants3.2.3 NUREG-0554, Single Failure Proof Cranes for Nuclear Power Plants3.2.4 Hamischfeger

-P&H Manual #CN-24159 (Library No. 6600-M- 2073-AC)3.2.5 Hamischfeger

-P&H Overhead Cranes Instruction Manual, Bulletin C-7-33.2.6 Hamischfeger

-P&H Balanced Design Hevi-Lift Hoists Care and Operation Manual, Bulletin T-100-53.2.7 Heco-Pacific Manufacturing, Inc., Instruction Repair and Maintenance Manual (Library No. 6600-M-2063-AC) 3.2.8 Kranco, Inc. Overhead Cranes Service Manual (Library No. 6600-M-89-AC) 3.2.9 ANO Procedure 1402.131, "Operation of the Containment Polar Crane(L2)"3.2.10 ANO Procedure 1402.132, "Operation of the Intake Structure Crane (L7)"3.2.11 ANO Procedure 1402.133, "Operation of the Spent Fuel Crane L-3 Units I& 2."3.2.12 ANO Procedure 1412.047, "Containment Polar Crane Motor Controller Lube and Inspection" PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 4 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0253.2.13 ANO Procedure 1402.080, "Load Test of the Containment Polar Cranes(L2 & 2L2)"3.2.14 ANO Procedure 1402.081, "Load Testing of Crane L3, Unit I Aux. Fuel,2L35, L7"3.2.15 ANO Procedure 2402.079, "Operation of the Containment Polar Crane(21L2)"3.2.16 ANO Procedure 2402.080, "Operation of the Unit 2 New Fuel HandlingCrane (2L35)"3.2.17 ANO Procedure 2402.082, "Inspection and Preventive Maintenance of theUnit 2 New Fuel Handling Crane (2L35)"3.2.18 ANO Procedure 1306.24, "Periodic Tests of Slings"3.2.19 ANO Procedure 2402.081, "Inspection and Preventive Maintenance PolarCrane 2L2"3.2.20 Letter OCAN068402, ANO-Units 1 and 2 Docket Nos. 50-513 and 50-368License Nos. DPR-51 and NPF-6 Interim response to OCNA038405 controlof Heavy Loads at ANO-Units 1 and 2.3.2.21 ANO Procedure 2402.045, Operation of the Unit II MSIV Crane (210)3.2.22 ANO Procedure 3406.002, "Operation of the Turbine Building Cranes forSpent Fuel Movement L-1 & 2L-1"3.2.23 ANO Procedure 1402.091,

'Visual Inspection of Special Lifting Devices"3.2.24 Corporate Procedure MA-1 19, Material Handling Program3.2.25 AWS D1.13.2.26 ASME Section IX3.2.27 ANSI B30.20-13.2.28 ANSI Z229-13.2.29 ANSI B18.153.2.30 ER-ANO-2000-2688-002 "L-3 Up-Grade" 3.2.31 Weights for Holtec System is document in the HI-STORM 10010CFR72.212 Report3.2.32 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-23, "Laydown area for equipment

& itemsassociated with loading, sealing & transporting of spent fuel (MSB, MPC,MTC, & HI-TRAC)

Casks on Unit 1 Aux. Floor at El. 404".3.2.33 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-24, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor atElevation 404 Unit 1 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.34 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-32, "Laydown area for equipment

& itemsassociated with loading, sealing & transporting of spent fuel (MSB, MPC,MTC, & HI-TRAC)

Casks on Unit 2 Aux. Floor at El. 404".

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 5 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0253.2.35 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-33, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor atElevation 404 Unit 2 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.36 ANO Calculation 92-D-2001-23, "Allowable Height Above AUX Floor atElevation 404 Unit 2 for Transporting Equipment and Items Associated With Spent Fuel Cask Loading".

3.2.37 ER-ANO-2002-0640-000, "Polar Crane (L-2) Up-Rate to 190 Tons".3.2.38 Technical Manual TDH046 0740, "Instruction Manual for Unit One ReactorBuilding Polar Crane Serial No. C-23345".

3.2.39 ER-ANO-2002-0639-000, "ANO-1 Service Structure Replacement" 3.2.40 ER-ANO-2006-0217-000, 357' Permanent Floor Hatch Replacement 3.2.41 ER-ANO-2002-0836-013, Unit 2 Temporary Reactor Vessel Head (TRVH)3.2.42 ER-ANO-2002-0638-000 "ANO-1 Reactor Vessel Closure Head (RVCH)Replacement" 3.2.43 ER-ANO-2002-0639-000 Service Structure Replacement 3.2.44 Procedure EN-DC-1 12 Engineering Change Request and Project Initiation Process3.2.45 ALC-ANO-ER-07-022, ANO-2 Shroud Upgrade Maintenance Structure Reconciliation 3.2.46 CALC-ANO-ER-07-023, ANO-2 Shroud Upgrade NUREG-0612, Weight,Center of Gravity and Leveling Analyses3.2.47 ER-ANO-2006-0311-007 "Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Equipment" 3.2.48 EGM 2007-006 "Enforcement Discretion for Heavy Load HandlingActivities" 3.2.49 ER-ANO-1996-3322-R 101 "Spent Fuel Pool Working Platform Evaluation" 3.3 Regulatory correspondence containing NRC commitments which are implemented inthis procedure include:NOTEReferences shown in brackets

(} in the left margin of this procedure refer to commitment paragraphs of this section.

Where practical, the appropriate portion of the procedure isshown in bold text.3.3.1 P9104 & P9105 (0CAN058117),

NUREG-612

-Control of Heavy Loadsat Nuclear Power Plants (GL-81-07).

(Procedure) 3.3.2 P9855 (OCAN038307),

Heavy Load Lifting Permit When LiftingUnexpected Heavy Loads. (Step 6.1.2.B)3.3.3 P15061 (OCAN059606),

Considerations Used During Review of HeavyLoads by Engineering.

(Step 6.1.3)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 6 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0253.3.4 P1 5010 (OCAN 128213),

Limit The Load Capacity Of L-21 Crane.(6.2 Note)3.3.5 P9234 (OCAN06802),

Visual Inspection Of Special Lifting Devices ForHeavy Loads. (Form 1005.002A

-Step 3)3.3.6 P18023 (OCAN 128107),

dated December 22,1981 ,Guideline 5.To ensure slings are selected and used in accordance with nureg-0612.

(Step 6.1.6)4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Heavy Load -Any load carried by one of the cranes identified in thescope of this procedure or identified in applicable crane procedure which has a combined weight greater than 2000 pounds.4.2 Unexpected Heavy Loads -4.2.1 Any loads not identified in Attachment I or applicable craneprocedure and has a weight greater than 2000 pounds.4.2.2 Any load not previously identified with a weight greaterthan 2000 pounds being lifted over a safety relatedcomponent.

5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

51 The supervisor of the organization conducting the lift shall initiate anEngineering Change Request (ECR), according to Procedure EN-DC-112 Engineering Change Request and Project Initiation Process forthose lifts or movements described in paragraph 6.1.2 and shall maintainthe approved document with the Work Order.Verify the load being lifted will follow an approved load path identified by the applicable Crane Procedure and is < the approved weight previously evaluated on Attachment 1 or applicable Crane Procedure.

If load path andload weight is not bounded by previous evaluation an ECR SHALL be initiated in accordance with EN-DC-1 125.2 The Engineer shall evaluate the lift based on the criteria described inparagraph 6.1.4.5.3 The supervisor of the organization making the lift will insure that the rigging and liftingpersonnel assigned are qualified, and that the instructions given in the WO andEngineering Change Request (ECR) referenced in paragraph 5.1, along with theappropriate crane operating procedure and rigging requirements as specified inProcedure MA-1 19 are followed.

For those conditions described in paragraph 6.2,the supervisor is responsible for issuing the Heavy Load Lifting Permit, Form1005.002A.

PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 7 of 24CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADSCHANGE: 0255.4 The OPS Shift Manager shall ensure that the proposed path on the Heavy LoadLifting Permit does not pass over a safety-related redundant train if the primary trainis out of service, and the equipment is required to be operable.

5.5 The group conducting lift shall notify the Shift Manager prior to making a heavy loadlift over any safety related system, and shall conduct all heavy load lifts inaccordance with the appropriate crane operating procedure.

6.0 INSTRUCTIONS

6.1 ENGINEERING CHANGE REQUEST (ECR)6.1.1 An Engineering Change Request (ECR) or a Heavy Load Lifting Permitshall be approved only for the duration of a Work Document.

6.1.2 An Engineering Change Request (ECR) lAW EN-DC-112 shall besubmitted for the following conditions:

A. Any deviation from the approved safe load paths.ORP9855 (OCAN038307)

B. Any lift of an unexpected heavy load not bounded by aprevious evaluation on Attachment I or applicable CraneProcedure.

C. Any unexpected heavy load lifted over a safety related structure, system, component using a mobile crane or portable lifting device.P15061 (OCAN059606) 6.1.3 The Engineering Change Request (ECR) described in paragraph 6.1above shall include a description of the load, type rigging, load path,and crane Involved.

The approved load path(s) shall be clearlyIdentified In the ECR, with non-approved load paths deleted from theresponse.

6.1.4 The Engineer shall evaluate the ECR based on:A. Crane or device lift capacity.

B. Appropriate rigging type and method.C. Load paths adhere to load path sketches in appropriate procedure with any deviation analyzed as to locations of reactor vessel, fuelor safe shutdown equipment.

D. Appropriate crane operating procedure is referenced.

E. Evaluate adding the load to this procedure and the craneoperating procedures as necessary.

PROC.WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 8 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 0256.1.5 Upon approval, Engineering will return the ECR to the originator withspecial instructions as necessary.

P18023 (OCAN 128107)6.1.6 Select slings and special lifting devices with a maximum workingload of the sling is based on the maximum static load plus adynamic load of 1/2% of the load X fpm (hoist speed) but not lessthan 15% of the load nor more than 50% of the load.6.1.7 Rigging fixtures/hardware such as padeyes, beams, frames, and liftingeyes should be manufactured per applicable specifications.

i.e., ANSIB18.15, ANSI Z229-1, ANSI B30.20-1, AWS D1.1, ASME Section IX.6.1.8 Special lifting devices should comply with the requirements ofANSI N14.6.6.2 HEAVY LOAD LIFTING PERMITP1 5010 (OCAN1 28213) and P15054 (OCAN059606)

NOTEThe CRD Crane (L21) is only used for General Maintenance and shall not be used withloads in excess of 2000 lbs.6.2.1 All lifts of heavy loads using the cranes specified in the scope of thisprocedure shall require a heavy load lifting permit, Form 1005.002A, signed by the Supervisor of the group making the lift and the ShiftManager.6.2.2 All unexpected heavy load lifts requiring an Engineering ChangeRequest (ECR) shall also require a Heavy Load Lifting Permit, Form1005.002A.

6.3 The OPS Shift Manager or the cognizant supervisor can give verbal on- the-spotapproval of deviations from this procedure in case loss of life or serious damage toequipment is imminent (i.e. a rigging cable snaps and the load must be carried by theshortest route to a safe lay-down area or a person is hurt in the cavity and needs tobe lifted out). This verbal approval will be noted in the operating log.7.0 ATTACHMENTS AND FORMS7.1 ATTACHMENTS 7.1.1 Attachment I -Load TableAttachment 2 -Heavy Load Progression PathAttachment 3 -Crane Hoist Speeds7.2 FORMS7.2.1Form 1005.002A

-Heavy Load Lifting Permit PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 9 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 1 of 13LOAD TABLEL-1 Unit-1 Turbine Building Crane(These items pertain to VSC-24 System)Rest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. MTC with loaded MSBUnit 1 Fuel 187.235#

354' 374'Unit 2 Fuel 181.739#

354' 374'LOAD TABLEL-1 Unit-1 Turbine Building Crane(These items pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 SystemRest LiftItem Drawing Weight,(Ibs)

Elevation Elevation Hiqh Storm 100 Lid 29,000#

PROCJWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 10 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 026ATTACHMENT 1Page 2 of 13LOAD TABLEL-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Missile Shield C-164 84,000# 424'6" 4250"2. Top Head Insulation Storage Racks 5,300# (1) 376'6" 425*0"3. Top Head Insulation Storage Racks with 8,300# (1) 376'6" 425'0"Insulation
4. Transfer Tube Flange 2,000# (1) 362'0" 404'6"5. Stud Handling Tools 44-56-002-03 170# 404'0" 376'6"6. Alignment Studs 1,000# (1) 404'0" 376'6"7. Reactor Vessel Closure Head M1B-400 FANP 165,144#

(2) 376'6" 408'0"DWG 02-5017444ES. Upper Plenum Assembly 6600-MIB-154-1 110,000#

368'0" 376'6"9. Portable Stud Storage Rack 9,000# (1) 376'6" 404'6"10. Stud Support Spacer 10# (3) 404'0" 376'6"11. Stud Hole Seal Plugs 3# (3) 404'0" 376'6"12. Indexing Fixture 6600-MIN-99-2 12,437# 362'0" 376'6"13. Head and Internals Handling Fixture 12,000# 404'0" 376'6"Tripod14. RVCH Lift Pendant Assembly M1B-612 (FANP 3,924# (4) 376'6" 376'6"DWG 02-5023465E)

15. Head and Intemals Handling Fixture M1B-621 2,576# 404'0" 376'6"16. Control Rod Uncoupling Equipment 90# 404'0" 376'6"17. Unassembled ISI Tool (ARIS) 31 ,520# 354'0" 404'6"18. ISI Cal Blocks, Supports

& Lifting Rig 2,569# 354'0" 404'6"19. Grating 960# 424'0" 428'0"20. RCP Motor (ALLIS CHALMERS) 423300105 102,850#

386'0" 424'6"21. Structural Beams Above RCP A or D 39,000# 401'0" 424'6"22. Structural Beams Above RCP C or B 59,000# 401'0" 424'6"23. Fuel Transfer Carriage 500# 369'3" 404'6"24. Upender 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"25. Refueling Machine 6600MIN992 62,000# 401'6" 404'6" PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: ii of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 3 of 13LOAD TABLEL-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANERest LiftItem26. Auxiliary Refueling Machine27. Refueling Canal Ladder28. Crane Load Block29. Core Support Assembly (Plus IndexingFixture)30. (OLD)Removable Concrete Hatch(NEW) Removable Steel Hatch 2Sections31. RV Head Shield Blankets

& Containers

32. RCP Motor (JEUMONT SCHNEIDER IND)33. Lead Shield Work Platform W/69 LeadBricks:A) Each Brick:B) Platform Only:34. Tripod Work Platform:
35. M.I.S. Load Cell:36. L-2 Hook:37. L-2 Hook to Load Cell "PIN":38. Reactor Vessel Stud CleaningMachine:39. Manbasket:
40. Stud Tensioners:
41. Stud Tensioner Hoist, for (L-6's) 1Hoist Counter Weight:42. Annulus Bridge:M-73-11527073C-173C-149 & C41-1P.O. 904851-001(5)M1 E-056 Sht.2PEAR 93-0293(7)Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation 6600MIN472 43,400# 401'6" 404'6"C1952 3,000# 376'6" 404'6"11,725#240,800 (1)(253,237) 66,000# (1)6,000 Each4500#(Each) 106,5798,7501001,3501,3501,1951,2001501,8001,250(1)2,250(1)6921,900PEAR 93-0293(7)368'0"357'0"357'0"357'0"386'0"Top ofVesselLead BricksWorkPlatformTripodL-2L-2L-2Rx. Bldg.424'Rx. Bldg.424'376'RX. Head354' JustInside Equip.Hatch400'0"357'0"357'0"/401

'6"376'-6"/401 '-6"424'6"B&W OwnedB&WB&WTripodSpent FuelL-2L-2Rad-Waste Spent FuelRad-Waste Rad-Waste 354 RX. Bldg.M-73-114M-73-113Tech. ManualMemo RX.Coord.Memo RX.Coord.

PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 12 of 24CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADSCHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 4 of 13LOAD TABLEL-2 ANO-1 POLAR CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

43. L-32 Hoists (Cavity Hoist): Mods. Eng. 375(1) 424' Rad-Waste
44. Permanent Seal Plate Covers:A. (4) Access Port Covers: 275 Each 376' Storaoe BoxB. (2) Air Flow Cover: 50 Each 376' Storaoe BoxC. Storaoe Box: 200 404' Head StoraoeTOTAL WEIGHT 1,410 Stand45. Tripod Storage Stand MIB-601 7,500 (1) 424' 424' 6"Notes: (I) Estimation (2) Does not include service structure, CEDM's, or studs(3) Estimation each 60 required(4) Total of 3(5) Largest single piece(6) Total weight of assembly(7) This is a historical document.

Contact Design Engineering prior to use.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 13 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 5 of 13LOAD TABLEL-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Spent Fuel Shipping Cask None2. Spent Fuel Pool Divider GateANO-1 6600-C-45-5-3 4,000# (1)ANO-2 6600-C-2045-2-4 4,000#3. Hatch Over Train Bay 2,030# (3) 403'6" 404'6"4. Fuel Transfer Tube Gate ValveANO-1 6600-MIN-82-2 1,400# 368'6" 404'6"ANO-2 6600-M-2093-8-5 4,523# 368'6" 404'6"5. New Fuel ElevatorANO-1 6600-M-84-14-6 220# 362'0" 404'6"ANO-2 6600-M-2001-Hi-220# (2) 362'0" 404'6"24-46. Fuel Handling MachineANO-1 6600-MIN-32-5 59,400# 404'0" 404'6"ANO-2 59,400# (2)7. UpenderANO-1 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"ANO-2 14,300# 362'0" 404'6"8. New Fuel Shipping Container (loaded)ANO-1 3,940# 354'0" 404'6"ANO-2 5,100# 354'0" 404'6"9. New Fuel Shipping Container PowerUpender 2400 354'0" 404'6"Power Upender Storage container 4300 354'0" 404'6"Power Upender10. New Control Component Container ANO-1 1,038# 354'0" 404'6"ANO-2 74# 354'0" 404'6"11. New FuelANO-1 1,680# 354'0" 404'6"ANO-2 1,432# 354'0" 404'6"12. New Control Component ANO-1 132# (4) 354-0" 404'6"ANO-2 95.6# (4) 354'0" 404'6" PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 14 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 6 of 13LOAD TABLEL-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation
13. Fuel Transfer CarriageANO-1 500# (3) 362'0" 404-6"ANO-2 500# (3) 362'0" 404'6"14. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Fixture BoxANO-1 11,100# (3) 404-0" 404'6"ANO-2 11,100# (3) 404'0" 404'6"15. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning FixtureANO-1 3500# (3) 362'0" 404'6"ANO-2 3500# (3) 362'0" 404'6"16. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning Filter Skid BoxANO-1 8600# (3) 404'0" 404'6"ANO-2 8600# (3) 404-0" 404'6"17. Ultrasonic Fuel Cleaning TopsideElectronics BoxANO-1 6300# (3) 362'0" 404'6"ANO-2 6300# (3) 362'0" 404'6"18. Spent Fuel Working Platform (Recon M1N-279 1500# (3)Bridge)Notes: 1) Assume ANO-1 weight the same as ANO-2 weight.2) Assume ANO-2 weight the same as ANO-1 weight.3) Estimation
4) Heaviest item PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 15 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1LOAD TABLEL-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANEPage 7 of 13( Items on this page pertain to VSC-24 System )Item13. Yoke14. MTC/MSB/

W/O Fuel, W/O Yoke15. MTCIMSB/

W/ Fuel, W/ Yoke, W/ Lids Dry16. MTC/MSB/

W/ Fuel, W/ Yoke, W/ Shield Lid Wet17. Vacuum Dry System18. Helium Detection System19. Welding System20. Work Platform21. MTC Impact Limiter22. Washdown Area Impact Limiter (One of Two)23. MSB Structural Lid24. MSB Shield Lid25. MTC Cask Lid26. MSB W/O Lids & Fuel27. MTC (Empty)28. Cask Loading Pit Impact Limiter, U-1 & U-2DrawingNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneNoneWeight (Ibs)6,0o0#132,091#187,235#197,755#2,000#<2,000#1,000#17,500#2,200#2,600#2,341 #6,449#417#21,520#110,571#10,300#Rest LiftElevation Elevation 404'6"404'6" PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 16 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1LOAD TABLEL-3 FUEL HANDLING CRANE(Items on this page pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 System)Page 8 of 13Item29. HI-Storm 100 Lid30. Empty MPC-24 (W/O Lid or Closure ring)31. MPC Lid (W/Drain Line)32. MPC Closure ring33. Annulus water34. HI-TRAC Lift Yoke (W/slings)

35. Empty HI-TRAC (w/o Lids, neutron shield)36. HI-TRAC Top Lid (w/bolts)
37. HI-TRAC Pool Lid (with bolts)38. HI-TRAC Neutron Shield Water Jacket39. MPC Lift Cleats (per cleat w/bolts)40. Temporary Shield Ring41. Welding System Base plate Shield42.-Mating Device43. Mating Device Stand44. Loaded HI-TRAC,(Transport to HI-storm, w/waterjack full, lid, & Lifting Yoke)Drawing Weight(Ibs)29,000#29,795#9,727#145#256#4,000#118,470#2,750#12,500#8,500#150# ea.2,500#2,540#16,050#3,800#234,990#Rest LiftElevation Elevation
45. Loaded HI-TRAC (w/Fuel, Lifting Yoke & Shield Lid,lift into work platform) 249,731#46. Work Platform (WPH)47. Work Platform covers48. Helium Cool down Skid49. Weld removal Machine (skid unit)50. Weld removal, cutter51. HI-TRAC Pool Lid (with bolts) & Mating Device52. Forced Helium Dehydration Unit (FHD)53. Chiller for FHD54. Supplemental Cooling System55. HI-TRAC Lid Spacer16,500#1,400#3,400#1,200#1,200#28,550#6,000#2,400#2,200#440#

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 17 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1LOAD TABLEL-7 INTAKE STRUCTURE CRANEPage 9 of 13Rest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Service Water PumpANO-1 Motor 6600M-11-2-7 4,500# 368'7" 380'6"Pump 6600M-1 1-2-7 8,620# 366' 4-1/2" 380'6"ANO-2 Motor 6600M-2011-1-5 7,200# 369'6" 382'0"Pump 660OM-2011-1-5 11,420# 366' 4-1/2" 382'0"2. Motor Driven Fire Pump P-6AMotor 660OM-32-25-1 3,400# 368' 4-1/2" 380'6"Pump 660OM-32-12-1 3,185# 366' 4-1/2" 380'6"3. Diesel Driven Fire Pump P-6BEngine 6600M-32-20-1 3,000# 368'6" 380'6"Speed Reducer 6600M-32-14-1 1,000# 366'8" 380'6"Pump 6600M-32-19-4 4,425# 3667" 380'6"4. Room Hatch Plugs 7,130# 378'6" 378'0"5. Jockey Pump P-11Motor 6600M-32-13-1 300# 367'6" 353'0"Pump 660OM-32-13-1 1,000# 366'9" 353'0"Notes:All other loadsoutside the missileprotected servicewater pump housesEquipment locationNE end, SW end orarea between SWpump buildings All other loads shallbe carried along pathswhich do not intersect the service water pumpbuilding.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 18 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 10 of 13LOAD TABLE2L-1 Unit-2 Turbine Building Crane(These items pertain to VSC-24 System)Rest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. MTC with loaded MSBUnit 1 Fuel 187,235 354' 374'Unit 2 Fuel 181,739 354' 374'LOAD TABLE2L-1 Unit-2 Turbine Building Crane(These items pertain to Holtec HI-STORM 100 System)Rest LiftItem Drawing Weight (Ibs) Elevation Elevation High Storm 100 Lid 29,000#

PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 19 of 24CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADSCHANGE: 026ATTACHMENT 1Page 11 of 13LOAD TABLE2L2 CONTAINMENT POLAR CRANEItem Drawing Weight Rest Lift(Ibs) Elevation Elevation

1. Maintenance Structure Lift Beam2. Maintenance Structure C-2143. CEDM Ductwork4. CEDM Cooling Shroud5. Structural Beams above RCP A or C6. Structural Beams above RCP B or D7. Inservice Inspection Tools8. Fuel Transfer Carriage9. Upender M-2001-H10. Refueling Machine11. Stud Tensioner
12. Stud Tensioner Hydraulic Unit13. Reactor Vessel Head Stud14. Stud Elongation Toola. RV Head Shield Blankets

& Containers 3,240# 427'0" 427'0"7 67,000# 399'2" 427'0"1-27-233,850#19,500#34,760#25,577#1,000#500#14,300#62,400#2,250#175#563#50#4500#389'0"380'0"395'0"395'0"3350"362'0"362'0"404'0"377'0"376' 7-1/2"377'0"377'0"357'0"427-0" (12)427'0"427'0"427'0"424'0"404'6"404'6"404'6"404'6"404'6"404'6"404'6"405'6"This total includes those items listed below:a. Reactor Vessel Head Lift Rigb. Reactor Vessel Headc. Reactor Vessel Studs, Nuts, Washers (52 each)d. Magnetic Jack Type CEDM (81 each)15. Reactor Vessel Closure Head Assy. withLifting Rig23,71 1#116,892#

(4)29,255# (11)96,066#292,060#376' 7-1/2"376' 7-1/2"377'0"377'0"377'0"405'0"405'0"404'6"404'6"404'6" (12)16. Reactor Coolant Pump Motor 109,800#

380'0" 427'0"17. Upper Guide Structure 108,500#

(6)18. Upper Guide Structure Lift Rig 14,000# (6)19. 2L-2 Hook: M-2073-15 2,800 2L-2 2L-220. 2L-2 Hook to Load Cell "PIN": M-2073-63 135 2L-2 2L-221. Upper Guide Structure Lifting Rig Tie 3,000#Rod22. ICI Auxiliary Gantry Crane 22,500#

PROC./WORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 20 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 1Page 12 of 13LOAD TABLE21-2 CONTAINMENT POLAR CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight Elevation Elevation (Ibs)23. Core Barrel 199,000#

(5)24. Core Barrel Lift Rig 8,000#25. Jib Crane M-2063-94-4 15,800# (7)26. Stud Stand with Studs 2,500#27. CEDM Extension Shaft 164# (9)28. Alignment Pins 950# (10)29. Seal Plate Lift Rig 4,000# (2)30. Crane Load Block M2073-63-2 12,500#31. Movable lead shields on movable IncoreDetector Machine 1,000# 426'0" 440'0"32. New ICI's (21 ICI's per box) 690#Includes Wooden Box.33. ICI Withdrawal Hoist (2H-28) 1,250#34. Reactor Vessel Stud Hole Plug 750#Storage Box, Includes 52 Plugs35. Reactor Vessel Seal Plate(s) and 900#Storage Box36. Unit 2 Temporary Reactor Vessel Head 9,400#(TRVH)NOTES: 1) Heaviest single piece; three (3) ducts, three pieces each(Ref. Drawing M-2880, Rev 5.)2) Estimation

3) Assume ANO-2 weight the same as ANO-1 weight4) Weight does not include weight of cooling shroud or lift rig5) Does not include weight of fuel or core shroud6) Does not include instrumentation or auxiliary tools or equipment
7) Does not include access ladder and platform8) No insulation storage racks available in ANO-29) The shafts are of different weights; the heaviest one listed10) Heaviest pin; other pin is 550#11) Although there are 54 studs, two of them are removed prior to lifting12) Lift elevations for the reactor head and CEDM cooling shroud ductwork are controlled by procedure OP-2504.005 (Reactor Vessel Closure Head Removal) and OP-2402.042 (Reactor VesselClosure Head Installation)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 21 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT ILOAD TABLE2L35 NEW FUEL HANDLING CRANEPage 13 of 13LiftItem1. New Fuel Assembly2. New Control Component

3. New Fuel Shipping Container Drawing Weight (Ibs)1,432#95.6# (1)RestElevation 404'0"404'0"LiftElevation 404'6"404'6"ANO-1 3,940# 404'0" 404'0"ANO-2 4,000# 404'0" 404'0"NOTES:
  • 1) The heaviest CEA.2L10 MSIV CRANERest LiftItem Drawing Weight(lbs)

Elevation Elevation

1. AIR/Hydraulic Cylinder PD-424721 7,990# 404'0"2. Spring Tube Assembly PD-424721 7,946# 404'0"3. Cylinder Stiffener PD-424721 9,926# (two 404'0"piececombinedweight)

PROC./WORK PROCEDURE/WORK PLAN TITLE:PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002PAGE: 22 of 24CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 2HEAVY LOAD PROGRESSION PATHStart PointIHEAVY LOAD LIFTING REQUIREMENTS IDENTIFIED FOR CRANES LI, 1.2, L3, L7, 2L1, 21-2, 2L35IUNEXPECTED SUBMIT ER TO ANOENGINEERING APPROVED ERRETURNED TO INITIATOR EXPECTEDSELECT HEAVY LOADRIGGING WITH RATEDLOAD CAPACITIES lAW 6.1.6VTSUPERVISOR ISSUES HEAVLOAD LIFTING PERMITLIFTS CONDUCTED INCONTAINMENT BLDG.GROUP- tCTELG LlIFT- .....N A:PPROVAL I' C~~tATOR-lGTIFIES.

-SHIFT SUPIE*TENh3EN-PROR.TO- APROVING LIFT.LIFTS CONDUCTED OUTSIDECONTAINMENT BLDG.*TAKES. i: I : o.Sr&jAPP:cVAcoN_ &.. ,', A ~, ITHS T-.URERVI:

IOR Rj-:E FINAL AP NiAC':OPERATOR CONDUcT.*tFTlN-ACR~~CE WITH APPROPRIAT-ý.upERATG POEDURE.

PROC.IWORK PROCEDUREIWORK PLAN TITLE: PAGE: 23 of 24PLAN NO. CONTROL OF HEAVY LOADS1005.002 CHANGE: 025ATTACHMENT 3CRANE HOIST SPEEDSCRANE HOIST CAPACITY (TONS) HOIST SPEED (fpm) DRAWINGL-1 150 (3) 4L-2 190/25 (3) 4/31 (1) M-73-140L-3 130/15 (3) 4/27 (2) 6600-M62-73 L-7 25 15 (3) (Spec.) 6600-M892L-1 195 (3) 42L-2 150/25 (3) 4/31 (1) 6600-M2073-7-1 10 @ High Speed (3)2L-35 4 3.3 @ Low Speed 6600-M2063-60-3 20 @ High Speed (3)2L-1 0 10 7 @ Low Speed 6600-M2063A-7-2 NOTES:(1) For Hoist Speed of 31 fpm, D.L.I. = 0.155 x Static Load.(2) For Hoist Speed of 35 fpm, D.L.I. = 0.175 x Static Load.(3) For Hoist Speeds of 30 fpm or less, use minimum D.L.I. = 0.150 x Static Load.

Page 24 of 241. Crane or Device Utilized (Crane or Equipment Number if applicable)

2. Description of Load3. Weight of LoadP9234 (OCAN06802)
4. Rigging to be Used (If special lifting device Is to beused, Inspect device per Procedure 1402.091.)

Reference EN-MA-1 19 "Typical Lift Plan Checklist" attachment 9.10 if necessary.

5. Load Path to be Used Conforms to Safe LoadPaths Described in Crane Operating Procedure (Yes or No)IF no,THEN provide EC#6. Work Order Number (if available)
7. IF using Fuel Handling Building Crane (13),THEN verify the following:

L-3 Crane Bridge Travel Interlocks aredemonstrated operable using Operation of the Spent Fuel Crane L-3 Units 1 & 2(1402.133) within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> prior tolifting load in excess of 2000 pounds.N/A this step if L-3 is NOT being utilized8. For non-standard lifts, complete Aft 9.4 of EN-MA-1 19Evaluation for Non-Standard Lifts- (Otherwise N/A)9. Cask and Tilt Pit gates required installed per 1402.133?

(L-3 Only)10. Approval Signatures:

(This permit is good for the duration of the work)Supervisor Signature Yes E] No nCrane Operator's Signature Date/Supervisor's Signature DateShift Manager Signature DateorReactor Building Coordinator (with Shift Manager verbal concurrence)

SPECIAL LIFTING DEVICESUNIT 1 UNIT 21. Tripod w/Tee Lugs, turnbuckles, and latch boxes 1. Tripod2. Internals handling adapters

2. Upper guide structure lift rig3. Internals handling extension
3. Reactor head maintenance Structure lift beamCOMMON1. VSC-24 MTC Lifting Yoke 2. VSC-24 Multi-assembly Storage Basket (MSB) Transfer Cask (MTC)3 Holtec Lift Yoke 4. Holtec MPC Lift Cleats5 Holtec Hi-Trac Uft Trunnions and Trunnion Receiver BlocksFORM TITLE: FORM NO. Change:HEAVY LOAD LIFTING PERMIT 1005.002A 025
Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML14218A606&oldid=788338"